Cover art for The Four

The Four

211 ratings

Summary

Amazon, Apple, Facebook, and Google are the four most influential companies on the planet. Just about everyone thinks they know how they got there. Just about everyone is wrong. For all that's been written about the Four over the last two decades, no one has captured their power and staggering success as insightfully as Scott Galloway. Instead of buying the myths these companies broadcast, Galloway asks fundamental questions. How did the Four infiltrate our lives so completely that they're almost impossible to avoid (or boycott)? Why does the stock market forgive them for sins that would destroy other firms? And as they race to become the world's first trillion-dollar company, can anyone challenge them? In the same irreverent style that has made him one of the world's most celebrated business professors, Galloway deconstructs the strategies of the Four that lurk beneath their shiny veneers. He shows how they manipulate the fundamental emotional needs that have driven us since our ancestors lived in caves, at a speed and scope others can't match. And he reveals how you can apply the lessons of their ascent to your own business or career. Whether you want to compete with them, do business with them, or simply live in the world they dominate, you need to understand the Four.

©2017 Scott Galloway (P)2017 Penguin Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for Humankind

Humankind

95 ratings

Summary

Instant New York Times best seller "The Sapiens of 2020." (The Guardian) From the author of the New York Times best seller Utopia for Realists comes "the riveting pick-me-up we all need right now" (People), the number one Dutch best seller Humankind, which offers a "bold" (Daniel H. Pink), "extraordinary" (Susan Cain) argument that humans thrive in a crisis and that our innate kindness and cooperation have been the greatest factors in our long-term success on the planet. "Humankind made me see humanity from a fresh perspective." (Yuval Noah Harari, author of the number one best seller Sapiens) One of Washington Post's 50 Notable Works in 2020 If there is one belief that has united the left and the right, psychologists and philosophers, ancient thinkers and modern ones, it is the tacit assumption that humans are bad. It's a notion that drives newspaper headlines and guides the laws that shape our lives. From Machiavelli to Hobbes, Freud to Pinker, the roots of this belief have sunk deep into Western thought. Human beings, we're taught, are by nature selfish and governed primarily by self-interest. But what if it isn't true? International best seller Rutger Bregman provides new perspective on the past 200,000 years of human history, setting out to prove that we are hardwired for kindness, geared toward cooperation rather than competition, and more inclined to trust rather than distrust one another. In fact this instinct has a firm evolutionary basis going back to the beginning of Homo sapiens.  From the real-life Lord of the Flies to the solidarity in the aftermath of the Blitz, the hidden flaws in the Stanford prison experiment to the true story of twin brothers on opposite sides who helped Mandela end apartheid, Bregman shows us that believing in human generosity and collaboration isn't merely optimistic - it's realistic. Moreover, it has huge implications for how society functions. When we think the worst of people, it brings out the worst in our politics and economics. But if we believe in the reality of humanity's kindness and altruism, it will form the foundation for achieving true change in society, a case that Bregman makes convincingly with his signature wit, refreshing frankness, and memorable storytelling.

©2020 Rutger Bregman (P)2020 Little, Brown & Company

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Red Queen

The Red Queen

13 ratings

Summary

Referring to Lewis Carroll's Red Queen from Through the Looking-Glass, a character who has to keep running to stay in the same place, Matt Ridley demonstrates why sex is humanity's best strategy for outwitting its constantly mutating internal predators. The Red Queen answers dozens of other riddles of human nature and culture - including why men propose marriage, the method behind our maddening notions of beauty, and the disquieting fact that a woman is more likely to conceive a child by an adulterous lover than by her husband. Brilliantly written, The Red Queen offers an extraordinary new way of interpreting the human condition and how it has evolved.

©1993 Matt Ridley (P)2011 HarperCollins Publishers

Length: 12 hrs and 52 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Shallows

The Shallows

27 ratings

Summary

The best-selling author of The Big Switch returns with an explosive look at technology’s effect on the mind. “Is Google making us stupid?” When Nicholas Carr posed that question in an Atlantic Monthly cover story, he tapped into a well of anxiety about how the internet is changing us. He also crystallized one of the most important debates of our time: As we enjoy the internet’s bounties, are we sacrificing our ability to read and think deeply? Now, Carr expands his argument into the most compelling exploration yet published of the internet’s intellectual and cultural consequences. Weaving insights from philosophy, neuroscience, and history into a rich narrative, The Shallows explains how the internet is rerouting our neural pathways, replacing the subtle mind of the book reader with the distracted mind of the screen watcher. A gripping story of human transformation played out against a backdrop of technological upheaval, The Shallows will forever alter the way we think about media and our minds.

©2010 Nicholas Carr (P)2010 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Made to Stick

Made to Stick

107 ratings

Summary

Mark Twain once observed, "A lie can get halfway around the world before the truth can even get its boots on." His observation rings true: Urban legends, conspiracy theories, and bogus public-health scares circulate effortlessly. Meanwhile, people with important ideas (business people, teachers, politicians, journalists, and others) struggle to make their ideas "stick". Why do some ideas thrive while others die? And how do we improve the chances of worthy ideas? In Made to Stick, accomplished educators and idea collectors Chip and Dan Heath tackle head-on these vexing questions. Inside, the brothers Heath reveal the anatomy of ideas that stick and explain ways to make ideas stickier, such as applying the "human scale principle", using the "Velcro Theory of Memory", and creating "curiosity gaps". In this indispensable guide, we discover that sticky messages of all kinds (from the infamous "kidney theft ring" hoax to a coach's lessons on sportsmanship, to a new-product vision at Sony) draw their power from the same six traits. Made to Stick is a book that will transform the way you communicate ideas. It includes a fast-paced tour of success stories (and failures), such as the Nobel Prize-winning scientist who drank a glass full of bacteria to prove a point about stomach ulcers, the charities who make use of "the Mother Teresa Effect", and the elementary school teacher whose simulation actually prevented racial prejudice. Provocative, eye-opening, and often surprisingly funny, Made to Stick shows us the vital principles of winning ideas and tells us how we can apply these rules to making our own messages stick.

©2006 Chip Heath and Dan Heath (P)2007 Random House, Inc.

Length: 8 hrs and 37 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Every Day is an Atheist Holiday!

Every Day is an Atheist Holiday!

17 ratings

Summary

Let's be honest - nobody has more fun than atheists. Don’t believe it? Well, consider this: For nonbelievers, every day you’re alive is a day to celebrate! And no one celebrates life to the fullest like Penn Jillette - the larger, louder half of legendary magic duo Penn & Teller - whose spectacularly witty and sharply observant essays in Every Day Is an Atheist Holiday! will entertain zealots and skeptics alike. Whether he's contemplating the possibility of life after death, deconstructing popular Christmas carols, or just calling bullsh*t on Donald Trump's apprentice training, Jillette does not fail to shock and delight his fans. And as ever, underneath these rollicking rants lie a deeply personal philosophy and a generous spirit, which find joy and meaning in family, and peace in the simple beauty of the everyday. Every Day Is an Atheist Holiday! is a hysterical affirmation of life's magic from one of the most distinctly perceptive and provocative humorists writing today.

©2012 Penn Jillette (P)2012 Brilliance Audio, Inc.

Length: 7 hrs and 51 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Twelve Patients

Twelve Patients

10 ratings

Summary

In the spirit of Oliver Sacks Awakenings and the TV series House, Dr. Eric Manheimer's Twelve Patients is a memoir from the medical director of Bellevue Hospital that uses the plights of 12 very different patients - from dignitaries at the nearby UN, to supermax prisoners from Riker's Island, to illegal immigrants, and Wall Street tycoons - to illustrate larger societal issues. Manheimer is not only the medical director of the country's oldest public hospital, but he is also a patient. As the audiobook unfolds, he is diagnosed with cancer and is forced to wrestle with the end of his own life - even as he struggles to save the lives of others.

©2012 Eric Manheimer (P)2012 Hachette

Available on Audible
Cover art for Mastery

Mastery

373 ratings

Summary

The eagerly anticipated new book from the author of the best-selling The 48 Laws of Power What did Charles Darwin, middling schoolboy and underachieving second son, do to become one of the earliest and greatest naturalists the world has known? What were the similar choices made by Mozart and by Caesar Rodriguez, the U.S. Air Force's last ace fighter pilot? In Mastery, Robert Greene's fifth book, he mines the biographies of great historical figures for clues about gaining control over our own lives and destinies. Picking up where The 48 Laws of Power left off, Greene culls years of research and original interviews to blend historical anecdote and psychological insight, distilling the universal ingredients of the world's masters. Temple Grandin, Martha Graham, Henry Ford, Buckminster Fuller - all have lessons to offer about how the love for doing one thing exceptionally well can lead to mastery. Yet the secret, Greene maintains, is already in our heads. Debunking long-held cultural myths, he demonstrates just how we, as humans, are hardwired for achievement and supremacy. Fans of Greene's earlier work and Malcolm Gladwell's Outliers will eagerly devour this canny and erudite explanation of just what it takes to be great.

©2012 Robert Greene (P)2012 Penguin Audio

Length: 16 hrs and 9 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Defining Decade

The Defining Decade

Summary

New York Times best-selling psychologist Dr. Meg Jay uses real stories from real lives to provide smart, compassionate, and constructive advice about the crucial (and difficult) years we cannot afford to miss. Our "30-is-the-new-20" culture tells us the 20-something years don't matter. Some say they are a second adolescence. Others call them an emerging adulthood. Dr. Meg Jay, a clinical psychologist, argues that 20-somethings have been caught in a swirl of hype and misinformation, much of which has trivialized what is actually the most defining decade of adulthood.  Drawing from almost two decades of work with hundreds of clients and students, The Defining Decade weaves the latest science of the 20-something years with the behind-closed-doors stories from 20-somethings, themselves. The result is a provocative listen that provides the tools necessary to make the most of your 20s, and shows us how work, relationships, personality, social networks, identity, and even the brain can change more during this decade than at any other time in adulthood - if we use the time wisely.  The Defining Decade is a smart, compassionate and constructive book about the years we cannot afford to miss.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2012 Meg Jay (P)2021 Hachette Audio

Length: 7 hrs and 11 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Blink

Blink

798 ratings

Summary

The landmark book that has revolutionized the way we understand leadership and decision making - from number-one best-selling author Malcolm Gladwell. In his landmark best seller The Tipping Point, Malcolm Gladwell redefined how we understand the world around us. Now, in Blink, he revolutionizes the way we understand the world within. Blink is a book about how we think without thinking, about choices that seem to be made in an instant, in the blink of an eye, that actually aren't as simple as they seem. Why are some people brilliant decision makers, while others are consistently inept? Why do some people follow their instincts and win, while others end up stumbling into error? How do our brains really work, in the office, in the classroom, in the kitchen, and in the bedroom? And why are the best decisions often those that are impossible to explain to others?  In Blink we meet the psychologist who has learned to predict whether a marriage will last, based on a few minutes of observing a couple; the tennis coach who knows when a player will double-fault before the racket even makes contact with the ball; the antiquities experts who recognize a fake at a glance. Here, too, are great failures of "blink": the election of Warren Harding; "New Coke"; and the shooting of Amadou Diallo by police. Blink reveals that great decision makers aren't those who process the most information or spend the most time deliberating, but those who have perfected the art of "thin-slicing", filtering the very few factors that matter from an overwhelming number of variables.  Drawing on cutting-edge neuroscience and psychology and displaying all of the brilliance that made The Tipping Point a classic, Blink changes the way you understand every decision you make. Never again will you think about thinking the same way.

©2005 Malcolm Gladwell (P)2005 Time Warner AudioBooks

Length: 7 hrs and 44 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Polysecure

Polysecure

13 ratings

Summary

Attachment theory has entered the mainstream, but most discussions focus on how we can cultivate secure monogamous relationships. What if, like many people, you’re striving for secure, happy attachments with more than one partner?   Polyamorous psychotherapist Jessica Fern breaks new ground by extending attachment theory into the realm of consensual nonmonogamy. Using her nested model of attachment and trauma, she expands our understanding of how emotional experiences can influence our relationships. Then, she sets out six specific strategies to help you move toward secure attachments in your multiple relationships.   Polysecure is both a trailblazing theoretical treatise and a practical guide. It provides nonmonogamous people with a new set of tools to navigate the complexities of multiple loving relationships and offers radical new concepts that are sure to influence the conversation about attachment theory.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Jessica Fern (P)2020 Thorntree Press

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Cross and the Switchblade

The Cross and the Switchblade

23 ratings

Summary

The astonishing true story of Wilkerson's outreach to New York teens trapped by drugs and gangs. Gang-fighters! Drug addicts. Teenage runaways and prostitutes! The toughest and most hopeless kids that New York's ghettos had to offer. Then a young preacher from the Pennsylvania hills arrived on their turf and began preaching a message of renewal, miracles, and God's love. This is one of the century's great true stories. Over 14 million copies in print!

©1986 David Wilkerson (P)2010 christianaudio.com

Length: 6 hrs and 57 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Plutocrats

Plutocrats

46 ratings

Summary

There has always been some gap between rich and poor in this country, but in the last few decades what it means to be rich has changed dramatically. Alarmingly, the greatest income gap is not between the 1 percent and the 99 percent, but within the wealthiest 1 percent of our nation - as the merely wealthy are left behind by the rapidly expanding fortunes of the new global super-rich. Forget the 1 percent; Plutocrats proves that it is the wealthiest 0.1 percent who are outpacing the rest of us at break-neck speed. What's changed is more than numbers. Today, most colossal fortunes are new, not inherited - amassed by perceptive businessmen who see themselves as deserving victors in a cut-throat international competition. As a transglobal class of successful professionals, today's self-made oligarchs often feel they have more in common with one another than with their countrymen back home. Bringing together the economics and psychology of these new super-rich, Plutocrats puts us inside a league very much of its own, with its own rules. The closest mirror to our own time is the late 19th century Gilded Age - the era of powerful "robber barons" like Andrew Carnegie and John D. Rockefeller. Then as now, emerging markets and innovative technologies collided to produce unprecedented wealth for more people than ever in human history. Yet those at the very top benefited far more than others - and from this pinnacle they exercised immense and unchecked power in their countries. Today's closest analogue to these robber barons can be found in the turbulent economies of India, Brazil, and China, all home to ferocious market competition and political turmoil. But wealth, corruption, and populism are no longer constrained by national borders, so this new Gilded Age is already transforming the economics of the West as well. Plutocrats demonstrates how social upheavals generated by the first Gilded Age may pale in comparison to what is in store for us, as the wealth of the entire globalized world is concentrated in fewer and fewer hands. Cracking open the tight-knit world of the new global super-rich is Chrystia Freeland, an acclaimed business journalist who has spent nearly two decades reporting on the new transglobal elite. She parses an internal Citigroup memo that urges clients to design portfolios around the international "Plutonomy" and not the national “rest”; follows Russian, Mexican, and Indian oligarchs during the privatization boom as they manipulate the levers of power to commandeer their local economies; breaks down the gender divide between the vast female-managed "middle class" and the world's one thousand billionaires; shows how, by controlling both the economic and political institutions of their nation, the richest members of China's National People's Congress have amassed more wealth than every branch of American government combined - the president, his cabinet, the justices of the Supreme Court, and both houses of Congress. Though the results can be shocking, Freeland dissects the lives of the world's wealthiest individuals with empathy, intelligence, and deep insight. Intelligently written, powerfully researched, and propelled by fascinating original interviews with the plutocrats themselves, Plutocrats is a tour-de-force of social and economic history, and the definitive examination of inequality in our time.

©2012 Chrystia Freeland (P)2012 Tantor

Length: 11 hrs and 38 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Last Lecture

The Last Lecture

56 ratings

Summary

"We cannot change the cards we are dealt, just how we play the hand." ( Randy Pausch) A lot of professors give talks entitled "The Last Lecture". Professors are asked to consider their demise and to ruminate on what matters most to them. And while they speak, audiences can't help but mull the same question: What wisdom would we impart to the world if we knew it was our last chance? If we had to vanish tomorrow, what would we want as our legacy? When Randy Pausch, a computer science professor at Carnegie Mellon, was asked to give such a lecture, he didn't have to imagine it as his last, since he had recently been diagnosed with terminal cancer. But the lecture he gave - "Really Achieving Your Childhood Dreams" - wasn't about dying. It was about the importance of overcoming obstacles, of enabling the dreams of others, of seizing every moment (because "time is all you have...and you may find one day that you have less than you think"). It was a summation of everything Randy had come to believe. It was about living. In this book, Randy Pausch has combined the humor, inspiration and intelligence that made his lecture such a phenomenon and given it an indelible form. It is a book that will be shared for generations to come. This recording includes an interview with the author.

©2008 Randy Pausch (P)2008 Hyperion

Available on Audible
Cover art for Winners Take All

Winners Take All

135 ratings

Summary

A New York Times Best Seller Named one of The New York Times “100 Notable Books of 2018? Named one of NPR’s “Best Books of 2018” Named one of the Financial Times “Books of the Year” Named one of The Washington Post’s “50 Notable Works of Nonfiction” One of the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation’s “Best International Nonfiction” books of 2018 One of the GreenBiz “10 Best Climate and Business Books of 2018” 800-CEO-READ Business Book of the Year The New York Times best-selling, groundbreaking investigation of how the global elite's efforts to "change the world" preserve the status quo and obscure their role in causing the problems they later seek to solve. An essential read for understanding some of the egregious abuses of power that dominate today’s news. Former New York Times columnist Anand Giridharadas takes us into the inner sanctums of a new gilded age, where the rich and powerful fight for equality and justice any way they can - except ways that threaten the social order and their position atop it. We see how they rebrand themselves as saviors of the poor; how they lavishly reward "thought leaders" who redefine "change" in winner-friendly ways; and how they constantly seek to do more good, but never less harm. We hear the limousine confessions of a celebrated foundation boss; witness an American president hem and haw about his plutocratic benefactors; and attend a cruise-ship conference where entrepreneurs celebrate their own self-interested magnanimity.   Giridharadas asks hard questions: Why, for example, should our gravest problems be solved by the unelected upper crust instead of the public institutions it erodes by lobbying and dodging taxes? He also points toward an answer: Rather than rely on scraps from the winners, we must take on the grueling democratic work of building more robust, egalitarian institutions and truly changing the world. A call to action for elites and everyday citizens alike.

©2018 Anand Giridharadas (P)2018 Random House Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Wayfinders

The Wayfinders

22 ratings

Summary

Every culture is a unique answer to a fundamental question: What does it mean to be human and alive? In The Wayfinders, renowned anthropologist, winner of the prestigious Samuel Johnson Prize, and National Geographic Explorer-in-Residence Wade Davis leads us on a thrilling journey to celebrate the wisdom of the world's indigenous cultures. In Polynesia, we set sail with navigators whose ancestors settled the Pacific 10 centuries before Christ. In the Amazon, we meet the descendants of a true lost civilization, the Peoples of the Anaconda. In the Andes, we discover that the earth really is alive, while in Australia we experience Dreamtime, the all-embracing philosophy of the first humans to walk out of Africa. We then travel to Nepal, where we encounter a wisdom hero, a Bodhisattva, who emerges from 45 years of Buddhist retreat and solitude. And, finally, we settle in Borneo, where the last rain forest nomads struggle to survive. Understanding the lessons of this journey will be our mission for the next century. For at risk is the human legacy - a vast archive of knowledge and expertise, a catalog of the imagination. Rediscovering a new appreciation for the diversity of the human spirit, as expressed by culture, is among the central challenges of our time.

©2009 Wade Davis (P)2017 Tantor

Length: 6 hrs and 37 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for How We Learn

How We Learn

6 ratings

Summary

In the tradition of The Power of Habit and Thinking, Fast and Slow comes a practical, playful, and endlessly fascinating guide to what we really know about learning and memory today - and how we can apply it to our own lives.  From an early age, it is drilled into our heads: Restlessness, distraction, and ignorance are the enemies of success. We’re told that learning is all self-discipline, that we must confine ourselves to designated study areas, turn off the music, and maintain a strict ritual if we want to ace that test, memorize that presentation, or nail that piano recital.  But what if almost everything we were told about learning is wrong? And what if there was a way to achieve more with less effort?  In How We Learn, award-winning science reporter Benedict Carey sifts through decades of education research and landmark studies to uncover the truth about how our brains absorb and retain information. What he discovers is that, from the moment we are born, we are all learning quickly, efficiently, and automatically; but in our zeal to systematize the process we have ignored valuable, naturally enjoyable learning tools like forgetting, sleeping, and daydreaming. Is a dedicated desk in a quiet room really the best way to study? Can altering your routine improve your recall? Are there times when distraction is good? Is repetition necessary? Carey's search for answers to these questions yields a wealth of strategies that make learning more a part of our everyday lives - and less of a chore.  By road testing many of the counterintuitive techniques described in this book, Carey shows how we can flex the neural muscles that make deep learning possible. Along the way he reveals why teachers should give final exams on the first day of class, why it’s wise to interleave subjects and concepts when learning any new skill, and when it’s smarter to stay up late prepping for that presentation than to rise early for one last cram session. And if this requires some suspension of disbelief, that’s because the research defies what we’ve been told, throughout our lives, about how best to learn.    The brain is not like a muscle, at least not in any straightforward sense. It is something else altogether, sensitive to mood, to timing, to circadian rhythms, as well as to location and environment. It doesn’t take orders well, to put it mildly. If the brain is a learning machine, then it is an eccentric one. In How We Learn, Benedict Carey shows us how to exploit its quirks to our advantage. 

©2014 Benedict Carey (P)2014 Random House Audio

Length: 7 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Heart Is a Shifting Sea

The Heart Is a Shifting Sea

Summary

In the vein of Behind the Beautiful Forevers, an intimate, deeply reported and revelatory examination of love, marriage, and the state of modern India - as witnessed through the lives of three very different couples in today's Mumbai. In 21st-century India, tradition is colliding with Western culture, a clash that touches the lives of everyday Indians from the wealthiest to the poorest. While ethnicity, class, and religion are influencing the nation's development, so too are pop culture and technology - an uneasy fusion whose impact is most evident in the institution of marriage. The Heart Is a Shifting Sea introduces three couples whose relationships illuminate these sweeping cultural shifts in dramatic ways: Veer and Maya, a forward-thinking professional couple whose union is tested by Maya's desire for independence; Shahzad and Sabeena, whose desperation for a child becomes entwined with the changing face of Islam; and Ashok and Parvati, whose arranged marriage, made possible by an online matchmaker, blossoms into true love. Though these three middle-class couples are at different stages in their lives and come from diverse religious backgrounds, their stories build on one another to present a layered, nuanced, and fascinating mosaic of the universal challenges, possibilities, and promise of matrimony in its present state. Elizabeth Flock has observed the evolving state of India from inside Mumbai, its largest metropolis. She spent close to a decade getting to know these couples - listening to their stories and living in their homes, where she was privy to countless moments of marital joy, inevitable frustration, dramatic upheaval, and whispered confessions and secrets. The result is a phenomenal feat of reportage that is both an enthralling portrait of a nation in the midst of transition and an unforgettable look at the universal mysteries of love and marriage that connect us all.

©2018 Elizabeth Flock (P)2012 HarperCollins Publishers

Available on Audible
Cover art for Change

Change

1 rating

Summary

How to create the change you want to see in the world using the paradigm-busting ideas in this "utterly fascinating" (Adam Grant) big-idea book.? Most of what we know about how ideas spread comes from best-selling authors who give us a compelling picture of a world, in which "influencers" are king, "sticky" ideas "go viral", and good behavior is "nudged" forward. The problem is that the world they describe is a world where information spreads, but beliefs and behaviors stay the same.  When it comes to lasting change in what we think or the way we live, the dynamics are different: beliefs and behaviors are not transmitted from person to person in the simple way that a virus is. The real story of social change is more complex. When we are exposed to a new idea, our social networks guide our responses in striking and surprising ways.  Drawing on deep-yet-accessible research and fascinating examples from the spread of coronavirus to the success of the Black Lives Matter movement, the failure of Google+, and the rise of political polarization, Change presents groundbreaking and paradigm-shifting new science for understanding what drives change, and how we can change the world around us.

©2021 Damon Centola (P)2021 Hachette Audio

Length: 9 hrs and 50 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Case Against Education

The Case Against Education

19 ratings

Summary

Why we need to stop wasting public funds on education Despite being immensely popular - and immensely lucrative - education is grossly overrated. In this explosive book, Bryan Caplan argues that the primary function of education is not to enhance students' skill but to certify their intelligence, work ethic, and conformity - in other words, to signal the qualities of a good employee. Learn why students hunt for easy A's and casually forget most of what they learn after the final exam, why decades of growing access to education have not resulted in better jobs for the average worker but instead in runaway credential inflation, how employers reward workers for costly schooling they rarely if ever use, and why cutting education spending is the best remedy. Caplan draws on the latest social science to show how the labor market values grades over knowledge and why the more education your rivals have, the more you need to impress employers. He explains why graduation is our society's top conformity signal and why even the most useless degrees can certify employability. He advocates two major policy responses. The first is educational austerity. Government needs to sharply cut education funding to curb this wasteful rat race. The second is more vocational education, because practical skills are more socially valuable than teaching students how to outshine their peers. Romantic notions about education being "good for the soul" must yield to careful research and common sense - The Case Against Education points the way. Cover design by Leslie Flis. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2018 Princeton University Press (P)2018 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Bitter Taste of Dying

The Bitter Taste of Dying

2 ratings

Summary

In his first book, author Jason Smith explores the depravity and desperation required to maintain an opiate addiction so fierce, he finds himself jumping continents to avoid jail time and learns the hard way that some demons cannot be outrun. While teaching in Europe, he meets a prostitute who secures drugs for him at the dangerous price of helping out the Russian Mafia; in China he gets his Percocet and Xanax fixes but terrifies a crowd of children and parents at his job in the process; and in Mexico Smith thought a Tijuana jail cell would be the perfect place to kick his Fentanyl habit but soon realizes that the power of addiction is stronger than his desire to escape it. The Bitter Taste of Dying paints a portrait of the modern-day drug addict with clarity and refreshing honesty. With a gritty mixture of self-deprecation and lighthearted confessional, Smith's memoir deftly describes the journey into the harrowing depths of addiction and demonstrates the experience of finally being released from it.

©2015 Jason Smith (P)2015 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for From Here to Eternity

From Here to Eternity

188 ratings

Summary

The best-selling author of Smoke Gets in Your Eyes expands our sense of what it means to treat the dead with "dignity". Fascinated by our pervasive terror of dead bodies, mortician Caitlin Doughty set out to discover how other cultures care for their dead. In rural Indonesia, she observes a man clean and dress his grandfather's mummified body. Grandpa's mummy has lived in the family home for two years, where the family has maintained a warm and respectful relationship. She meets Bolivian natitas (cigarette-smoking, wish-granting human skulls) and introduces us to a Japanese kotsuage, in which relatives use chopsticks to pluck their loved ones' bones from cremation ashes. With curiosity and morbid humor, Doughty encounters vividly decomposed bodies and participates in compelling, powerful death practices almost entirely unknown in America. From Here to Eternity introduces death-care innovators researching green burial and body composting, explores new spaces for mourning - including a glowing Buddha columbarium in Japan and America's only open-air pyre - and reveals unexpected new possibilities for our own death rituals. Author bio: Mortician Caitlin Doughty - host and creator of Ask a Mortician and the New York Times best-selling author of Smoke Gets in Your Eyes - founded the death acceptance collective The Order of the Good Death and cofounded Death Salon. She lives in Los Angeles, where she runs her nonprofit funeral home, Undertaking LA.

©2017 Caitlin Doughty (P)2017 Recorded Books

Length: 5 hrs and 37 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Art of Choosing

The Art of Choosing

3 ratings

Summary

Every day we make choices. Coke or Pepsi? Save or spend? Stay or go?Whether mundane or life-altering, these choices define us and shape our lives. Sheena Iyengar asks the difficult questions about how and why we choose: Is the desire for choice innate or bound by culture? Why do we sometimes choose against our best interests? How much control do we really have over what we choose? Sheena Iyengar's award-winning research reveals that the answers are surprising and profound. In our world of shifting political and cultural forces, technological revolution, and interconnected commerce, our decisions have far-reaching consequences. Use The Art of Choosing as your companion and guide for the many challenges ahead.

©2010 Sheena Iyengar (P)2010 Hachette

Length: 10 hrs and 32 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Messy

Messy

8 ratings

Summary

From the award-winning columnist and author of the national best-seller The Undercover Economist comes a provocative big-idea book about the genuine benefits of being messy: at home, at work, in the classroom, and beyond.

Messy: The Power of Disorder to Transform Our Lives celebrates the benefits that messiness has in our lives: why it's important, why we resist it, and why we should embrace it instead. Using research from neuroscience, psychology, and social science as well as captivating examples of real people doing extraordinary things, Tim Harford explains that the human qualities we value - creativity, responsiveness, resilience - are integral to the disorder, confusion, and disarray that produce them.

From the music studio of Brian Eno to the Lincoln Memorial with Martin Luther King Jr., from the boardroom to the classroom, messiness lies at the core of how we innovate, how we achieve, how we reach each other - in short, how we succeed.

In Messy, you'll learn about the unexpected connections between creativity and mess; understand why unexpected changes of plans, unfamiliar people, and unforeseen events can help generate new ideas and opportunities as they make you anxious and angry; and come to appreciate that the human inclination for tidiness - in our personal and professional lives, online, even in children's play - can mask deep and debilitating fragility that keeps us from innovation.

Stimulating and listenable as it points exciting ways forward, Messy is an insightful exploration of the real advantages of mess in our lives.

©2016 Tim Harford (P)2016 Random House Audio

Length: 9 hrs and 44 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The View from the Cheap Seats

The View from the Cheap Seats

25 ratings

Summary

An enthralling collection of nonfiction pieces on myriad topics - from art and artists to dreams, myths, and memories to comics, films, and literature - observed in award-winning number-one New York Times best-selling Neil Gaiman's probing, amusing, and distinctive style. An inquisitive observer, thoughtful commentator, and assiduous craftsman, Neil Gaiman has long been celebrated for the sharp intellect and startling imagination that informs his fiction. Now The View from the Cheap Seats brings together, for the first time ever, more than 60 works of his outstanding nonfiction on topics and people close to his heart. As Neil explains, "This book is not 'the complete nonfiction of Neil Gaiman'. It is, instead, a motley bunch of speeches and articles, introductions and essays. Some of them are serious, and some of them are frivolous, and some of them are earnest, and some of them I wrote to try to make people listen." In prose that's analytical yet playful, erudite yet accessible, Neil explores a broad range of interests and topics, including (but not limited to) authors past and present; music; storytelling; comics; bookshops; travel; fairy tales; America; inspiration; libraries; ghosts; and the title piece, at turns touching and self-deprecating, which recounts his experiences at the 2010 Academy Awards in Hollywood. Neil ponders the truth of fiction and the power of stories (and why we tell them) and offers his own profiles of and insights into writers who have influenced him, including C. S. Lewis, J. R. R. Tolkien, Ray Bradbury, Diana Wynne Jones, Stephen King, Rudyard Kipling, James Thurber, and his dear friend, Terry Pratchett. He offers unlikely perspectives on subjects as diverse as The Bride of Frankenstein, Doctor Who, Batman, Tori Amos, Lou Reed, They Might Be Giants, and Amanda Palmer. And he includes a moving essay on the plight of Syrian refugees in a United Nations camp in Jordan. Illuminating and incisive, witty and wise, The View from the Cheap Seats explores some of the issues, subjects, and people that matter most to Neil Gaiman - and offers a unique glimpse into the mind of one of the most beloved and influential writers of our time.

©2016 Neil Gaiman (P)2016 HarperCollins Publishers

Length: 15 hrs and 29 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Dying

Dying

Summary

At the age of 60, Cory Taylor is dying of melanoma-related brain cancer. Her illness is no longer treatable: She now weighs less than her neighbor's retriever. As her body weakens, she describes the experience - the vulnerability and strength, the courage and humility, the anger and acceptance - of knowing she will soon die. Written in the space of a few weeks, in a tremendous creative surge, this powerful and beautiful memoir is a clear-eyed account of what dying teaches: Taylor describes the tangle of her feelings, remembers the lives and deaths of her parents, and examines why she would like to be able to choose the circumstances of her death. Taylor's last words offer a vocabulary for listeners to speak about the most difficult thing any of us will face. And while Dying: A Memoir is a deeply affecting meditation on death, it is also a funny and wise tribute to life.

©2017 Cory Taylor (P)2017 HighBridge, a division of Recorded Books

Length: 3 hrs and 52 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Heaven Is Beautiful

Heaven Is Beautiful

1 rating

Summary

Based on the author's real-life story of dying on a mountain, this enthralling audiobook combines the thrills of a wilderness adventure with the awe inspiring elements of a paranormal novel. In March of 1980, college senior Peter Panagore went ice climbing on the world-famous Lower Weeping Wall, along the Ice Fields Parkway in Alberta, Canada. His climbing partner was an experienced ice climber, but Panagore was a novice. On their descent, they became trapped on the side of the mountain. As the sun set, he was overcome by exhaustion and hypothermia. He died on the side of that mountain in 1980. In his minutes on the other side, he experienced hell, forgiveness, and unconditional love. Heaven was beautiful. Panagore's near death experience (NDE) changed his life and resulted in an intense spiritual journey that has continued for decades. It impelled him to pursue a master's degree at Yale Divinity School focusing on systematic theology and Christian mysticism. His educational background coupled with 30 years of yogic and meditative practice and 20 years of professional work with the dying and grieving has given him unique insight, language, and perspective on heaven, God, death, life, love, beauty, and hope. "I have told my story to audiences large and small for a decade now.... My story touches people's hearts; every time I tell it the audience is gripped and silent.... This book is about hope. It is meant to give real hope to the dying, hope to the fearful, hope to the hopeless, hope to the grieving."

©2015 Reverend Peter Baldwin Panagore (P)2015 Brilliance Audio, all rights reserved.

Length: 5 hrs and 24 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Have a Little Faith

Have a Little Faith

10 ratings

Summary

What if our beliefs were not what divided us, but what pulled us together? In Have a Little Faith, Mitch Albom offers a beautifully written story of a remarkable eight-year journey between two worlds - two men, two faiths, two communities - that will inspire listeners everywhere. Albom's first nonfiction book since Tuesdays with Morrie, Have a Little Faith begins with an unusual request: an 82-year-old rabbi from Albom's old hometown asks him to deliver his eulogy. Feeling unworthy, Albom insists on understanding the man better, which throws him back into a world of faith he'd left years ago. Meanwhile, closer to his current home, Albom becomes involved with a Detroit pastor - a reformed drug dealer and convict - who preaches to the poor and homeless in a decaying church with a hole in its roof. Moving between their worlds, Christian and Jewish, African-American and white, impoverished and well-to-do, Albom observes how these very different men employ faith similarly in fighting for survival: the older, suburban rabbi embracing it as death approaches; the younger, inner-city pastor relying on it to keep himself and his church afloat. As America struggles with hard times and people turn more to their beliefs, Albom and the two men of God explore issues that perplex modern man: how to endure when difficult things happen; what heaven is; intermarriage; forgiveness; doubting God; and the importance of faith in trying times. Although the texts, prayers, and histories are different, Albom begins to recognize a striking unity between the two worlds - and indeed, between beliefs everywhere. In the end, as the rabbi nears death and a harsh winter threatens the pastor's wobbly church, Albom sadly fulfills the rabbi's last request and writes the eulogy. And he finally understands what both men had been teaching all along: the profound comfort of believing in something bigger than yourself.

©2009 Mitch Albom, Inc. (P)2009 Hyperion

Narrator: Mitch Albom
Author: Mitch Albom
Length: 4 hrs and 49 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Troublemakers

Troublemakers

8 ratings

Summary

In this dazzling debut, Carla Shalaby, a former elementary school teacher, explores the everyday lives of four young "troublemakers", challenging the ways we identify and understand so-called problem children. Time and again, we make seemingly endless efforts to moderate, punish, and even medicate our children, when we should instead be concerned with transforming the very nature of our institutions, systems, and structures, large and small. Through delicately crafted portraits of these memorable children - Zora, Lucas, Sean, and Marcus - Troublemakers allows us to see school through the eyes of those who know firsthand what it means to be labeled a problem. From Zora's proud individuality to Marcus's open willfulness, from Sean's struggle with authority to Lucas's tenacious imagination, comes profound insight - for educators and parents alike - into how schools engender, exclude, and then try to erase trouble, right along with the young people accused of making it. And although the harsh disciplining of adolescent behavior has been called out as part of a school-to-prison pipeline, the children we meet in this book demonstrate how a child's path to excessive punishment and exclusion in fact begins at a much younger age. Shalaby's empathetic, discerning, and elegant prose gives us a deeply textured look at what noncompliance signals about the environments we require students to adapt to in our schools. Both urgent and timely, this paradigm-shifting book challenges our typical expectations for young children and with principled affection reveals how these demands - despite good intentions - work to undermine the pursuit of a free and just society.

©2017 Carla Shalaby (P)2017 Audible, Inc.

Length: 7 hrs and 15 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for How Children Learn, 50th Anniversary Edition

How Children Learn, 50th Anniversary Edition

23 ratings

Summary

Fifty years ago John Holt woke the dreary world of educational theory by showing that for small children "learning is as natural as breathing". his brilliant observations are as true today as they were then. Over one million copies were sold worldwide in the decades that followed. Today the theorists are still squabbling, and Holt's wisdom is needed more than ever. As a hero of progressive education and homeschoolers, his time has come again. A new foreword by eminent school reformer Deborah Meier, of the New York University Steinhardt School of Culture, Education, and Human Development, reveals the lasting influence of John Holt's ideas and their relevance for the students today.

©2017 HoltGWS LLC (P)2017 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Matthew Kugler
Author: John Holt
Length: 9 hrs and 25 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Eight Dates

Eight Dates

40 ratings

Summary

Navigating the challenges of long-term commitment takes effort - and it just got simpler, with this empowering, step-by-step guide to communicating about the things that matter most to you and your partner. Drawing on 40 years of research from their world-famous Love Lab, Dr. John Gottman and Dr. Julie Schwartz Gottman invite couples on eight fun, easy, and profoundly rewarding dates, each one focused on a make-or-break issue: trust, conflict, sex, money, family, adventure, spirituality, and dreams.  Interactive activities and prompts provide motivation to stay open, stay curious, and, most of all, stay talking to each other. And the range - from the four skills you need for intimate conversation (including Put into Words What You Are Feeling) to tips on being honest about your needs, while also validating your partner’s own emotions - will resonate, whether you’re newly together or a longtime couple looking to fortify your bond. You will discover (or rediscover) your partner like never before - and be able to realize your hopes and dreams for the love you desire and deserve.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2018 John Gottman, Julie Schwartz Gottman, Doug Abrams, and Rachel Carlton Abrams (P)2019 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Captivate

Captivate

132 ratings

Summary

Do you wish you could decode people? Do you want a formula for charisma? Do you want to know exactly what to say to your boss, your date, or your networking partner? You need to know how people work.  As a human behavior investigator, Vanessa Van Edwards studies the hidden forces that drive our behavior patterns in her lab - and she's cracked the code. In Captivate she shares a wealth of valuable shortcuts, systems, and behavior hacks for taking charge of interactions at work, at home, and in any social situation. These aren't the people skills you learned in school. This is the first comprehensive, science-backed, real-life manual on human behavior and a completely new approach to building connections.  Just like knowing the right formulas to use in chemistry or the right programming language to write code, the hacks in this book are simple ways to solve for people. For example:  The Social Game Plan: every party, networking event, and social situation has a predictable map - discover how to work a room and the sweet spot for making the most connections.  The Seven Microexpressions: learn how to speed-read the seven universal facial expressions and how they can be used to predict people's emotions.  Conversation Sparks: all conversations can be hacked - if you know how certain words generate dopamine in the people you meet.  When you understand the laws of human behavior, you can get along with anyone, and your influence, impact, and income will increase as a result. What's more, you will improve your interpersonal intelligence, make a killer first impression, and build rapport quickly and authentically in any situation - negotiations, interviews, parties, and pitches. You will never interact in the same way again.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2017 Vanessa Van Edwards (P)2017 Penguin Audio

Length: 7 hrs and 28 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Cases That Haunt Us

The Cases That Haunt Us

124 ratings

Summary

Violent, provocative, shocking. Call them what you will, but don't call them open and shut. Did Lizzie Borden murder her own father and stepmother? Was Jack the Ripper actually the Duke of Clarence? Who killed JonBenet Ramsey? America's foremost expert on criminal profiling and 25-year FBI veteran John Douglas, along with author and filmmaker Mark Olshaker, explores those tantalizing questions and more in this mesmerizing work of detection. With uniquely gripping analysis, the authors reexamine and reinterpret the accepted facts, evidence, and victimology of the most notorious murder cases in the history of crime, including the Lindbergh baby kidnapping, the Zodiac Killer, and the Whitechapel murders. Utilizing techniques developed by Douglas himself, they give detailed profiles and reveal chief suspects in pursuit of what really happened in each case. The Cases That Haunt Us not only offers convincing and controversial conclusions, it deconstructs the evidence and widely held beliefs surrounding each case and rebuilds them - with fascinating, surprising, and haunting results.

©2016 John E. Douglas and Mark Olshaker (P)2016 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Length: 14 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Ancient Egyptian Book of the Dead

The Ancient Egyptian Book of the Dead

2 ratings

Summary

The Ancient Egyptian Book of the Dead is a compendium of classic texts by one of the greatest translators and historians of ancient Egypt, as well as one of the most renowned Egyptologists of all time, E.A. Wallis Budge. Discover the magic of ancient Egypt in this comprehensive text.  In Part I, using plain, easy-to-understand language, Budge delves into the history, instructions, motifs, themes, spells, incantations, and charms written for the dead that ancient Egyptians would need to employ to pass from this world into the next. Throughout centuries, these "books of the dead man" were often found buried alongside mummies and inside tombs, which locals and grave robbers would collect. In Part II, Budge's classic translation of the Book of the Dead from the Papyrus of Ani (and others) is presented in its original format and contains the prayers, incantations, and ancient text used to help guide the dead during their journey. Finally, in Part III, a list of Egyptian deities is provided. Illustrated throughout with great care, including photos, fine art, and other illustrations, this edition will bring the historic afterlife guide back to life. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©1934 E. A. Wallis Budge (P)2020 Sekta

Narrator: Aryell Alkire
Length: 1 hr and 7 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Predictably Irrational

Predictably Irrational

177 ratings

Summary

Why do our headaches persist after taking a one-cent aspirin but disappear when we take a 50-cent aspirin? Why does recalling the 10 Commandments reduce our tendency to lie, even when we couldn't possibly be caught? Why do we splurge on a lavish meal but cut coupons to save 25 cents on a can of soup? Why do we go back for second helpings at the unlimited buffet, even when our stomachs are already full? And how did we ever start spending $4.15 on a cup of coffee when, just a few years ago, we used to pay less than a dollar? When it comes to making decisions in our lives, we think we're in control. We think we're making smart, rational choices. But are we? In a series of illuminating, often surprising experiments, MIT behavioral economist Dan Ariely refutes the common assumption that we behave in fundamentally rational ways. Blending everyday experience with groundbreaking research, Ariely explains how expectations, emotions, social norms, and other invisible, seemingly illogical forces skew our reasoning abilities. Not only do we make astonishingly simple mistakes every day, but we make the same types of mistakes, Ariely discovers. We consistently overpay, underestimate, and procrastinate. We fail to understand the profound effects of our emotions on what we want, and we overvalue what we already own. Yet these misguided behaviors are neither random nor senseless. They're systematic and predictable - making us predictably irrational. From drinking coffee to losing weight, from buying a car to choosing a romantic partner, Ariely explains how to break through these systematic patterns of thought to make better decisions. Predictably Irrational will change the way we interact with the world - one small decision at a time. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

©2008 Dan Ariely (P)2008 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Simon Jones
Author: Dan Ariely
Length: 7 hrs and 22 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Fascinate

Fascinate

4 ratings

Summary

What triggers fascination, and how do companies, people, and ideas put those triggers to use/ Why are you captivated by some people but not by others? Why do you recall some brands yet forget the rest? In a distracted, overcrowded world, how do certain leaders, friends, and family members convince you to change your behavior? Answer: fascination, the most powerful way to influence decision-making. It's more persuasive than marketing, advertising, or any other form of communication. And it all starts with seven universal triggers: lust, mystique, alarm, prestige, power, vice, and trust. Fascination plays a role in every type of decision making, from the brands you choose to the songs you remember, from the person you marry to the employees you hire. And by activating the right triggers, you can make anything become fascinating. To explore and explain fascination's irresistible influence, Sally Hogshead looks beyond marketing, delving into behavioral and social studies, historical precedents, neurobiology and evolutionary anthropology, as well as conducting in-depth interviews and a national study of a thousand consumers, to emerge with deeply rooted patterns for why, and how, we become captivated. Hogshead reveals why the Salem witch trials began with the same fixations as those in Sex and the City. How Olympic athletes are subject to obsessions similar to those of fetishists. How a 1636 frenzy over Dutch tulip bulbs perfectly mirrors the 2006 real-estate bubble. And why a billion-dollar "Just Say No" program actually increased drug use among teens, by activating the same "forbidden fruit" syndrome as a Victoria's Secret catalog. Whether you realize it or not, you're already using the seven triggers. The question is, are you using the right triggers, in the right way, to get your desired result? This book will tell you how.

©2010 Sally Hogshead (P)2010 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Sally Hogshead
Length: 8 hrs and 41 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Sweetness and Power

Sweetness and Power

1 rating

Summary

In this eye-opening study, Sidney W. Mintz shows how Europeans and Americans transformed sugar from a rare foreign luxury to a commonplace necessity of modern life and how it changed the history of capitalism and industry. He discusses the production and consumption of sugar and reveals how closely interwoven sugar's origins are as a "slave" crop grown in Europe's tropical colonies, with its use first as an extravagant luxury for the aristocracy, then as a staple of the diet of the new industrial proletariat. Finally, he considers how sugar has altered work patterns, eating habits, and our diet in modern times.

©1985 Sidney W. Mintz (P)2017 Tantor

Narrator: Tom Perkins
Length: 10 hrs and 18 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Power Broker

The Power Broker

56 ratings

Summary

Everywhere acknowledged as a modern American classic, winner of the Pulitzer Prize, and chosen by the Modern Library as one of the hundred greatest books of the 20th century, The Power Broker is a galvanizing biography revealing not only the saga of one man's incredible accumulation of power, but the story of the shaping (and mis-shaping) of New York in the 20th century.

Robert Caro's monumental book makes public what few outsiders knew: that Robert Moses was the single most powerful man of his time in the City and in the State of New York. And in telling the Moses story, Caro both opens up to an unprecedented degree the way in which politics really happens - the way things really get done in America's city halls and statehouses - and brings to light a bonanza of vital information about such national figures as Alfred E. Smith and Franklin D. Roosevelt (and the genesis of their blood feud), about Fiorello La Guardia, John V. Lindsay and Nelson Rockefeller.

But The Power Broker is first and foremost a brilliant multidimensional portrait of a man - an extraordinary man who, denied power within the normal framework of the democratic process, stepped outside that framework to grasp power sufficient to shape a great city and to hold sway over the very texture of millions of lives. We see how Moses began: the handsome, intellectual young heir to the world of Our Crowd, an idealist. How, rebuffed by the entrenched political establishment, he fought for the power to accomplish his ideals. How he first created a miraculous flowering of parks and parkways, playlands and beaches - and then ultimately brought down on the city the smog-choked aridity of our urban landscape, the endless miles of (never sufficient) highway, the hopeless sprawl of Long Island, the massive failures of public housing, and countless other barriers to humane living. How, inevitably, the accumulation of power became an end in itself.

Moses built an empire and lived like an emperor. He was held in fear - his dossiers could disgorge the dark secrets of anyone who opposed him. He was, he claimed, above politics, above deals; and through decade after decade, the newspapers and the public believed.

Meanwhile, he was developing his public authorities into a fourth branch of government known as "Triborough" - a government whose records were closed to the public, whose policies and plans were decided not by voters or elected officials but solely by Moses - an immense economic force directing pressure on labor unions, on banks, on all the city's political and economic institutions, and on the press, and on the Church. He doled out millions of dollars' worth of legal fees, insurance commissions, lucrative contracts on the basis of who could best pay him back in the only coin he coveted: power. He dominated the politics and politicians of his time - without ever having been elected to any office. He was, in essence, above our democratic system.

Robert Moses held power in the state for 44 years, through the governorships of Smith, Roosevelt, Lehman, Dewey, Harriman, and Rockefeller, and in the city for 34 years, through the mayoralties of La Guardia, O'Dwyer, Impellitteri, Wagner, and Lindsay. He personally conceived and carried through public works costing $27 billion - he was undoubtedly America's greatest builder.

This is how he built and dominated New York - before, finally, he was stripped of his reputation (by the press) and of his power (by Nelson Rockefeller). But his work, and his will, had been done.

©1975 Robert A. Caro (P)2011 Random House Audio

Narrator: Robertson Dean
Length: 66 hrs and 9 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Denial of Death

The Denial of Death

64 ratings

Summary

Winner of the Pulitzer Prize in 1974 and the culmination of a life's work, The Denial of Death is Ernest Becker's brilliant and impassioned answer to the "why" of human existence. In bold contrast to the predominant Freudian school of thought, Becker tackles the problem of the vital lie: man's refusal to acknowledge his own mortality. In doing so, he sheds new light on the nature of humanity and issues a call to life and its living that still resonates more than 30 years after its writing.

©1973 Free Press, a division of Simon & Schuster, Inc. (P)2005 Blackstone Audiobooks

Narrator: Raymond Todd
Length: 11 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Stiff

Stiff

66 ratings

Summary

An oddly compelling, often hilarious exploration of the strange lives of our bodies postmortem. For two thousand years, cadavers (some willingly, some unwittingly) have been involved in science's boldest strides and weirdest undertakings. They've tested France's first guillotines, ridden the NASA Space Shuttle, been crucified in a Parisian laboratory to test the authenticity of the Shroud of Turin, and helped solve the mystery of TWA Flight 800. For every new surgical procedure, from heart transplants to gender reassignment surgery, cadavers have been there alongside surgeons, making history in their quiet way. In this fascinating, ennobling account, Mary Roach visits the good deeds of cadavers over the centuries from the anatomy labs and human-sourced pharmacies of medieval and nineteenth-century Europe to a human decay research facility in Tennessee, to a plastic surgery practice lab, to a Scandinavian funeral directors' conference on human composting. In her droll, inimitable voice, Roach tells the engrossing story of our bodies when we are no longer with them.

©2003 Mary Roach (P)2003 Tantor Media, Inc.

Narrator: Shelly Frasier
Author: Mary Roach
Length: 8 hrs
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Mirage Factory

The Mirage Factory

Summary

From best-selling author Gary Krist, the story of the metropolis that never should have been and the visionaries who dreamed it into reality  Little more than a century ago, the southern coast of California - bone-dry, harbor-less, isolated by deserts and mountain ranges - seemed destined to remain scrappy farmland. Then, as if overnight, one of the world’s iconic cities emerged. At the heart of Los Angeles’ meteoric rise were three flawed visionaries. William Mulholland, an immigrant ditch-digger turned self-taught engineer, designed the massive aqueduct that would make urban life here possible. D.W. Griffith, who transformed the motion picture from a vaudeville-house novelty into a cornerstone of American culture, gave LA its signature industry. And Aimee Semple McPherson, a charismatic evangelist who founded a religion, cemented the city’s identity as a center for spiritual exploration. All were masters of their craft, but also illusionists, of a kind. The images they conjured up - of a blossoming city in the desert, of a factory of celluloid dreamworks, of a community of seekers finding personal salvation under the California sun - were like mirages liable to evaporate on closer inspection. All three would pay a steep price to realize these dreams, in a crescendo of hubris, scandal, and catastrophic failure of design that threatened to topple each of their personal empires. Yet when the dust settled, the mirage that was LA remained. Spanning the years from 1900 to 1930, The Mirage Factory is the enthralling tale of an improbable city and the people who willed it into existence by pushing the limits of human engineering and imagination.

©2018 Gary Krist (P)2018 Random House Audio

Narrator: Rob Shapiro
Author: Gary Krist
Length: 11 hrs and 55 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Scale

Scale

28 ratings

Summary

From one of the most influential scientists of our time, a dazzling exploration of the hidden laws that govern the life cycle of everything from plants and animals to the cities we live in. Visionary physicist Geoffrey West is a pioneer in the field of complexity science, the science of emergent systems and networks. The term complexity can be misleading, however, because what makes West's discoveries so beautiful is that he has found an underlying simplicity that unites the seemingly complex and diverse phenomena of living systems, including our bodies, our cities, and our businesses. Fascinated by aging and mortality, West applied the rigor of a physicist to the biological question of why we live as long as we do and no longer. The result was astonishing and changed science: West found that despite the riotous diversity in mammals, they are all, to a large degree, scaled versions of each other. If you know the size of a mammal, you can use scaling laws to learn everything, including how much food it eats per day, what its heart rate is, how long it will take to mature, its life span, and so on. Furthermore, the efficiency of the mammal's circulatory systems scales up precisely based on weight: If you compare a mouse, a human, and an elephant on a logarithmic graph, you find with every doubling of average weight, a species gets 25 percent more efficient - and lives 2 percent longer. Fundamentally, he has proven, the issue has to do with the fractal geometry of the networks that supply energy and remove waste from the organism's body. West's work has been game changing for biologists, but then he made the even bolder move of exploring his work's applicability. Cities, too, are constellations of networks, and laws of scalability relate with eerie precision to them. Recently West has applied his revolutionary work to the business world. This investigation has led to powerful insights into why some companies thrive while others fail. The implications of these discoveries are far reaching and are just beginning to be explored. Scale is a thrilling scientific adventure story about the elemental natural laws that bind us together in simple but profound ways. Through the brilliant mind of Geoffrey West, we can envision how cities, companies, and biological life alike are dancing to the same simple, powerful tune.

©2017 Geoffrey West (P)2017 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Bruce Mann
Length: 19 hrs and 13 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Empire of Sin

Empire of Sin

Summary

Empire of Sin re-creates the remarkable story of New Orleans' 30-years war against itself, pitting the city's elite "better half" against its powerful and long-entrenched underworld of vice, perversity, and crime. This early-20th-century battle centers on one man: Tom Anderson, the undisputed czar of the city's Storyville vice district, who fights desperately to keep his empire intact as it faces onslaughts from all sides. Surrounding him are the stories of flamboyant prostitutes, crusading moral reformers, dissolute jazzmen, ruthless Mafiosi, venal politicians, and one extremely violent serial killer, all battling for primacy in a wild and wicked city unlike any other in the world.

©2014 Gary Krist (P)2014 Dreamscape Media, LLC

Narrator: Robertson Dean
Author: Gary Krist
Length: 10 hrs and 49 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Can't Even

Can't Even

24 ratings

Summary

An incendiary examination of burnout in millennials - the cultural shifts that got us here, the pressures that sustain it, and the need for drastic change. Do you feel like your life is an endless to-do list? Do you find yourself mindlessly scrolling through Instagram because you’re too exhausted to pick up a book? Are you mired in debt, or feel like you work all the time, or feel pressure to take whatever gives you joy and turn it into a monetizable hustle? Welcome to burnout culture.  While burnout may seem like the default setting for the modern era, in Can’t Even, BuzzFeed culture writer and former academic Anne Helen Petersen argues that burnout is a definitional condition for the millennial generation, born out of distrust in the institutions that have failed us, the unrealistic expectations of the modern workplace, and a sharp uptick in anxiety and hopelessness exacerbated by the constant pressure to “perform” our lives online. The genesis for the book is Petersen’s viral BuzzFeed article on the topic, which has amassed over seven million reads since its publication in January 2019. Can’t Even goes beyond the original article, as Petersen examines how millennials have arrived at this point of burnout (think: unchecked capitalism and changing labor laws) and examines the phenomenon through a variety of lenses - including how burnout affects the way we work, parent, and socialize - describing its resonance in alarming familiarity. Utilizing a combination of sociohistorical framework, original interviews, and detailed analysis, Can’t Even offers a galvanizing, intimate, and ultimately redemptive look at the lives of this much-maligned generation,and will be required listening for both millennials and the parents and employers trying to understand them.

©2020 Anne Helen Petersen (P)2020 Audible, Inc.

Length: 8 hrs and 25 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Values

Values

1 rating

Summary

A bold and urgent argument by economist and former bank governor Mark Carney on the radical, foundational change that is required if we are to build an economy and society based not on market values but on human values. Our world is full of fault lines - growing inequality in income and opportunity; systemic racism; health and economic crises from a global pandemic; mistrust of experts; the existential threat of climate change; deep threats to employment in a digital economy with robotics on the rise. These fundamental problems and others like them, argues Mark Carney, stem from a common crisis in values. Drawing on the turmoil of the past decade, Mark Carney shows how "market economies" have evolved into "market societies" where price determines the value of everything.  When we think about what we, as individuals, value most highly, we might list fairness, health, the protection of our rights, economic security from poverty, the preservation of natural diversity, resources, and beauty. The tragedy is, these things that we hold dearest are too often the casualties of our 21st-century world, where they ought to be our bedrock. In this profoundly important new book, Mark Carney offers a vision of a more humane society and a practical manifesto for getting there. How we reform our infrastructure to make things better and fairer is at the heart of every chapter, with outlines of wholly new ideas that can restructure society and enshrine our human values at the core of all that we build for our children and grandchildren.

©2021 Mark Carney (P)2021 Penguin Random House Canada

Narrator: Mark Carney
Author: Mark Carney
Length: 20 hrs and 32 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Detroit

Detroit

13 ratings

Summary

In the heart of America, a metropolis is quietly destroying itself. Detroit, once the richest city in the nation, is now its poorest. Once the vanguard of America’s machine age - mass production, automobiles, and blue-collar jobs - Detroit is now America’s capital for unemployment, illiteracy, foreclosure, and dropouts. With the steel-eyed reportage that has become his trademark and the righteous indignation that only a native son can possess, journalist Charlie LeDuff sets out to uncover what has brought low this once-vibrant city, his city. In doing so, he uncovers the deeply human drama of a city filled with some of the strongest and strangest people our country has to offer.

©2013 Charlie LeDuff (P)2013 HighBridge Company

Narrator: Eric Martin
Length: 7 hrs and 21 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Selfie

Selfie

26 ratings

Summary

We are living in an age of heightened individualism. Success is a personal responsibility. Our culture tells us that to succeed is to be slim, rich, happy, extroverted, popular, and flawless. We have become self-obsessed. And our expectation of perfection comes at a cost. Millions are suffering under the torture of this impossible fantasy. The pressure to conform to this ideal has changed who we are.   It was not always like this. To explain how we got here, award-winning journalist Will Storr leads us on a "terrific tour through the history of self-obsession" (NPR, On Point) that explores the origins of this notion of the perfect self that torments so many of us: Where does this ideal come from? Why is it so powerful? Is there any way to break its spell?   Full of thrilling and unexpected connections among history, psychology, economics, neuroscience, and more, Selfie is an unforgettable book that makes sense of who we have become. Ranging from Ancient Greece, through the Christian Middle Ages, to the self-esteem evangelists of 1980s California, the rise of the "selfie" generation, and the era of hyper-individualism in which we live now, Selfie tells the epic tale of the person we all know so intimately - because it's us.

©2018 Will Storr (P)2018 Tantor

Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Author: Will Storr
Length: 12 hrs and 16 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Business Adventures

Business Adventures

40 ratings

Summary

From Wall Street to Main Street, John Brooks, longtime contributor to the New Yorker, brings to life in vivid fashion 12 classic and timeless tales of corporate and financial life in America What do the $350 million Ford Motor Company disaster known as the Edsel, the fast and incredible rise of Xerox, and the unbelievable scandals at General Electric and Texas Gulf Sulphur have in common? Each is an example of how an iconic company was defined by a particular moment of fame or notoriety; these notable and fascinating accounts are as relevant today to understanding the intricacies of corporate life as they were when the events happened. Stories about Wall Street are infused with drama and adventure and reveal the machinations and volatile nature of the world of finance. John Brooks’ insightful reportage is so full of personality and critical detail that whether he is looking at the astounding market crash of 1962, the collapse of a well-known brokerage firm, or the bold attempt by American bankers to save the British pound, one gets the sense that history repeats itself. Five additional stories on equally fascinating subjects round out this wonderful collection that will both entertain and inform listeners... Business Adventures is truly financial journalism at its liveliest and best.

©2014 John Brooks (P)2014 Random House Audio

Narrator: Johnny Heller
Author: John Brooks
Length: 16 hrs and 53 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Ultimate Guide for Gay Dads

The Ultimate Guide for Gay Dads

2 ratings

Summary

Are you ready to have kids? More and more gay men are turning to adoption and surrogacy to start their own families. An estimated two million American LBGTQ people would like to adopt and an estimated 65,000 adopted children are living with a gay parent. In 2016, the Chicago Tribune reported that 10 to 20 percent of donor eggs went to gay men expanding their families via surrogacy, and in many places the numbers were up 50 percent from the previous five years. Having a kid is like coming out all over again, on a daily basis, especially if you have an infant. Was coming out stressful for you? It's about to get more intense and you will have a child watching your every move and listening to your every word. If you stutter or pause, they may pick up on your discomfort and could start to feel like something is wrong about their family unit. The Ultimate Guide for Gay Dads is jam-packed with parenting tips and advice to help you build confidence and become the awesome gay dad you were meant to be! Unlike other parenting books that have whole chapters focusing on things specifically related to mothers (such as how to get the perfect latch when breastfeeding), this parenting book replaces those sections with things relevant to gay dads. It covers topics like how to find LGBT-friendly pediatricians, how to find LGBT-friendly schools, how to childproof your home with style, how to answer awkward and prying questions about your family from strangers, examples for what two-dad families can do on Mother's Day, and much more. The audiobook also includes parenting tips and advice from pediatricians, school educators, lawyers, and other same-sex parents. Best-selling author Eric Rosswood covers every aspect of fatherhood for gay men in this essential guide to growing your family in the post-DOMA era.

©2018 Eric Rosswood (P)2018 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Free to Make

Free to Make

Summary

Dale Dougherty, creator of MAKE: magazine and the Maker Faire, provides a guided tour of the international phenomenon known as the Maker Movement, a social revolution that is changing what gets made, how it's made, where it's made, and who makes it. Free to Make is a call to join what Dougherty calls the "renaissance of making", an invitation to see ourselves as creators and shapers of the world around us. As the Internet thrives and world-changing technologies - like 3-D printers and tiny microcontrollers - become increasingly affordable, people around the world are moving away from the passivity of one-size-fits-all consumption and command-and-control models of education and business. Free to Make explores how making revives abandoned and neglected urban areas, reinvigorates community spaces like libraries and museums, and even impacts our personal and social development - fostering a mind-set that is engaged, playful, and resourceful. Free to Make asks us to imagine a world where making is an everyday occurrence in our schools, workplaces, and local communities, grounding us in the physical world and empowering us to solve the challenges we face.

©2017 Dale Dougherty (P)2017 Random House Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Third Chimpanzee

The Third Chimpanzee

36 ratings

Summary

The Development of an Extraordinary Species.... We human beings share 98 percent of our genes with chimpanzees. Yet humans are the dominant species on the planet - having founded civilizations and religions, developed intricate and diverse forms of communication, learned science, built cities, and created breathtaking works of art - while chimps remain animals concerned primarily with the basic necessities of survival. What is it about that two percent difference in DNA that has created such a divergence between evolutionary cousins? In this fascinating, provocative, passionate, funny, endlessly entertaining work, renowned Pulitzer Prize-winning author and scientist Jared Diamond explores how the extraordinary human animal, in a remarkably short time, developed the capacity to rule the world...and the means to irrevocably destroy it.

©2006 Jared Diamond (P)2012 Random House Audio

Narrator: Rob Shapiro
Length: 15 hrs and 33 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Alone Together

Alone Together

31 ratings

Summary

What happens when a man of today's overconnected world sets off alone across the Pacific at the age of 71? Christian Williams, a veteran sailor and writer, planned a 6,000-mile voyage as a test of his own seamanship and endurance, and to fulfill a lifelong goal. But he found his focus quickly turning from the surrounding sea to all of us. Is anyone the same person when no one else is there? Do we dare to find out? In a new world of soaring seabirds, violent storms, and majestic emptiness, Williams discovered answers to questions he had never asked about who we are, why we sail, and the universal fear of being alone. Alone Together is a complete technical course in offshore sailing technique and yacht preparation, and a philosophical inquiry into what it takes to be truly alive in the 21st century.

©2016 Christian Williams (P)2016 Christian Williams

Length: 11 hrs
Available on Audible
Cover art for Work Mate Marry Love

Work Mate Marry Love

Summary

A crucial guide to life before - and after - Tinder, IVF, and robots What will happen to our notions of marriage and parenthood as reproductive technologies increasingly allow for newfangled ways of creating babies? What will happen to our understanding of gender as medical advances enable individuals to transition from one set of sexual characteristics to another, or to remain happily perched in between? What will happen to love and sex and romance as our relationships migrate from the real world to the Internet? Can people fall in love with robots? Will they? In short, what will happen to our most basic notions of humanity as we entangle our lives and emotions with the machines we have created? In Work Mate Marry Love, Harvard Business School professor and former Barnard College president Debora L. Spar offers an incisive and provocative account of how technology has transformed our intimate lives in the past, and how it will do so again in the future. Surveying the course of history, she shows how marriage as we understand it resulted from the rise of agriculture, and that the nuclear family emerged with the industrial revolution. In their day, the street light, the car, and later the pill all upended courtship and sex. Now, as we enter an era of artificial intelligence and robots, how will our deepest feelings and attachments evolve?  In the past, the prevailing modes of production produced a world dominated by heterosexual, mostly-monogamous, two-parent families. In the future, however, these patterns are almost certain to be reshaped, creating entirely new norms for sex and romance, and for the construction of families and the raising of children. Steering clear of both techno-euphoria and alarmism, Spar offers a bold and inclusive vision of how our lives might be changed for the better.

©2020 Debora L. Spar. (P)2020 Brilliance Publishing, Inc., all rights reserved.

Narrator: Tanya Eby
Length: 10 hrs and 9 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Modern Loss

Modern Loss

1 rating

Summary

Inspired by the website that the New York Times hailed as "redefining mourning", this book is a fresh and irreverent examination into navigating grief and resilience in the age of social media, offering comfort and community for coping with the mess of loss through candid original essays from a variety of voices. At a time when we mourn public figures and national tragedies with hashtags, where intimate posts about loss go viral and we receive automated birthday reminders for dead friends, it's clear we are navigating new terrain without a road map. Let's face it: Most of us have always had a difficult time talking about death and sharing our grief. We're awkward and uncertain; we avoid, ignore, or even deny feelings of sadness; we offer platitudes; we send sympathy bouquets whittled out of fruit. Enter Rebecca Soffer and Gabrielle Birkner, who can help us do better. Each having lost parents as young adults, they cofounded Modern Loss, responding to a need to change the dialogue around the messy experience of grief. Now, in this wise and often funny book, they offer the insights of the Modern Loss community to help us cry, laugh, grieve, identify, and - above all - empathize. Soffer and Birkner, along with 40 guest contributors including Lucy Kalanithi, singer Amanda Palmer, and CNN's Brian Stelter, reveal their own stories on a wide range of topics including triggers, sex, secrets, and inheritance. Each contribution provides a unique perspective on loss as well as a remarkable life-affirming message. Brutally honest and inspiring, Modern Loss invites us to talk intimately and humorously about grief, helping us confront the humanity (and mortality) we all share. Beginners welcome. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2017 Modern Loss, LLC (P)2017 HarperCollins Publishers

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Last London

The Last London

Summary

London. A city apart. Inimitable. Or so it once seemed.  Spiralling from the outer limits of the Overground to the pinnacle of the Shard, Iain Sinclair encounters a metropolis stretched beyond recognition. The vestiges of secret tunnels, the ghosts of saints and lost poets lie buried by developments, the cycling revolution and Brexit. An electrifying final odyssey, The Last London is an unforgettable vision of the Big Smoke before it disappears into the air of memory.

©2018 Iain Sinclair (P)2021 Audible, Ltd

Narrator: Iain Sinclair
Length: 13 hrs and 4 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Armchair Economist

The Armchair Economist

3 ratings

Summary

The extensively revised and updated edition of Steven Landsburg's hugely popular book, The Armchair Economist - "a delightful compendium of quotidian examples illustrating important economic and financial theories" (The Journal of Finance).   In this revised and updated edition of Steven Landsburg's hugely popular book, he applies economic theory to today's most pressing concerns, answering a diverse range of daring questions, such as: Why are seat belts deadly? Why do celebrity endorsements sell products? Why are failed executives paid so much? Who should bear the cost of oil spills? Do government deficits matter? How is workplace safety bad for workers? What's wrong with the local foods movement? Which rich people can't be taxed? Why is rising unemployment sometimes good? Why do women pay more at the dry cleaner? Why is life full of disappointments?   Whether these are nagging questions you've always had, or ones you never even thought to ask, this new edition of The Armchair Economist turns the eternal ideas of economic theory into concrete answers that you can use to navigate the challenges of contemporary life.

©2012 Steven E. Landsburg (P)2018 Tantor

Narrator: Kyle Tait
Length: 9 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Between Two Kingdoms

Between Two Kingdoms

14 ratings

Summary

New York Times Best Seller A searing, deeply moving memoir of illness and recovery that traces one young woman’s journey from diagnosis to remission and, ultimately, a road trip of healing and self-discovery. "A work of breathtaking creativity." (Elizabeth Gilbert, author of Eat Pray Love) "Elegant and heartbreaking." (Siddhartha Mukherjee, author of The Emperor of All Maladies) "Mended parts I thought were forever disintegrated." (Kiese Laymon, author of Heavy) "A propulsive, soulful story of mourning and gratitude." (Tara Westover, author of Educated) In the summer after graduating from college, Suleika Jaouad was preparing, as they say in commencement speeches, to enter "the real world". She had fallen in love and moved to Paris to pursue her dream of becoming a war correspondent. The real world she found, however, would take her into a very different kind of conflict zone. It started with an itch - first on her feet, then up her legs, like 1,000 invisible mosquito bites. Next came the exhaustion, and the six-hour naps that only deepened her fatigue. Then a trip to the doctor and, a few weeks shy of her 23rd birthday, a diagnosis: leukemia, with a 35 percent chance of survival. Just like that, the life she had imagined for herself had gone up in flames. By the time Jaouad flew home to New York, she had lost her job, her apartment, and her independence. She would spend much of the next four years in a hospital bed, fighting for her life and chronicling the saga in a column for The New York Times. When Jaouad finally walked out of the cancer ward - after three and a half years of chemo, a clinical trial, and a bone marrow transplant - she was, according to the doctors, cured. But as she would soon learn, a cure is not where the work of healing ends; it’s where it begins. She had spent the past 1,500 days in desperate pursuit of one goal - to survive. And now that she’d done so, she realized that she had no idea how to live. How would she reenter the world and live again? How could she reclaim what had been lost? Jaouad embarked - with her new best friend, Oscar, a scruffy terrier mutt - on a 100-day, 15,000-mile road trip across the country. She set out to meet some of the strangers who had written to her during her years in the hospital: a teenage girl in Florida also recovering from cancer; a teacher in California grieving the death of her son; a death-row inmate in Texas who’d spent his own years confined to a room. What she learned on this trip is that the divide between sick and well is porous, that the vast majority of us will travel back and forth between these realms throughout our lives. Between Two Kingdoms is a profound chronicle of survivorship and a fierce, tender, and inspiring exploration of what it means to begin again.

©2021 Suleika Jaouad (P)2021 Random House Audio

Narrator: Suleika Jaouad
Length: 13 hrs and 2 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for 1-2-3 Magic in the Classroom

1-2-3 Magic in the Classroom

Summary

Being a teacher can be one of the most rewarding professions but also one of the most frustrating. Many teachers feel very prepared to instruct students in their chosen subjects but don't have quite as much training in managing classroom discipline - yet experienced educators know that if challenging behavior goes unchecked, the entire year can be disrupted. 1-2-3 Magic in the Classroom shows teachers how to establish and maintain good discipline habits in their classrooms through an easy-to-understand program that you'll swear "works like magic". 1-2-3 Magic in the Classroom will help you understand: How to encourage courteous classroom behavior and constructive work habits How your personality affects your teaching style How to effectively manage transition times with your class Successful methods for handling assemblies, recess, lunchtime, and field trips How to communicate productively with parents 1-2-3 Magic in the Classroom takes the guesswork out of classroom discipline and will help you get back to teaching and your students get back to learning - today!

©2016 ParentMagic, Inc. (P)2016 Tantor

Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Length: 8 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for No Angel

No Angel

30 ratings

Summary

Getting shot in the chest as a rookie ATF agent, bartering for machine guns, throttling down the highway at 100 miles per hour, and responding to a full-scale, bloody riot between the Hells Angels and their rivals, the Mongols---these are just a few of the high-adrenaline experiences Jay Dobyns recounts in this action-packed, hard to imagine, but true story of how he infiltrated the legendary Hells Angels. Dobyns leaves no stone of his harrowing journey unturned. At runs and clubhouses, between rides and riots, Dobyns befriends bad-ass bikers, meth-fueled "old ladies", gun fetishists, psycho-killer ex-cons, and even some of the "Filthy Few"---the elite of the Hells Angels who've committed extreme violence on behalf of their club. Eventually, at parties staged behind heavily armed security, he meets legendary club members such as Chuck Zito, Johnny Angel, and the godfather of all bikers, Ralph "Sonny" Barger. To blend in with them, he gets full-arm ink; to win their respect, he vows to prove himself a stone-cold killer. Hardest of all is leading a double life, which has him torn between his devotion to his wife and children and his pledge to become the first federal agent ever to be "fully patched" into the Angels' near-impregnable ranks. His act is so convincing that he comes within a hairsbreadth of losing himself. Eventually, he realizes that just as he's been infiltrating the Hells Angels, they've been infiltrating him. And just as they're not all bad, he's not all good. Reminiscent of Donnie Brasco's uncovering of the true Mafia, this is an eye-opening portrait of the world of bikers - the most in-depth since Hunter Thompson's seminal work - one that fully describes the seductive lure criminal camaraderie has for men who would otherwise be powerless outsiders. Here is all the nihilism, hate, and intimidation, but also the freedom - and, yes, brotherhood---of the only truly American form of organized crime.

©2009 Jay Dobyns and Nils Johnson-Shelton (P)2009 Tantor

Narrator: Mel Foster
Length: 12 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Life Everlasting

Life Everlasting

Summary

From one of the finest naturalist/writers of our time, a fascinating investigation of nature’s inspiring death-to-life cycle When a good friend with a severe illness wrote, asking if he might have his “green burial” at Bernd Heinrich’s hunting camp in Maine, it inspired the acclaimed biologist to investigate a subject that had long fascinated him. How exactly does the animal world deal with the flip side of the life cycle? And what are the lessons, ecological to spiritual, raised by a close look at how the animal world renews itself? Heinrich focuses his wholly original gaze on the fascinating doings of creatures most of us would otherwise turn away from - field mouse burials conducted by carrion beetles; the communication strategies of ravens, “the premier northern undertakers”; and the “inadvertent teamwork” among wolves and large cats, foxes and weasels, bald eagles and nuthatches in cold-weather dispersal of prey. Heinrich reveals, too, how and where humans still play our ancient and important role as scavengers, thereby turning - not dust to dust - but life to life. Narrator Rick Adamson is proud to have presented several titles from author Bernd Heinrich. He is an Audie Award winner for his voicing of In a Heartbeat, from the authors of the true story that became the film The Blind Side. Around NYC and his home studio in New Jersey, he has worked in commercials, corporate and medical media, as well as educational content worldwide, for more than 30 years.

©2012 Bernd Heinrich (P)2020 Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

Narrator: Rick Adamson
Length: 6 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Lost at School

Lost at School

36 ratings

Summary

From the renowned authority on education and parenting, "an in-depth approach to aid parents and teachers to work together with behaviorally challenging students" (Publishers Weekly) - now revised and updated. School discipline is broken. Too often, the kids who need our help the most are viewed as disrespectful, out of control, and beyond help, and are often the recipients of our most ineffective, most punitive interventions. These students - and their parents, teachers, and administrators - are frustrated and desperate for answers. Dr. Ross W. Greene, author of the acclaimed book The Explosive Child, offers educators and parents a different framework for understanding challenging behavior. Dr. Greene's Collaborative & Proactive Solutions (CPS) approach helps adults focus on the true factors contributing to challenging classroom behaviors, empowering educators to address these factors and create helping relationships with their most at-risk kids. This revised and updated edition of Lost at School contains the latest refinements to Dr. Greene's CPS model, including enhanced methods for solving problems collaboratively, improving communication, and building relationships with kids. Dr. Greene's lively, compelling narrative includes: Tools to identify the problems and lagging skills causing challenging behavior Explicit guidance on how to radically improve interactions with challenging kids and reduce challenging episodes - along with many examples showing how it's done Practical guidance for successful planning and collaboration among educators, parents, and kids Backed by years of experience and research and written with a powerful sense of hope and achievable change, Lost at School gives teachers and parents the realistic strategies and information to impact the classroom experience of every challenging kid (and their classmates). PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2014 Ross W. Greene (P)2015 Brilliance Audio, all rights reserved. Excerpt from “Across the Great Divide” by Kate Wolf © Another Sundown Publishing Company, used with permission.

Narrator: Nick Podehl
Length: 10 hrs and 2 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Sleep Revolution

The Sleep Revolution

8 ratings

Summary

In her new book, Arianna Huffington, the cofounder and editor in chief of The Huffington Post and the author of the number-one New York Times best seller Thrive , delves into the sleep revolution that is happening all across the world - a revolution that can transform our lives.  Sleep, she writes, is one of humanity's great unifiers, binding us to each other, to our ancestors, to our past, and to the future. Yet we find ourselves in the middle of a crisis of sleep deprivation, with devastating effects on our health, our happiness, our job performance, and our relationships. Only by renewing our relationship with sleep, she writes, can we take control of our lives, live more fully, and be more engaged with ourselves and with the world and more able to meet the inevitable challenges we all face.  In Thrive, Arianna Huffington introduced her audience to the importance of sleep as a part of redefining success through well-being, wisdom, wonder, and giving. The topic struck such a powerful chord, resonating so intensely with her audiences around the world, that she realized the power of sleep needed a full exploration. The result is a sweeping, scientifically rigorous, and deeply personal look at sleep, from its history through the ages and the current crisis of sleep deprivation to the mysteries of dreams and the golden age of sleep science that is revealing all the ways sleep plays a vital role in our health, happiness, well-being, and productivity.  In The Sleep Revolution, Arianna identifies the many ways our cultural dismissal of sleep as time wasted undermines our health and our decision making and ravages our relationships, our work lives, and even our sex lives. She takes on sleep from every angle, exploring the latest science on sleep, the manipulative and dangerous sleeping pill industry, and all the ways our addiction to technology disrupts our sleep. She also presents scientific recommendations and expert tips on how we can all achieve better and more restorative sleep and learn how to make the power of sleep work for us.  Most important, by highlighting the many areas where sleep's benefits are being rediscovered - from the world of sports and technology to college campuses, the hotel industry, and even workplaces around the world - she points the way forward to amazing innovations, reforms, and inventions rooted in our new love affair with sleep.  In today's 24/7, fast-paced, always-connected, perpetually harried, and sleep-deprived world, the hunger for sleep is only getting stronger. The Sleep Revolution both sounds the alarm on the worldwide sleep crisis and offers a road map for how we can take back our sleep and transform our lives and our world.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.  

©2015 Arianna Huffington (P)2015 Random House Audio

Length: 9 hrs and 57 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Art of Gathering

The Art of Gathering

52 ratings

Summary

"Hosts of all kinds, this is a must-read!" (Chris Anderson, owner and curator of TED) From the host of the New York Times podcast Together Apart, an exciting new approach to how we gather that will transform the ways we spend our time together - at home, at work, in our communities, and beyond.  In The Art of Gathering, Priya Parker argues that the gatherings in our lives are lackluster and unproductive - which they don't have to be. We rely too much on routine and the conventions of gatherings when we should focus on distinctiveness and the people involved. At a time when coming together is more important than ever, Parker sets forth a human-centered approach to gathering that will help everyone create meaningful, memorable experiences, large and small, for work and for play.  Drawing on her expertise as a facilitator of high-powered gatherings around the world, Parker takes us inside events of all kinds to show what works, what doesn't, and why. She investigates a wide array of gatherings - conferences, meetings, a courtroom, a flash-mob party, an Arab-Israeli summer camp - and explains how simple, specific changes can invigorate any group experience.  The result is a book that's both journey and guide, full of exciting ideas with real-world applications. The Art of Gathering will forever alter the way you look at your next meeting, industry conference, dinner party, and backyard barbecue - and how you host and attend them. 

©2018 Priya Parker (P)2018 Penguin Audio

Author: Priya Parker
Length: 9 hrs and 21 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for What Made Maddy Run

What Made Maddy Run

12 ratings

Summary

The heartbreaking story of college athlete Madison Holleran, whose life and death by suicide reveal the struggle of young people suffering from mental illness today in this number one New York Times Sports and Fitness best seller. If you scrolled through the Instagram feed of 19-year-old Maddy Holleran, you would see a perfect life: a freshman at an Ivy League school, recruited for the track team, who was also beautiful, popular, and fiercely intelligent.  This was a girl who succeeded at everything she tried, and who was only getting started. But when Maddy began her long-awaited college career, her parents noticed something changed. Previously indefatigable Maddy became withdrawn, and her thoughts centered on how she could change her life. In spite of thousands of hours of practice and study, she contemplated transferring from the school that had once been her dream.   When Maddy's dad, Jim, dropped her off for the first day of spring semester, she held him a second longer than usual. That would be the last time Jim would see his daughter. What Made Maddy Run began as a piece that Kate Fagan, a columnist for espnW, wrote about Maddy's life. What started as a profile of a successful young athlete whose life ended in suicide became so much larger when Fagan started to hear from other college athletes also struggling with mental illness.   This is the story of Maddy Holleran's life, and her struggle with depression, which also reveals the mounting pressures young people - and college athletes in particular - face to be perfect, especially in an age of relentless connectivity and social media saturation. 

©2017 Kate Fagan (P)2017 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Kate Fagan
Author: Kate Fagan
Length: 7 hrs and 36 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Citizen

Citizen

7 ratings

Summary

Claudia Rankine's bold new audiobook recounts mounting racial aggressions in ongoing encounters in 21st-century daily life and in the media. Some of these encounters are slights, seeming slips of the tongue, and some are intentional offensives in the classroom, at the supermarket, at home, on the tennis court with Serena Williams and the soccer field with Zinedine Zidane, online, on TV - everywhere, all the time. The cumulative stresses come to bear on a person's ability to speak, perform, and stay alive. Our addressability is tied to the state of our belonging, Rankine argues, as are our assumptions and expectations of citizenship.

©2014 Claudia Rankine (P)2015 Tantor

Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Length: 1 hr and 37 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Coming Apart

Coming Apart

10 ratings

Summary

From the best-selling author of Losing Ground and The Bell Curve, this startling long-lens view shows how America is coming apart at the seams that have historically joined our social classes. In Coming Apart, Charles Murray explores the formation of American classes that are different in kind from anything we have ever known, focusing on whites as a way of driving home the fact that the trends he describes do not break along lines of race or ethnicity. Drawing on five decades of statistics and research, Coming Apart demonstrates that a new upper class and a new lower class have diverged so far in core behaviors and values that they barely recognize their underlying American kinship—a divergence that has nothing to do with income inequality and that has grown during good economic times and bad. The top and bottom of white America increasingly live in different cultures, Murray argues, with the powerful upper class living in enclaves surrounded by their own kind, ignorant about life in mainstream America, and the lower class suffering from erosions of family and community life that strike at the heart of the pursuit of happiness. This divergence puts the success of the American project at risk. The evidence in Coming Apart is about white America. Its message is about all of America. Charles Murray is the W. H. Brady Scholar at the American Enterprise Institute. He first came to national attention in 1984 with Losing Ground. He received a bachelor’s degree in history from Harvard and a Ph.D. in political science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He lives with his wife in Burkittsville, Maryland. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2012 Cox and Murray, Inc. (P)2012 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Narrator: Traber Burns
Length: 12 hrs and 24 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Four Lost Cities

Four Lost Cities

Summary

In Four Lost Cities, acclaimed science journalist Annalee Newitz takes listeners on an entertaining and mind-bending adventure into the deep history of urban life. Investigating across the centuries and around the world, Newitz explores the rise and fall of four ancient cities, each the center of a sophisticated civilization: the Neolithic site of Çatalhöyük in Central Turkey, the Roman vacation town of Pompeii on Italy's southern coast, the medieval megacity of Angkor in Cambodia, and the indigenous metropolis Cahokia, which stood beside the Mississippi River where East St. Louis is today.  Newitz travels to all four sites and investigates the cutting-edge research in archaeology, revealing the mix of environmental changes and political turmoil that doomed these ancient settlements. Tracing the early development of urban planning, Newitz also introduces us to the often anonymous workers-slaves, women, immigrants, and manual laborers-who built these cities and created monuments that lasted millennia.  Four Lost Cities is a journey into the forgotten past, but, foreseeing a future in which the majority of people on Earth will be living in cities, it may also reveal something of our own fate.

©2021 Annalee Newitz (P)2021 HighBridge, a division of Recorded Books

Narrator: Chloe Cannon
Length: 8 hrs and 14 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Society of the Spectacle

Society of the Spectacle

3 ratings

Summary

This is the "Das Kapital" of the 20th century - an essential text, and the main theoretical work of the Situationists. Few works of political and cultural theory have been as enduringly provocative. From its publication amid the social upheavals of the 1960s up to the present, the volatile theses of this book have decisively transformed debates on the shape of modernity, capitalism, and everyday life in the 21st century. This is the original translation by Fredy Perlman, kept in print continuously for the last 50 years, keeping the flame of personal and collective autonomy alive.

©1983 Guy DeBord (P)2015 New Saucerian Press

Narrator: Bruce T Harvey
Author: Guy Debord
Length: 3 hrs and 43 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Scholar Denied

The Scholar Denied

Summary

In this groundbreaking book, Aldon D. Morris’ ambition is truly monumental: to help rewrite the history of sociology and to acknowledge the primacy of W. E. B. Du Bois’ work in the founding of the discipline. Calling into question the prevailing narrative of how sociology developed, Morris, a major scholar of social movements, probes the way in which the history of the discipline has traditionally given credit to Robert E. Park at the University of Chicago, who worked with the conservative Black leader Booker T. Washington to render Du Bois invisible. Morris uncovers the seminal theoretical work of Du Bois in developing a “scientific” sociology through a variety of methodologies and examines how the leading scholars of the day disparaged and ignored Du Bois’ work.  The Scholar Denied is based on extensive, rigorous primary source research; the book is the result of a decade of research, writing, and revision. In exposing the economic and political factors that marginalized the contributions of Du Bois and enabled Park and his colleagues to be recognized as the “fathers” of the discipline, Morris delivers a wholly new narrative of American intellectual and social history that places one of America’s key intellectuals, W. E. B. Du Bois, at its center. The Scholar Denied is a must-listen for anyone interested in American history, racial inequality, and the academy. In challenging our understanding of the past, the book promises to engender debate and discussion.

©2015 The Regents of the University of California (P)2021 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: K. Todd Freeman
Length: 11 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Process

Process

6 ratings

Summary

Ernest Hemingway, Zadie Smith, Joan Didion, Franz Kafka, David Foster Wallace, and more. In Process, acclaimed journalist Sarah Stodola examines the creative methods of literature's most transformative figures. Each chapter contains a mini biography of one of the world's most lauded authors, focused solely on his or her writing process. Unlike how-to books that preach writing techniques or rules, Process puts the true methods of writers on display in their most captivating incarnation: within the context of the lives from which they sprang. Drawn from both existing material and original research and interviews, Stodola brings to light the fascinating, unique, and illuminating techniques behind these literary behemoths.

©2015 Sarah Stodola (P)2015 Audible Inc.

Narrator: Andi Arndt
Length: 7 hrs and 4 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Daily Wisdom for Why Does He Do That?

Daily Wisdom for Why Does He Do That?

9 ratings

Summary

Even if you've read Why Does He Do That?, it may be hard to see the truth of what is happening to you. You may feel overwhelmed by confusion, loss, and fear and find yourself looking away from the truth and falling back into traumatic patterns. Like a constant friend, this collection of meditations is a source of strength and reassurance designed to speak to women like you, women in relationships with angry and controlling men. It helps you to digest what is happening a piece at a time, so you can gain clarity, safety, and freedom. To learn to value and respect yourself - even when your partner makes it very clear that he does not - each day centers on one of seven themes designed to empower, encourage, and inspire you....

©2015 Lundy Bancroft (P)2015 Tantor

Narrator: Gary Galone
Length: 11 hrs and 41 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Devil in the White City

The Devil in the White City

174 ratings

Summary

In a thrilling narrative showcasing his gifts as storyteller and researcher, Erik Larson recounts the spellbinding tale of the 1893 World's Columbian Exposition.

The White City (as it became known) was a magical creation constructed upon Chicago's swampy Jackson Park by Daniel H. Burnham, the famed architect who coordinated the talents of Frederick Olmsted, Louis Sullivan, and others to build it. Dr. Henry H. Holmes combined the fair's appeal with his own fatal charms to lure scores of women to their deaths. Whereas the fair marked the birth of a new epoch in American history, Holmes marked the emergence of a new American archetype, the serial killer, who thrived on the very forces then transforming the country.

In deft prose, Larson conveys Burnham's herculean challenge to build the White City in less than 18 months. At the same time, he describes how, in a malign parody of the achievements of the fair's builders, Holmes built his own World's Fair Hotel - a torture palace complete with a gas chamber and crematorium. Throughout the book, tension mounts on two fronts: Will Burnham complete the White City before the millions of visitors arrive at its gates? Will anyone stop Holmes as he ensnares his victims?

©2003 Erik Larson (P)2003 Books on Tape, Inc.

Narrator: Scott Brick
Author: Erik Larson
Length: 14 hrs and 58 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Spook

Spook

9 ratings

Summary

"What happens when we die? Does the light just go out and that's that - the million-year nap? Or will some part of my personality, my me-ness persist? What will that feel like? What will I do all day? Is there a place to plug in my laptop?"

In an attempt to find out, Mary Roach brings her tireless curiosity to bear on an array of contemporary and historical soul-searchers: scientists, schemers, engineers, mediums, all trying to prove (or disprove) that life goes on after we die. She begins the journey in rural India with a reincarnation researcher and ends up in a University of Virginia operating room where cardiologists have installed equipment near the ceiling to study out-of-body near-death experiences. Along the way, she enrolls in an English medium school, gets electromagnetically haunted at a university in Ontario, and visits a Duke University professor with a plan to weigh the consciousness of a leech. Her historical wanderings unearth soul-seeking philosophers who rummaged through cadavers and calves' heads, a North Carolina lawsuit that established legal precedence for ghosts, and the last surviving sample of "ectoplasm" in a Cambridge University archive.

©2005 Mary Roach (P)2005 Brilliance Audio

Author: Mary Roach
Length: 8 hrs and 29 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Crisis of the Middle-Class Constitution

The Crisis of the Middle-Class Constitution

Summary

In this original, provocative contribution to the debate over economic inequality, Ganesh Sitaraman argues that a strong and sizable middle class is a prerequisite for America's constitutional system. For most of Western history, Sitaraman argues, constitutional thinkers assumed economic inequality was inevitable and inescapable - and they designed governments to prevent class divisions from spilling over into class warfare. The American Constitution is different. Compared to Europe and the ancient world, America was a society of almost unprecedented economic equality, and the founding generation saw this equality as essential for the preservation of America's republic. Over the next two centuries, generations of Americans fought to sustain the economic preconditions for our constitutional system. But today, with economic and political inequality on the rise, Sitaraman says Americans face a choice: Will we accept rising economic inequality and risk oligarchy, or will we rebuild the middle class and reclaim our republic? The Crisis of the Middle-Class Constitution is a tour de force of history, philosophy, law, and politics. It makes a compelling case that inequality is more than just a moral or economic problem; it threatens the very core of our constitutional system.

©2017 Ganesh Sitaraman (P)2017 Random House Audio

Narrator: Macleod Andrews
Length: 12 hrs and 24 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Teetering

Teetering

Summary

Nearly half of all American adults live paycheck to paycheck. These misunderstood majority of "tightropers" spend time, effort, and tons of emotional energy balancing their lack of capital with increasing demands on those limited financial resources. Economic instability is the new normal across all income levels. Teetering: Why So Many Live on a Financial Tightrope and What to Do About It addresses the critical question, what's wrong with American policies and the financial institutions that are failing so many hard-working people today? It merges original research with stories from real-life "tightropers" and makes the case for urgent action by financial institutions, innovators, investors, regulators, policymakers, and influencers to recognize and change the financial forces that push the American Dream out of reach for nearly half of the adult populace. Teetering proposes common-ground solutions that work regardless of political leaning and provides a roadmap for how innovators can serve this growing need and for how banks and others can start saying "yes" to their customers again.

©2021 Ken Rees (P)2021 Kalorama

Narrator: Graham Rowat
Author: Ken Rees
Length: 6 hrs and 2 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Friday Night Lights

Friday Night Lights

8 ratings

Summary

The 25th anniversary edition of the number-one New York Times best seller and Sports Illustrated's best football book of all time, with a new afterword by the author Return once again to the timeless account of the Permian Panthers of Odessa - the winningest high school football team in Texas history. Socially and racially divided, Odessa isn't known to be a place big on dreams, but every Friday night from September to December, when the Panthers play football, dreams can come true. With frankness and compassion, H. G. Bissinger unforgettably captures a season in the life of Odessa and shows how single-minded devotion to the team shapes the community and inspires - and sometimes shatters - the teenagers who wear the Panthers' uniforms.

©1990 H. G. Bissinger (P)2015 Recorded Books

Length: 14 hrs and 33 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for But You're Still So Young

But You're Still So Young

Summary

One of... Vogue's “Best of 2021” BuzzFeed's “Most Anticipated 2021” The Week's “Must Reads in 2021” From the author of Text Me When You Get Home, a look at what it means to be in your 30s, and to navigate some of the biggest milestones of adult life...and how it is more okay than ever to not have every box checked off On Kayleen Schaefer’s birthday she went dancing with friends, they broke a table, and she turned 30 standing on the sidewalk outside a club she got kicked out of. Sociologists have identified the five markers of adulthood as: finishing school, leaving home, marriage, gaining financial independence, and having kids. But the signifiers of being in our 30s today are not the same - repeated economic upheaval, rising debt, decreasing marriage rates, fertility treatments, and a more open-minded society have all led to a shifting time line. Americans are taking major life steps later, switching careers with unprecedented frequency, and exercising increased freedom and creativity in their decisions about how to shape their lives. So why are we measuring "adulthood" by the same metrics that were relied upon 50 years ago? But You're Still So Young is cleverly structured around these five major life events. For each milestone, the book highlights men and women from various backgrounds, from around the country, and delves into their experiences navigating an ever-changing financial landscape and evolving societal expectations. The eight 30somethings in this book envisioned their 30s differently than how they are actually living them. He thought he would be done with his degree, she thought she’d be married, they thought they’d be famous comedians, and everyone thought they would have more money.  Kayleen uses her smart narrative framing, her relatable voice, and her own story to show how the 30s have changed from the cultural stereotypes around them, and how they are a radically different experience for Americans now than it was for any other generation. And as she and her sources show, not being able to do everything isn’t a sign of a life gone wrong. Being open to going sideways or upside down or backward, means it has gone right: You found meaning and value in many different ways of living.

©2021 Kayleen Schaefer (P)2021 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Lauren Fortgang
Length: 5 hrs and 56 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for How You Say It

How You Say It

Summary

From “one of the most brilliant young psychologists of her generation” (Paul Bloom), a groundbreaking examination of how speech causes some of our deepest social divides - and how it can help us overcome them. We gravitate toward people like us; it’s human nature. Race, class, and gender shape our social identities, and thus who we perceive as “like us” or “not like us”. But one overlooked factor can be even more powerful: the way we speak. As the pioneering psychologist  Katherine Kinzler reveals in How You Say It, the way we talk is central to our social identity because our speech largely reflects the voices we heard as children. We can change how we speak to some extent, whether by “code-switching” between dialects or learning a new language; over time, your speech even changes to reflect your evolving social identity and aspirations. But for the most part, we are forever marked by our native tongue - and are hardwired to prejudge others by theirs, often with serious consequences. Your accent alone can determine the economic opportunity or discrimination you encounter in life, making speech one of the most urgent social-justice issues of our day. Our linguistic differences present challenges, Kinzler shows, but they also can be a force for good. Humans can benefit from being exposed to multiple languages - a paradox that should inspire us to master this ancient source of tribalism, and rethink the role that speech plays in our society. Narrated by multiple Audie and Earphones Award winner, Andi Arndt is the narrator of hundreds of audiobooks in fiction and nonfiction, and a member of the Audible Narrator Hall of Fame. 

©2002 Katherine D. Kinzler (P)2020 Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

Narrator: Andi Arndt
Length: 7 hrs and 16 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Wallflower at the Orgy

Wallflower at the Orgy

Summary

From her Academy Award-nominated screenplays to her best-selling fiction and essays, Nora Ephron is one of America's most gifted, prolific, and versatile writers. In this classic collection of magazine articles, Ephron does what she does best: embrace American culture with love, cynicism, and unmatched wit. From tracking down the beginnings of the self-help movement to dressing down the fashion world's most powerful publication to capturing a glimpse of a legendary movie in the making, these timeless pieces tap into our enduring obsessions with celebrity, food, romance, clothes, entertainment, and sex. Whether casting her ingenious eye on renowned director Mike Nichols, Cosmopolitan magazine founder Helen Gurley Brown - or herself, as she chronicles her own beauty makeover - Ephron deftly weaves her journalistic skill with the intimate style of an essayist and the incomparable talent of a great storyteller.

©1971 Nora Ephron (P)2012 Random House Audio

Narrator: Kathe Mazur
Author: Nora Ephron
Length: 6 hrs and 14 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Confidence Code

The Confidence Code

96 ratings

Summary

Following the success of Lean In and Why Women Should Rule the World, the authors of the best-selling Womenomics provide an informative and practical guide to understanding the importance of confidence - and learning how to achieve it - for women of all ages and at all stages of their career. Working women today are better educated and more well-qualified than ever before. Yet men still predominate in the corporate world. In The Confidence Code, Claire Shipman and Katty Kay argue that the key reason is confidence. Combining cutting-edge research in genetics, gender, behavior, and cognition - with examples from their own lives and those of other successful women in politics, media, and business - Kay and Shipman go beyond admonishing women to "lean in". Instead, they offer the inspiration and practical advice women need to close the gap and achieve the careers they want and deserve. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

©2014 Katty Kay and Claire Shipman (P)2014 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Sandy Rustin
Length: 6 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for It's Not You

It's Not You

6 ratings

Summary

“Why am I still single?” If you’re single and searching, there’s no end to other people’s explanations, excuses, and criticism explaining why you haven’t found a partner:  “You’re too picky. Just find a good-enough guy and you’ll be fine.”  “You’re too desperate. If men think you need them, they’ll run scared.”  “You’re too independent. Smart, ambitious women always have a harder time finding mates.”  “You have low self-esteem. You can’t love someone else until you’ve learned to love yourself.”  “You’re too needy. You can’t be happy in a relationship until you’ve learned to be happy on your own.”  Based on her popular Modern Love column, Sara Eckel’s It’s Not You challenges these myths, encouraging singletons to stop picking apart their personalities and to start tapping into their own wisdom about who and what is right for them. Supported by the latest psychological and sociological research, as well as interviews with people who have experienced longtime singledom, Eckel creates a strong and empowering argument to understand and accept that there’s no one reason why you’re single - you just are.

©2014 Sara Eckel (P)2016 Novel Audio Inc.

Narrator: Nina Alvamar
Author: Sara Eckel
Length: 4 hrs and 2 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Factfulness

Factfulness

369 ratings

Summary

For fans of Freakonomics and Thinking, Fast and Slow, here is a book by Hans Rosling, the scientist called "a true inspiration" by Bill Gates, that teaches us how to see the world as it truly is.  Factfulness: The stress-reducing habit of carrying only opinions for which you have strong supporting facts. When asked simple questions about global trends - what percentage of the world's population live in poverty; why the world's population is increasing; how many girls finish school - we systematically get the answers wrong. So wrong that a chimpanzee choosing answers at random will consistently outguess teachers, journalists, Nobel laureates, and investment bankers.  In Factfulness, professor of international health and global TED phenomenon Hans Rosling, together with his two longtime collaborators, Anna and Ola, offers a radical new explanation of why this happens. They reveal the ten instincts that distort our perspective - from our tendency to divide the world into two camps (usually some version of us and them) to the way we consume media (where fear rules) to how we perceive progress (believing that most things are getting worse). Our problem is that we don't know what we don't know, and even our guesses are informed by unconscious and predictable biases.  It turns out that the world, for all its imperfections, is in a much better state than we might think. That doesn't mean there aren't real concerns. But when we worry about everything all the time instead of embracing a worldview based on facts, we can lose our ability to focus on the things that threaten us most. Inspiring and revelatory, filled with lively anecdotes and moving stories, Factfulness is an urgent and essential book that will change the way you see the world and empower you to respond to the crises and opportunities of the future.

©2018 Hans Rosling (P)2018 Recorded Books

Narrator: Richard Harries
Length: 8 hrs and 51 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Weird and the Eerie

The Weird and the Eerie

3 ratings

Summary

What exactly are the weird and the eerie? In this new essay, Mark Fisher argues that some of the most haunting and anomalous fiction of the 20th century belongs to these two modes. The weird and the eerie are closely related but distinct modes, each possessing its own distinct properties. Both have often been associated with horror, yet this emphasis overlooks the aching fascination that such texts can exercise. The weird and the eerie both fundamentally concern the outside and the unknown, which are not intrinsically horrifying, even if they are always unsettling. Perhaps a proper understanding of the human condition requires examination of liminal concepts such as the weird and the eerie. These two modes will be analysed with reference to the work of authors such as H. P. Lovecraft, H. G. Wells, M. R. James, Christopher Priest, Joan Lindsay, Nigel Kneale, Daphne Du Maurier, Alan Garner, and Margaret Atwood, and films by Stanley Kubrick, Jonathan Glazer, and Christoper Nolan.

©2016 Mark Fisher (P)2019 Watkins Publishing

Narrator: Tom Lawrence
Author: Mark Fisher
Length: 4 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Quiet

Quiet

372 ratings

Summary

At least one-third of the people we know are introverts. They are the ones who prefer listening to speaking, reading to partying; who innovate and create but dislike self-promotion; who favor working on their own over brainstorming in teams. Although they are often labeled "quiet," it is to introverts that we owe many of the great contributions to society--from van Gogh’s sunflowers to the invention of the personal computer. Passionately argued, impressively researched, and filled with indelible stories of real people, Quiet shows how dramatically we undervalue introverts, and how much we lose in doing so. Taking the reader on a journey from Dale Carnegie’s birthplace to Harvard Business School, from a Tony Robbins seminar to an evangelical megachurch, Susan Cain charts the rise of the Extrovert Ideal in the 20th century and explores its far-reaching effects. She talks to Asian-American students who feel alienated from the brash, backslapping atmosphere of American schools. She questions the dominant values of American business culture, where forced collaboration can stand in the way of innovation, and where the leadership potential of introverts is often overlooked. And she draws on cutting-edge research in psychology and neuroscience to reveal the surprising differences between extroverts and introverts. Perhaps most inspiring, she introduces us to successful introverts--from a witty, high-octane public speaker who recharges in solitude after his talks, to a record-breaking salesman who quietly taps into the power of questions. Finally, she offers invaluable advice on everything from how to better negotiate differences in introvert-extrovert relationships to how to empower an introverted child to when it makes sense to be a "pretend extrovert." This extraordinary book has the power to permanently change how we see introverts and, equally important, how introverts see themselves.

©2012 Susan Cain (P)2012 Random House

Narrator: Kathe Mazur
Author: Susan Cain
Length: 10 hrs and 39 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Being Mortal

Being Mortal

182 ratings

Summary

Number one New York Times best seller In Being Mortal, best-selling author Atul Gawande tackles the hardest challenge of his profession: how medicine can not only improve life but also the process of its ending Medicine has triumphed in modern times, transforming birth, injury, and infectious disease from harrowing to manageable. But in the inevitable condition of aging and death, the goals of medicine seem too frequently to run counter to the interest of the human spirit.  Nursing homes, preoccupied with safety, pin patients into railed beds and wheelchairs. Hospitals isolate the dying, checking for vital signs long after the goals of cure have become moot. Doctors, committed to extending life, continue to carry out devastating procedures that in the end extend suffering.  Gawande, a practicing surgeon, addresses his profession's ultimate limitation, arguing that quality of life is the desired goal for patients and families. Gawande offers examples of freer, more socially fulfilling models for assisting the infirm and dependent elderly, and he explores the varieties of hospice care to demonstrate that a person's last weeks or months may be rich and dignified.  Full of eye-opening research and riveting storytelling, Being Mortal shows how the ultimate goal is not a good death but a good life - all the way to the very end. 

©2014 Atul Gawande (P)2014 Macmillan Audio

Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Author: Atul Gawande
Length: 9 hrs and 3 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for White Hunters

White Hunters

Summary

A little over 100 years ago, East Africa was terra incognita to most whites: a land largely unmapped, sparsely settled by Europeans, and teeming with wildlife. It was the hunter-adventurer's paradise, and by the early 20th century, a small, lionhearted clan of explorers and big-game hunters began leading safaris there for money. They became the legendary White Hunters of Kenya, Tanzania, and Uganda, men who led manifold adventurers in pursuit of the world's biggest, most dangerous, and most sought-after game. White Hunters is a nostalgic and densely-packed history of these men and their adventures, from the turn of the century until the 1970s when politics, a growing population, civil strife, and concern about species destruction intervened. Brian Herne has written a virtual and anecdotal Who's Who of White Hunters, crammed with the details of hundreds of hunts and the dozens of men who led them.

©1999 Brian Herne (P)1999 Blackstone Audiobooks

Author: Brian Herne
Length: 14 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Invisible Acts of Power

Invisible Acts of Power

9 ratings

Summary

Best-selling author Caroline Myss was pondering her next body of work when she witnessed a spontaneous act of generosity. A young man, tattooed and pierced, ran to help an older woman with a bundle of packages at the risk of missing his oncoming bus. That act, coupled with her own experience of receiving a helping hand just when she needed it, got Caroline thinking: What are the long-range consequences that result from even the smallest favors offered to others? What really takes place in the energetic field of life when someone responds to someone else in need? On Invisible Acts of Power, this four-time New York Times best-selling author employs her experience as a renowned medical intuitive to answer these questions, explaining why being of service to another person is not an option - it is a biological necessity. Invisible Acts of Power invites you to learn more about: The seven gifts of generosity and your chakras - how giving to others balances your vital energy system and sustains optimum health Chance meetings: coincidence or synchronicity? How to recognize the Sacred Contracts that they hold, and translate the messages they bring you The electricity of grace - where your currents of prana (life force) intersect Divine intention, and affect every choice you make As we move from visible acts, such as caring for a friend, to invisible acts, such as prayer and healing, we act divinely, without desire for credit or reward. Using her own stories and those drawn from her thousands of readers and listeners worldwide, Caroline Myss chronicles the many ways you can create small yet profound miracles, gain a greater sense of spirituality, and transform your life and others' lives in an instant. An original adaptation of the author's book by the same title.

©2004 Caroline Myss (P)2004 Caroline Myss

Narrator: Caroline Myss
Length: 5 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Nonzero

Nonzero

6 ratings

Summary

At the beginning of Nonzero, Robert Wright sets out to "define the arrow of the history of life, from the primordial soup to the World Wide Web." Twenty-two chapters later, after a sweeping and vivid narrative of the human past, he has succeeded and has mounted a powerful challenge to the conventional view that evolution and human history are aimless. Ingeniously employing game theory the logic of "zero-sum" and "non-zero-sum" games, Wright isolates the impetus behind life's basic direction: the impetus that, via biological evolution, created complex, intelligent animals and then, via cultural evolution, pushed the human species toward deeper and vaster social complexity. In this view, the coming of today's interdependent global society was "in the cards" - not quite inevitable, perhaps, but, as Wright puts it, "so probable as to inspire wonder." So probable, indeed, as to invite speculation about higher purpose, especially in light of "the phase of history that seems to lie immediately ahead: a social, political, and even moral culmination of sorts." In a work of vast erudition and pungent wit, Wright takes on some of the past century's most prominent thinkers, including Isaiah Berlin, Karl Popper, Stephen Jay Gould, and Richard Dawkins. He finds evidence for his position in unexpected corners, from native American hunter-gatherer societies and Polynesian chiefdoms to medieval Islamic commerce and precocious Chinese technology; from conflicts of interest among a cell's genes to discord at the World Trade Organization. Wright argues that a coolly scientific appraisal of humanity's three-billion-year past can give new spiritual meaning to the present and even offer political guidance for the future. Nonzero will change the way people think about the human prospect.

©1999 Robert Wright (P)2010 Audible, Inc.

Length: 16 hrs and 13 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Confidence Game

The Confidence Game

17 ratings

Summary

From the New York Times best-selling author of Mastermind: How to Think Like Sherlock Holmes, a compelling investigation into the minds, motives, and methods of con artists - and the people who fall for their cons over and over again. While cheats and swindlers may be a dime a dozen, true conmen - the Bernie Madoffs, the Jim Bakkers, the Lance Armstrongs - are elegant, outsized personalities, artists of persuasion, and exploiters of trust. How do they do it? Why are they successful? And what keeps us falling for it over and over again? These are the questions that journalist and psychologist Maria Konnikova tackles in her mesmerizing new book. From multimillion-dollar Ponzi schemes to small-time frauds, Konnikova pulls together a selection of fascinating stories to demonstrate what all cons share in common, drawing on scientific, dramatic, and psychological perspectives. Insightful and gripping, the book brings listeners into the world of the con, examining the relationship between artist and victim. The Confidence Game not only asks why we believe con artists but also examines the very act of believing and how our sense of truth can be manipulated by those around us.

©2016 Maria Konnikova (P)2016 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Maria Konnikova
Length: 12 hrs and 29 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Polyamorists Next Door: Inside Multiple-Partner Relationships and Families

The Polyamorists Next Door: Inside Multiple-Partner Relationships and Families

3 ratings

Summary

Marriage and monogamy are not what they used to be, and today many couples are opting to start families before getting married, or deciding not to get married at all. At the same time, gay couples in states that recognize same-sex marriage are getting married in droves. Some people prefer non-monogamy and have relationships that include swinging and polyamory. The landscape of American marriage and relationships is changing, and a variety of family systems are developing and becoming more common. The Polyamorists Next Door introduces polyamorous families, in which people are free to pursue emotional, romantic, and sexual relationships with multiple people at the same time. They do it openly and with support from their partners, sometimes forming multi-partner relationships or other arrangements that allow for emotional and sexual freedom within the family system. In colorful and moving details, this audiobook explores how polyamorous relationships come to be, how they grow and change, how they manage the ins and outs of daily family life, and how they cope with the challenges they face both within their families and from society. Using polyamorists own words, Dr. Elisabeth Sheff examines polyamorous households and reveals their advantages, disadvantages, and the daily lives of those living in them. While polyamorous families are increasingly common, fairly little is known about them outside of their own social circles or of the occasional media sensationalism. This book provides information that will be useful for professionals with polyamorous clients, educators who wish to understand or teach polyamory, and especially people who wish to better understand polyamory themselves or explain it to their potential partners, adult children, or in-laws.

©2014 Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, Inc. (P)2015 Redwood Audiobooks

Length: 10 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Invisible Influence

Invisible Influence

11 ratings

Summary

The New York Times best-selling author of Contagious explores the subtle, secret influences that affect the decisions we make - from what we buy to the careers we choose to what we eat - in this fascinating and groundbreaking work. If you're like most people, you think that your choices and behaviors are driven by your individual personal tastes and opinions. You wear a certain jacket because you like the way it looks. You picked a particular career because you found it interesting. The notion that our choices are driven by our own personal thoughts and opinions is patently obvious. Right? Wrong. Without our realizing it, other people's behavior has a huge influence on everything we do at every moment of our lives, from the mundane to the momentous occasion. Even strangers have startling impacts on our judgments and decisions: Our attitudes toward a welfare policy shift if we're told it is supported by Democrats versus Republicans (even though the policy is the same in both cases). But social influence doesn't just lead us to do the same things as others. In some cases we conform or imitate others around us. But in other cases we diverge or avoid particular choices or behaviors because other people are doing them. We stop listening to a band because they go mainstream. We skip buying the minivan because we don't want to look like a soccer mom. In his surprising and compelling Invisible Influence, Jonah Berger integrates research and thinking from business, psychology, and social science to focus on the subtle, invisible influences behind our choices as individuals. By understanding how social influence works, we can decide when to resist and when to embrace it - and how we can use this knowledge to make better-informed decisions and exercise more control over our own behavior.

©2016 Jonah Berger (P)2016 Simon & Schuster

Narrator: Keith Nobbs
Author: Jonah Berger
Length: 6 hrs and 58 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Thriving in Love and Money

Thriving in Love and Money

1 rating

Summary

Over 90 percent of couples experience some level of tension around money. In fact, money issues are the number one stressor in relationships. So many books try to fix the surface problems, such as how to budget and what to prioritize when it comes to finances, but the issues go much deeper than just a simple spreadsheet. How do men and women view money differently? What do most couples fight about? How can they get on the same page? What questions should men/women ask their significant others before marriage? There are emotional and spiritual components to finances that most couples ignore. How can you agree on a budget if you disagree with each other on the basic purpose of money? Thriving in Love and Money is based on original research Shaunti and Jeff Feldhahn have conducted to get to the heart of these issues. And just as they did with their best-selling books For Women Only and For Men Only, they will use this research to provide the answers and insights you need to break the tension and provide the unity you're looking for. Let this book deepen your understanding of each other, leading to clear communication, peace as a couple, and better financial decision-making.

©2020 Veritas Enterprises, Inc. (P)2020 eChristian

Length: 4 hrs and 44 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Into the Abyss

Into the Abyss

14 ratings

Summary

On an icy night in October 1984, a Piper Navajo commuter plane carrying nine passengers crashed in the remote wilderness of Northern Alberta, killing five people. Four survived: the rookie pilot, a prominent politician, a cop, and the criminal he was escorting to face charges. Despite the poor weather, Erik Vogel, the 24-year-old pilot, was under intense pressure to fly - a situation not uncommon to pilots working for small airlines. Overworked and exhausted, he feared losing his job if he refused to fly. Larry Shaben, the author's father and Canada's first Muslim cabinet minister, was commuting home after a busy week at the Alberta Legislature. After Paul Archambault, a drifter wanted on an outstanding warrant, boarded the plane, rookie constable Scott Deschamps decided, against RCMP regulations, to remove his handcuffs - a decision that profoundly impacted the men's survival. As they fought through the night to stay alive, the dividing lines of power, wealth, and status were erased, and each man was forced to confront the precious and limited nature of his existence. The survivors forged unlikely friendships and, through them, found strength and courage to rebuild their lives. Into the Abyss is a powerful narrative that combines in-depth reporting with sympathy and grace to explore how a single tragic event can upset our assumptions and become a catalyst for transformation.

©2017 Carol Shaben (P)2017 Penguin Random House Canada

Narrator: Tiffany Morgan
Author: Carol Shaben
Length: 10 hrs
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Secret of Our Success

The Secret of Our Success

8 ratings

Summary

Humans are a puzzling species. On the one hand, we struggle to survive on our own in the wild, often failing to overcome even basic challenges, like obtaining food, building shelters, or avoiding predators. On the other hand, human groups have produced ingenious technologies, sophisticated languages, and complex institutions that have permitted us to successfully expand into a vast range of diverse environments. What has enabled us to dominate the globe, more than any other species, while remaining virtually helpless as lone individuals? This book shows that the secret of our success lies not in our innate intelligence, but in our collective brains - on the ability of human groups to socially interconnect and learn from one another over generations. Drawing insights from lost European explorers, clever chimpanzees, mobile hunter-gatherers, neuroscientific findings, ancient bones, and the human genome, Joseph Henrich demonstrates how our collective brains have propelled our species' genetic evolution and shaped our biology. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2015 Princeton University Press (P)2018 Tantor

Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Length: 17 hrs and 15 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Nudge

Nudge

88 ratings

Summary

Every day, we make decisions on topics ranging from personal investments to schools for our children to the meals we eat to the causes we champion. Unfortunately, we often choose poorly. The reason, the authors explain, is that, being human, we are all susceptible to various biases that can lead us to blunder. Our mistakes make us poorer and less healthy; we often make bad decisions involving education, personal finance, health care, mortgages and credit cards, the family, and even the planet itself. Thaler and Sunstein invite us to enter an alternative world, one that takes our humanness as a given. They show that by knowing how people think, we can design choice environments that make it easier for people to choose what is best for themselves, their families, and their society. Using colorful examples from the most important aspects of life, Thaler and Sunstein demonstrate how thoughtful "choice architecture" can be established to nudge us in beneficial directions without restricting freedom of choice. Nudge offers a unique new take - from neither the left nor the right - on many hot-button issues, for individuals and governments alike. This is one of the most engaging and provocative audiobooks to come along in many years. Included in this recording are a bonus chapter and a Postscript that was added in the paperback edition. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

©2009 Richard H. Thaler and Cass R. Sunstein (P)2009 Gildan Media Corp

Narrator: Sean Pratt
Length: 11 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Indentured

Indentured

2 ratings

Summary

"How can the NCAA blithely wreck careers without regard to due process or common fairness? How can it act so ruthlessly to enforce rules that are so petty? Why won't anybody stand up to these outrageous violations of American values and American justice?" In the four years since Joe Nocera asked those questions in a controversial New York Times column, the National Collegiate Athletic Association has come under fire. Fans have begun to realize that the athletes involved in the two biggest college sports, men's basketball and football, are little more than indentured servants. Millions of teenagers accept scholarships to chase their dreams of fame and fortune - at the price of absolute submission to the whims of an organization that puts their interests dead last. For about 5 percent of top-division players, college ends with a golden ticket to the NFL or the NBA. But what about the overwhelming majority who never turn pro? They don't earn a dime from the estimated $13 billion generated annually by college sports - an ocean of cash that enriches schools, conferences, coaches, TV networks, and apparel companies...everyone except those who give their blood and sweat to entertain the fans. Indentured tells the dramatic story of a loose-knit group of rebels who decided to fight the hypocrisy of the NCAA, which blathers endlessly about the purity of its "student athletes" while exploiting many of them: the ones who get injured and drop out because their scholarships have been revoked. The ones who will neither graduate nor go pro. The ones who live in terror of accidentally violating some obscure rule in the 400-page NCAA rulebook. Joe Nocera and Ben Strauss take us into the inner circle of the NCAA's fiercest enemies. You'll meet, among others: Sonny Vaccaro, the charismatic sports marketer who convinced Nike to sign Michael Jordan. Disgusted by how the NCAA treated athletes, Vaccaro used his intimate knowledge of its secrets to blow the whistle in a major legal case. Ed O'Bannon, the former UCLA basketball star who realized, years after leaving college, that the NCAA was profiting from a video game using his image. His lawsuit led to an unprecedented antitrust ruling. Ramogi Huma, the founder of the National College Players Association who dared to think that college players should have the same collective bargaining rights as other Americans. Andy Schwarz, the controversial economist who looked behind the façade of the NCAA and saw it for what it is: a cartel that violates our core values of free enterprise. Indentured reveals how these and other renegades, working sometimes in concert and sometimes alone, are fighting for justice in the bare-knuckles world of college sports.

©2016 Joe Nocera and Ben Strauss (P)2016 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Dominic Hoffman
Length: 15 hrs and 7 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Nudge

Nudge

4 ratings

Summary

Every day, we make decisions on topics ranging from personal investments to schools for our children to the meals we eat to the causes we champion. Unfortunately, we often choose poorly. The reason, the authors explain, is that, being human, we are all susceptible to various biases that can lead us to blunder. Our mistakes can make us poor and unhealthy. We often make bad decisions about education, personal finance, health care, family, and the environment. Thaler and Sunstein invite us to enter an alternative world, one that accepts that we are only human. They show that by knowing how people think, we can design choice environments that make it easier for people to choose what is best for themselves, their families, and their society. Using colorful examples from the most important aspects of life, Thaler and Sunstein demonstrate how thoughtful "choice architecture" can be established to nudge us in beneficial directions without restricting freedom of choice. Nudge offers a unique new take - from neither the left nor the right - on many hot-button issues, for individuals and governments alike. This is one of the most engaging and provocative audiobooks to come along in many years.

©2008 Richard H. Thaler and Cass R. Sunstein (P)2008 Gildan Media Corp

Narrator: Sean Pratt
Length: 10 hrs and 35 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Contagious

Contagious

142 ratings

Summary

Why do certain products and ideas go viral? Dynamic young Wharton professor Jonah Berger draws on his research to explain the six steps that make products or ideas contagious. Why do some products get more word of mouth than others? Why does some online content go viral? Word of mouth makes products, ideas, and behaviors catch on. It's more influential than advertising and far more effective. Can you create word of mouth for your product or idea? According to Berger, you can. Whether you operate a neighborhood restaurant, a corporation with hundreds of employees, or are running for a local office for the first time, the steps that can help your product or idea become viral are the same. Contagious is filled with fascinating information drawn from Berger's research. You will be surprised to learn, for example, just how little word of mouth is generated online versus elsewhere. Already praised by Dan Ariely and Dan Gilbert, and sold in nine countries, this book is a must-listen for people who want their projects and ideas to succeed.

©2013 Social Dynamics Group, LLC (P)2013 Simon & Schuster, Inc.

Narrator: Keith Nobbs
Author: Jonah Berger
Length: 6 hrs and 50 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Now I Know

Now I Know

1 rating

Summary

Did you know that there are actually 27 letters in the alphabet, or that the U.S. had a plan to invade Canada? And what actually happened to the flags left on the moon? Even if you think you have a handle on all things trivia, you're guaranteed a big surprise with Now I Know. From uncovering what happens to lost luggage to New York City's plan to crack down on crime by banning pinball, this book will challenge your knowledge of the fascinating stories behind the world's greatest facts. Covering 100 outrageous topics, Now I Know is the ultimate challenge for any know-it-all who thinks they have nothing left to learn.

©2013 Dan Lewis (P)2013 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Author: Dan Lewis
Length: 6 hrs and 7 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Traffic

Traffic

1 rating

Summary

Driving is a fact of life. We are all spending more and more time on the road, and traffic is an issue we face everyday. This audiobook will make you think about it in a whole new light. We have always had a passion for cars and driving. Now Traffic offers us an exceptionally rich understanding of that passion. Vanderbilt explains why traffic jams form, outlines the unintended consequences of our attempts to engineer safety, and even identifies the most common mistakes drivers make in parking lots. Based on exhaustive research and interviews with driving experts and traffic officials around the globe, Traffic gets under the hood of the quotidian activity of driving to uncover the surprisingly complex web of physical, psychological and technical factors that explain how traffic works.

©2008 Tom Vanderbilt (P)2008 Random House, Inc.

Narrator: David Slavin
Length: 5 hrs and 46 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Wired for Dating

Wired for Dating

14 ratings

Summary

Everybody wants someone to love and spend time with, and searching for your ideal partner is a natural and healthy human tendency. Just about everyone dates at some point in their life, yet few really understand what they're doing or how to get the best results. In Wired for Dating, psychologist and relationship expert Stan Tatkin - author of Wired for Love - offers powerful tips based in neuroscience and attachment theory to help you find a compatible mate and go on to create a fabulous relationship. Using real-life scenarios, you'll learn key concepts about how people become attracted to potential partners and move toward or away from commitment and the important role the brain and nervous system play in this process. Each chapter explores the scientific concepts of attachment theory, arousal regulation, and neuroscience. And with a little practice, you'll learn to apply these exercises and practical techniques to your dating life. If you're ready to get serious (or not!) about dating, meet your match, and have more fun, this book will be your guide.

©2016 Stan Tatkin (P)2016 Tantor

Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Length: 7 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Codependent No More by Melody Beattie: An Action Steps Summary, Analysis, and Cheat Sheet

Codependent No More by Melody Beattie: An Action Steps Summary, Analysis, and Cheat Sheet

Summary

Your quick and simple summary and analysis of Codependent No More by Melody Beattie. Inside, you'll find: An introduction to Beattie's main concepts Time-saving chapter summaries with action steps and advice Review questions and commentary A guide to additional resources, including helpful articles, books, podcasts, printables, videos, and quizzes About Codependent No More by Melody Beattie. Codependent No More was the debut book of bes-tselling author Melody Beattie. Originally published in 1986 by the Hazelden Foundation, Beattie's book became a phenomenon of the self-help movement, selling over eight million copies, six million of them in the United States. According to Bettie, codependency in relationships results from our desire to rescue people. She believes that this desire is counter-productive, and that our efforts to rescue people might actually do more harm than good, both for ourselves and our loved ones. Please note that this summary is NOT the original book and is meant to be listened to as a supplement to the original. About SpeedReader Summaries Thanks so much for your interest in SpeedReader Summaries! We strive to save what is your most precious and limited resource - time. Do you ever feel like you just want your favorite nonfiction books to get to the point? Are you tired of wasting time weeding through fluff and anecdotes to get to the meat of the material? SpeedReader Summaries carefully distill and analyze the key points of your favorite books and provide additional commentary and resources to supplement your understanding of the material. Inside every SpeedReader summary, you'll find a 30-second overall summary of the book, brief summaries of the key points of each chapter, a custom analysis, and additional resources like discussion questions, relevant articles,

©2015 SpeedReader Summaries (P)2016 SpeedReader Summaries

Narrator: Rachel Jacobs
Length: 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for 101 Questions You Need to Ask in Your Twenties

101 Questions You Need to Ask in Your Twenties

2 ratings

Summary

Adulting got you down? Whether you just polished off your college graduation cake, are in your 20s or 30s struggling through a quarter-life crisis, you're simply trying to figure out how to become all grown up, or you're a parent looking for that perfect college graduation gift or Christmas gift for your twentysomething, 101 Questions You Need to Ask in Your Twenties is the audiobook for you. To find important life answers in your 20s, you need to start with good questions. Author, speaker, and blogger Paul Angone has dedicated the last 12 years to helping twentysomethings, and in this audiobook, he culminates his work to give listeners wisdom through major life questions like:  What’s the best way to know if you’re actually ready to get married? Where’s the future of work headed and what does having a successful career look like today? How do I make a choice when I don’t know what to choose? How do I stop networking and start “relationshipping”? Why do some people have great marriages while others have complete wrecks before they even make it to the highway? Am I seeing the other side of people’s Instagram photos (you know, the side they’re not exactly posting pictures of)? What are the Pivotal Plot Points of my story? Do I have anyone on my "Dream Team"? After his success with 101 Secrets for your Twenties and connecting with millions of twentysomethings around the world through speaking engagements and his blog AllGroanUp.com, Paul Angone captures the hilarious, freakishly accurate assessment of life as a modern-day twentysomething (and thirtysomething) facing real millennial problems, but now he’s digging even deeper If you’re drowning your anxieties in Netflix and ice cream, are afraid you’re failing, going crazy, or both, or are just longing for a little guidance to get past “just getting by”, grab this audiobook and start thriving in the most "defining decade" of your life.

©2018 Mission Audio (P)2018 Mission Audio

Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Author: Paul Angone
Length: 4 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for How Real Estate Developers Think: Design, Profits, and Community

How Real Estate Developers Think: Design, Profits, and Community

5 ratings

Summary

Cities are always changing: streets, infrastructure, public spaces, and buildings are constantly being built, improved, demolished, and replaced. But even when a new project is designed to improve a community, neighborhood residents often find themselves at odds with the real estate developer who proposes it. Savvy developers are willing to work with residents to allay their concerns and gain public support, but at the same time, a real estate development is a business venture financed by private investors who take significant risks. Peter Hendee Brown explains the interests, motives, and actions of real estate developers, using case studies to show how the basic principles of development remain the same everywhere, even as practices vary based on climate, local culture, and geography. How Real Estate Developers Think considers developers from three different perspectives. Brown profiles the careers of individual developers to illustrate the character of the entrepreneur; considers the roles played by innovation, design, marketing, and sales in the production of real estate; and examines the risks and rewards that motivate developers as people. Ultimately, How Real Estate Developers Think portrays developers as creative visionaries who are able to imagine future possibilities for our cities and communities and shows that understanding them will lead to better outcomes for neighbors, communities, and cities. This book is published by University of Pennsylvania Press.

©2015 University of Pennsylvania Press (P)2015 Redwood Audiobooks

Narrator: Chaz Allen
Length: 10 hrs and 37 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Technopoly

Technopoly

5 ratings

Summary

In this witty, often terrifying work of cultural criticism, Postman chronicles our transformation into a Technopoly: a society that no longer merely uses technology as a support system but instead is shaped by it. According to Postman, technology is rapidly gaining sovereignty over social institutions and national life to become self-justifying, self-perpetuating, and omnipresent. He warns that this will have radical consequences for the meanings of politics, art, religion, family, education, privacy, intelligence, and truth, as they are redefined to fit the requirements of the technological thought-world.

©1992 Neil Postman (P)2000 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Author: Neil Postman
Length: 5 hrs and 39 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Broken Faith

Broken Faith

6 ratings

Summary

"I can’t imagine a more important book." (Jeff Guinn, New York Times best-selling author) An explosive investigation into Word of Faith Fellowship, a secretive evangelical cult whose charismatic female leader is a master of manipulation In 1979, a fiery preacher named Jane Whaley attracted a small group of followers with a promise that she could turn their lives around. In the years since, Whaley’s following has expanded to include thousands of congregants across three continents. In their eyes, she’s a prophet. And to disobey her means eternal damnation. The control Whaley exerts is absolute: She decides what her followers study, where they work, whom they can marry - even when they can have sex. Based on hundreds of interviews, secretly recorded conversations, and thousands of pages of documents, Pulitzer Prize winner Mitch Weiss and Holbrook Mohr’s Broken Faith is a terrifying portrait life inside the Word of Faith Fellowship, and the harrowing account of one family who escaped after two decades. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Mitch Weiss, Holbrook Mohr (P)2020 Harlequin Enterprises, Limited

Narrator: Vivienne Leheny
Length: 12 hrs and 19 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for On Grief and Grieving

On Grief and Grieving

11 ratings

Summary

Shortly before her death in 2004, Elisabeth Kübler-Ross and David Kessler, her collaborator, completed the manuscript for this, her final book. On Grief and Grieving is a fitting completion to her work. Thirty-six years and 16 books ago, Kübler-Ross' groundbreaking On Death and Dying changed the way we talk about the end of life. Now On Grief and Grieving will profoundly influence the way we experience the process of grief.  On Death and Dying began as a theoretical book, an interdisciplinary study of our fear of death and our inevitable acceptance of it. It introduced the world to the now-famous five stages: denial, anger, bargaining, depression, and acceptance. On Grief and Grieving applies these stages to the process of grieving and weaves together theory, inspiration, and practical advice, all based on Kübler-Ross' and Kessler's professional and personal experiences, and is filled with brief, topic-driven stories. It includes sections on sadness, hauntings, dreams, coping, children, healing, isolation, and even the subject of sex during grief.  "I know death is close", Kübler-Ross says at the end of the book, "but not quite yet. I lie here like so many people over the years, in a bed surrounded by flowers and looking out a big window.... I now know that the purpose of my life is more than these stages.... It is not just about the life lost but also the life lived."  In one of their final writing sessions, Kübler-Ross told Kessler, "The last nine years have taught me patience, and the weaker and more bed-bound I become, the more I'm learning about receiving love." On Grief and Grieving is Elisabeth Kübler-Ross's final legacy, one that brings her life's work profoundly full circle.

©2005 Elisabeth Kübler-Ross and David Kessler (P)2018 Simon & Schuster

Length: 8 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Achtung Baby

Achtung Baby

8 ratings

Summary

This audiobook provides an entertaining, enlightening look at the art of raising self-reliant, independent children based on one American mom's experiences in Germany When Sara Zaske moved from Oregon to Berlin with her husband and toddler, she knew the transition would be challenging, especially when she became pregnant with her second child. She was surprised to discover that German parents give their children a great deal of freedom - much more than Americans. In Berlin, kids walk to school by themselves, ride the subway alone, cut food with sharp knives, and even play with fire. German parents did not share her fears, and their children were thriving. Was she doing the opposite of what she intended, which was to raise capable children? Why was parenting culture so different in the States? Through her own family's often funny experiences as well as interviews with other parents, teachers, and experts, Zaske shares the many unexpected parenting lessons she learned from living in Germany. Achtung Baby reveals that today's Germans know something that American parents don't (or have perhaps forgotten) about raising kids with selbstandigkeit (self-reliance) and provides practical examples American parents can use to give their own children the freedom they need to grow into responsible, independent adults. This instructive audiobook is perfect for new parents and anyone else interested in how different cultures approach child-rearing.

©2017 Sara Zaske (P)2018 Macmillan Audio

Narrator: Sara Zaske
Author: Sara Zaske
Length: 7 hrs and 57 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for How to be a Happier Parent

How to be a Happier Parent

20 ratings

Summary

An encouraging guide to helping parents find more happiness in their day-to-day family life, from the former lead editor of the New York Times' Motherlode blog. In all the writing and reporting KJ Dell'Antonia has done on families over the years, one topic keeps coming up again and again: parents crave a greater sense of happiness in their daily lives. In this optimistic, solution-packed book, KJ asks: How can we change our family life so that it is full of the joy we'd always hoped for?  Drawing from the latest research and interviews with families, KJ discovers that it's possible to do more by doing less, and make our family life a refuge and pleasure, rather than another stress point in a hectic day. She focuses on nine common problem spots that cause parents the most grief, explores why they are hard, and offers small, doable, sometimes surprising steps you can take to make them better.  Whether it's getting everyone out the door on time in the morning or making sure chores and homework get done without another battle, How to Be a Happier Parent shows that having a family isn't just about raising great kids and churning them out at destination: success. It's about experiencing joy - real joy, the kind you look back on, look forward to, and live for - along the way.

©2018 KJ Dell'Antonia (P)2018 Penguin Audio

Narrator: KJ Dell'Antonia
Length: 8 hrs and 36 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Active Hope

Active Hope

8 ratings

Summary

The challenges we face can be difficult even to think about. Climate change, the depletion of oil, economic upheaval, and mass extinction together create a planetary emergency of overwhelming proportions. Active Hope shows us how to strengthen our capacity to face this crisis so that we can respond with unexpected resilience and creative power. Drawing on decades of teaching an empowerment approach known as the Work That Reconnects, the authors guide us through a transformational process informed by mythic journeys, modern psychology, spirituality, and holistic science. This process equips us with tools to face the mess we're in and play our role in the collective transition, or Great Turning, to a life-sustaining society.

©2012 Joanna Macy and Chris Johnstone (P)2017 Tantor

Narrator: C. S. E. Cooney
Length: 8 hrs and 15 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Art of X-Ray Reading

The Art of X-Ray Reading

Summary

Roy Peter Clark, one of America's most influential writing teachers, offers writing lessons we can draw from 25 great texts. Where do writers learn their best moves? They use a technique that Roy Peter Clark calls X-ray reading, a form of reading that lets you penetrate beyond the surface of a text to see how meaning is actually being made. In The Art of X-Ray Reading, Clark invites you to don your X-ray reading glasses and join him on a guided tour through some of the most exquisite and masterful literary works of all time, from The Great Gatsby to Lolita to The Bluest Eye and many more. Along the way, he shows you how to mine these masterpieces for invaluable writing strategies that you can add to your arsenal and apply in your own writing. Once you've experienced X-ray reading, your writing will never be the same again.

©2016 Roy Peter Clark (P)2016 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Jefferson Mays
Length: 8 hrs and 10 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Over Our Dead Bodies

Over Our Dead Bodies

Summary

Not knowing what to do, I sat on the church steps and waited. As the gravity of my failure began to well up in me, I began to cry... I had lost the hearse! Funerals and the all the things that accompany them are traditionally somber, contemplative events in which the bereaved look to their undertaker to guide them through that most difficult of times. Of course, sometimes tradition gets thrown under the bus. From a dysfunctional family who turn their mother's wake into a full-blown riot, to funeral crashers looking for free meals, to a horse-drawn hearse taking the dearly departed for the ride of their afterlife, these accounts from actual undertakers will have you laughing, thinking, and gasping in disbelief. A literal graveyard of wild coincidences, slapstick humor, and touching moments, Over Our Dead Bodies explores the lighter side of the dead, the living, and the lone undertaker who has to make it all go as planned - even if it doesn't.

©2014 Kenneth McKenzie and Todd Harra (P)2014 Audible Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Being the Change

Being the Change

Summary

Topics such as race, gender, politics, religion, and sexuality are part of our students' lives, yet when these subjects are brought up to school teachers, they often struggle with how to respond. How do we create learning conditions where kids can ask the questions they want to ask, say the things they are thinking, and have tough conversations? How can we be proactive and take steps for engaging in the types of conversations where risk is high but the payoff could be even greater?

Being the Change is based on the idea that people can develop skills and habits to serve them in the comprehension of social issues. Sara K. Ahmed identifies and unpacks the skills of social comprehension, providing teachers with tools and activities that help students make sense of themselves and the world as they navigate relevant topics in today's society.

Each chapter includes clear, transferable lessons and practical strategies that help students learn about a targeted social comprehension concept. From exploring identity and diversity to understanding and addressing biases and microaggressions, Sara demonstrates how to address real issues honestly in the classroom while honoring and empowering students.

Dealing with social issues is uncomfortable, and often messy, but you can build habitats of trust where kids and adults can make their thinking visible and cultivate empathy; where expression, identity, and social literacy matter. 

There is no magic formula for making the world a better place. It happens in the moments we embrace discomfort and have candid conversations.

"I am convinced that every class of kids I work with is filled with change agents who will make this world the one we teach toward. I believe that my students will carry the work of doing right by this world into their own lives. I'll bet you believe this about your kids, too." (Sara K. Ahmed)

©2018 Sara K. Ahmed (P)2019 Sara K. Ahmed

Narrator: Sara K. Ahmed
Length: 5 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Rethinking Narcissism

Rethinking Narcissism

8 ratings

Summary

Harvard Medical School psychologist and Huffington Post blogger Craig Malkin addresses the "narcissism epidemic" by illuminating the spectrum of narcissism, identifying ways to control the trait, and explaining how too little of it may be a bad thing. "What is narcissism?" is one of the fastest rising searches on Google, and articles on the topic routinely go viral. Yet, the word narcissist seems to mean something different every time it's uttered. People hurl the word as an insult at anyone who offends them. It's become so ubiquitous, in fact, that it's lost any clear meaning. The only certainty these days is that it's bad to be a narcissist - really bad - inspiring the same kind of roiling queasiness we feel when we hear the word sexist or racist. That's especially troubling news for millennials, the people born after 1980, who've been branded the "most narcissistic generation ever". In Rethinking Narcissism listeners will learn that there's far more to narcissism than its reductive invective would imply. The truth is that narcissists (all of us) fall on a spectrum somewhere between utter selflessness on the one side and arrogance and grandiosity on the other. A healthy middle exhibits a strong sense of self. On the far end lies sociopathy. Malkin deconstructs the healthy from the unhealthy narcissism and offers clear, step-by-step guidance on how to promote healthy narcissism in our partners, our children, and ourselves.

©2015 Craig Malkin (P)2015 HarperCollins Publishers

Length: 6 hrs and 6 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Crowd - A Study of the Popular Mind

The Crowd - A Study of the Popular Mind

2 ratings

Summary

In The Crowd - A Study of the Popular Mind, social theorist Gustave Le Bon gives historical insight into the political thinking of his era while offering timeless social commentary. Le Bon challenges the listener to contemplate how individual ideas change - often to a destructive end - when employed in a setting of groupthink. As technology and communications innovations make group formation easy and accessible for better or for worse, this book's message is certainly one that will not be lost in the crowd.

©2019 BN Publishing (P)2019 BN Publishing

Narrator: John Clickman
Length: 6 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Smartest Kids in the World

The Smartest Kids in the World

13 ratings

Summary

How do other countries create "smarter" kids? In a handful of nations, virtually all children are learning to make complex arguments and solve problems they've never seen before. They are learning to think, in other words, and to thrive in the modern economy.What is it like to be a child in the world's new education superpowers? In a global quest to find answers for our own children, author and Time magazine journalist Amanda Ripley follows three Americans embed­ded in these countries for one year. Kim, 15, raises $10,000 so she can move from Oklahoma to Finland; Eric, 18, exchanges a high-achieving Minnesota suburb for a booming city in South Korea; and Tom, 17, leaves a historic Pennsylvania village for Poland. Through these young informants, Ripley meets battle-scarred reformers, sleep-deprived zombie students, and a teacher who earns $4 million a year. Their stories, along with groundbreaking research into learning in other cultures, reveal a pattern of startling transformation: none of these countries had many "smart" kids a few decades ago. Things had changed. Teaching had become more rigorous; parents had focused on things that mattered; and children had bought into the promise of education. A journalistic tour de force, The Smartest Kids in the World is a book about building resilience in a new world-as told by the young Americans who have the most at stake.

©2013 Amanda Ripley (P)2013 Tantor

Narrator: Kate Reading
Length: 7 hrs and 43 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for White Trash

White Trash

19 ratings

Summary

The wretched and landless poor have existed from the time of the earliest British colonial settlement. They were alternately known as "waste people", "offals", "rubbish", "lazy lubbers", and "crackers". By the 1850s the downtrodden included so-called "clay eaters" and "sandhillers", known for prematurely aged children distinguished by their yellowish skin, ragged clothing, and listless minds. In White Trash, Nancy Isenberg upends assumptions about America's supposedly class-free society. Poor whites were central to the rise of the Republican Party in the early 19th century, and the Civil War itself was fought over class issues nearly as much as it was fought over slavery. Reconstruction pitted poor white trash against newly freed slaves, which factored in the rise of eugenics. These poor were at the heart of New Deal reforms and LBJ's Great Society; they haunt us in reality TV shows like Here Comes Honey Boo Boo and Duck Dynasty. We acknowledge racial injustice as an ugly stain on our nation's history. With Isenberg's landmark book, we will have to face the truth about the enduring, malevolent nature of class as well.

©2016 Nancy Isenberg (P)2016 Tantor

Narrator: Kirsten Potter
Length: 15 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Die Wise

Die Wise

22 ratings

Summary

Die Wise does not offer seven steps for coping with death. It does not suggest ways to make dying easier. It pours no honey to make the medicine go down. Instead, with lyrical prose, deep wisdom, and stories from his two decades of working with dying people and their families, Stephen Jenkinson places death at the center of the discussion and asks us to behold it in all its painful beauty. Die Wise teaches the skills of dying, skills that have to be learned in the course of living deeply and well. Die Wise is for those who will fail to live forever. Dying well, Jenkinson writes, is a right and responsibility of everyone. It is not a lifestyle option. It is a moral, political, and spiritual obligation all people owe their ancestors and their heirs. Die Wise dreams such a dream and plots such an uprising. How we die, how we care for dying people, and how we carry our dead: This work makes our capacity for a village-mindedness - or breaks it.

©2016 Stephen Jenkinson (P)2016 Random House Audio

Length: 18 hrs and 43 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Stuff

Stuff

5 ratings

Summary

What possesses someone to save every scrap of paper thats ever come into his home? What compulsions drive a woman like Irene, whose hoarding cost her her marriage? Or Ralph, whose imagined uses for castoff items like leaky old buckets almost lost him his house? Randy Frost and Gail Steketee were the first to study hoarding when they began their work a decade ago; they expected to find a few sufferers but ended up treating hundreds of patients and fielding thousands of calls from the families of others. Now they explore the compulsion through a series of compelling case studies in the vein of Oliver Sacks. With vivid portraits that show us the traits by which you can identify a hoarder - piles on sofas and beds that make the furniture useless, houses that can be navigated only by following small paths called goat trails, vast piles of paper that the hoarders churn but never discard, even collections of animals and garbage - Frost and Steketee illuminate the pull that possessions exert on all of us. Whether we're savers, collectors, or compulsive cleaners, very few of us are in fact free of the impulses that drive hoarders to the extremes in which they live. For all of us with complicated relationships to our things, Stuff answers the question of what happens when our stuff starts to own us.

©2010 Randy O. Frost & Gail Steketee (P)2010 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Joe Caron
Length: 9 hrs and 9 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for A Different Mirror

A Different Mirror

Summary

Upon its first publication, A Different Mirror was hailed by critics and academics everywhere as a dramatic new retelling of our nation's past. Beginning with the colonization of the New World, it recounts the history of America in the voice of the non-Anglo peoples of the United States---Native Americans, African Americans, Jews, Irish Americans, Asian Americans, Latinos, and others---groups who helped create this country's rich mosaic culture. From the role of black soldiers in preserving the Union to the history of Chinese Americans from 1900 to 1941, from an investigation into the issue of "illegal" immigrants from Mexico to a look at the sudden visibility of Muslim refugees from Afghanistan, Takaki's work is a remarkable achievement that grapples with the raw truth of American history and examines the ultimate question of what it means to be an American.

©1993 Carol Takaki (P)2011 Tantor

Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Length: 18 hrs and 35 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Honest Truth About Dishonesty

The Honest Truth About Dishonesty

10 ratings

Summary

This program is enhanced with 14 never-before-heard episodes of Dan Ariely's "Arming the Donkeys" podcast, available exclusively on this audiobook! The New York Times bestselling author of Predictably Irrational and The Upside of Irrationality returns with thought-provoking work to challenge our preconceptions about dishonesty and urge us to take an "honest" look at ourselves. Does the chance of getting caught affect how likely we are to cheat? How do companies pave the way for dishonesty? Does collaboration make us more honest or less so? Does religion improve our honesty? Most of us think of ourselves as honest, but, in fact, we all cheat. From Washington to Wall Street, the classroom to the workplace, unethical behavior is everywhere. None of us is immune, whether it's the white lie to head off trouble or padding our expense reports. In The (Honest) Truth About Dishonesty, award-winning, bestselling author Dan Ariely turns his unique insight and innovative research to the question of dishonesty. Generally, we assume that cheating, like most other decisions, is based on a rational cost-benefit analysis. But Ariely argues, and then demonstrates, that it's actually the irrational forces that we don't take into account that often determine whether we behave ethically or not. For every Enron or political bribe, there are countless hidden commissions, and knockoff purses. In The (Honest) Truth About Dishonesty, Ariely shows why some things are easier to lie about; how getting caught matters less than we think; and how business practices pave the way for unethical behavior, both intentionally and unintentionally. Ariely explores how unethical behavior works in the personal, professional, and political worlds, and how it affects all of us, even as we think of ourselves as having high moral standards. But all is not lost. Ariely also identifies what keeps us honest, pointing the way for achieving higher ethics in our everyday lives. With compelling personal and academic findings, The (Honest) Truth About Dishonesty will change the way we see ourselves, our actions, and others. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2012 Dan Ariely (P)2012 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Simon Jones
Author: Dan Ariely
Length: 8 hrs and 35 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Making Sense

Making Sense

1 rating

Summary

From the best-selling author of Waking Up and The End of Faith, a collection of the best conversations from wildly popular, often controversial podcast Making Sense. “Civilization rests on a series of successful conversations.” (Sam Harris) Sam Harris - neuroscientist, philosopher, and best-selling author - has been exploring some of the most important questions about the human mind, society, and current events on his podcast, Making Sense. With more than one million downloads per episode, these discussions have clearly hit a nerve, frequently walking a tightrope where either host or guest - and sometimes both - lose their footing, but always in search of a greater understanding of the world in which we live. For Harris, honest conversation, no matter how difficult or controversial, represents the only path to moral and intellectual progress. The Making Sense audiobook includes talks with Daniel Kahneman, Timothy Snyder, Nick Bostrom, and Glen Loury, on topics that range from the nature of consciousness and free will, to politics and extremism, to living ethically. Together they shine a light on what it means to “make sense” in the modern world. 

©2020 Sam Harris (P)2020 HarperCollins Publishers

Available on Audible
Cover art for A Macat Analysis of Frantz Fanon's The Wretched of the Earth

A Macat Analysis of Frantz Fanon's The Wretched of the Earth

1 rating

Summary

Published in 1961, the year of Frantz Fanon's death, The Wretched of the Earth is both a powerful analysis of the psychological effects of colonization and a rallying cry for violent uprising and independence. The book rejects colonial assumptions that the people of colonized countries need to be guided by their European colonizers because they are somehow less evolved or civilized. Fanon argues that violence is justified to purge colonialism not just from the countries themselves, but from the very souls of their inhabitants, who have been so damaged by its abuses. According to Fanon, it is the poor above all who need to rebel if real change is to come, because the indigenous middle classes will just produce a society very similar to the old one. And after revolution, the new country should aspire to make real improvements in the lives of the worst off through education and investment. The Wretched of the Earth became an inspiration for many liberation struggles around the world after Fanon's death, and continues to be a key text in postcolonial studies.

©2016 Macat Inc (P)2016 Macat Inc

Narrator: Macat.com
Author: Riley Quinn
Length: 1 hr and 42 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Beyond Tears

Beyond Tears

2 ratings

Summary

The death of a child is that unimaginable loss no parent ever expects to face. In Beyond Tears, nine mothers share their individual stories of how to survive in the darkest hour. They candidly share with other bereaved parents what to expect in the first year and long beyond: Harmonious relationships can become strained There is a new definition of what one considers "normal" The question "how many children do you have?" can be devastating Mothers and fathers mourn and cope differently Surviving siblings grieve and suffer as well There simply is no answer to the question "why?" This sharing in itself is a catharsis, and because each of these mothers lost her child at least seven years before, she is in a unique position to provide perspective on what newly bereaved parents can expect to feel. The mothers of Beyond Tears offer reassurance that the clouds of grief do lessen with time and that grieving parents will find a way to live and even laugh again. The full list of contributors includes Madelaine Perri Kasden, Phyllis Levine, Ariella Long, Rita Volpe, and Ellen Mitchell.

©2009 Ellen Mitchell, Carol Barkin, et al. (P)2016 Tantor

Available on Audible
Cover art for Answering Jihad

Answering Jihad

7 ratings

Summary

From New York Times best-selling author and former Muslim Nabeel Qureshi comes this personal, challenging, and respectful answer to the many questions surrounding jihad, the rise of ISIS, and Islamic terrorism. San Bernardino was the most lethal terror attack on American soil since 9/11, and it came on the heels of a coordinated assault on Paris. There is no question that innocents were slaughtered in the name of Allah and in the way of jihad, but do the terrorists' actions actually reflect the religion of Islam? The answer to this question is more pressing than ever as waves of Muslim refugees arrive in the West, seeking shelter from the violent ideology of ISIS. Setting aside speculations and competing voices, what really is jihad? How are we to understand jihad in relation to our Muslim neighbors and friends? Why is there such a surge of Islamist terrorism in the world today, and how are we to respond? In Answering Jihad, best-selling author Nabeel Qureshi (Seeking Allah, Finding Jesus) answers these questions from the perspective of a former Muslim who is deeply concerned for both his Muslim family and his American homeland.

©2016 Nabeel Quereshi (P)2016 Zondervan

Narrator: Nabeel Qureshi
Length: 4 hrs and 4 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Hacking Assessment

Hacking Assessment

3 ratings

Summary

How to go gradeless - assessment that makes learning visible "What's my grade? What's it worth? Is there extra credit? Is this for a mark?" It's time to shift the conversation and make learning visible. Now, you can easily stop reducing students to a number, letter, or any label that misrepresents learning and assessment in education. Now, you can help children see the value in every single assignment. Today, you can make assessment a rich, ongoing conversation that inspires learning for the sake of learning, rather than as a punishment or a reward. All you have to do is go gradeless. Throw out your grade book tomorrow! In Hacking Assessment: 10 Ways to Go Gradeless in a Traditional Grades School, award-winning teacher and world-renowned formative assessment expert Starr Sackstein unravels one of education's oldest mysteries: how to assess learning without grades - even in a school that uses numbers, letters, GPAs, and report cards. While many educators can only muse about the possibility of a world without grades, teachers like Sackstein are reimagining education. In this unique, eagerly-anticipated book, Sackstein shows you exactly how to create a remarkable no-grades classroom like hers, a vibrant place where students grow, share, thrive, and become independent learners who never ask, "What's this worth?" Learn what formative assessment really looks like. Summative assessment is typically an end-of-unit exam or standardized test, but what is formative assessment? Many teachers struggle with the concept. Hacking Assessment not only explains what formative assessment is, it provides blueprints for implementation and examples from educators around the world, who use this strategy successfully every day.

©2015 Times 10 Publications (P)2016 Times 10 Publications

Narrator: Holly Henrichs
Length: 3 hrs and 9 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Stumbling on Happiness

Stumbling on Happiness

86 ratings

Summary

A smart and funny book by a prominent Harvard psychologist, which uses groundbreaking research and (often hilarious) anecdotes to show us why we're so lousy at predicting what will make us happy, and what we can do about it. Most of us spend our lives steering ourselves toward the best of all possible futures, only to find that tomorrow rarely turns out as we had expected. Why? As Harvard psychologist Daniel Gilbert explains, when people try to imagine what the future will hold, they make some basic and consistent mistakes. Just as memory plays tricks on us when we try to look backward in time, so does imagination play tricks when we try to look forward. Using cutting-edge research, much of it original, Gilbert shakes, cajoles, persuades, tricks, and jokes us into accepting the fact that happiness is not really what or where we thought it was. Among the unexpected questions he poses: Why are conjoined twins no less happy than the general population? When you go out to eat, is it better to order your favorite dish every time, or to try something new? If Ingrid Bergman hadn't gotten on the plane at the end of Casablanca, would she and Bogey have been better off?

©2006 Daniel Gilbert (P)2006 Random House, Inc. Random House Audio, a division of Random House, Inc.

Narrator: Daniel Gilbert
Length: 7 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Culture of Narcissism

The Culture of Narcissism

3 ratings

Summary

When The Culture of Narcissism was first published, it was clear that Christopher Lasch had identified something important: what was happening to American society in the wake of the decline of the family over the last century. The book quickly became a best seller. This edition includes a new afterword, "The Culture of Narcissism Revisited."

©1979 Christopher Lasch (P)2017 Tantor

Narrator: Barry Press
Length: 10 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Meet Generation Z

Meet Generation Z

2 ratings

Summary

Move over boomers, Xers, and millennials; there's a new generation - making up more than 25 percent of the US population - that represents a seismic cultural shift. Born approximately between 1993 and 2012, generation Z is the first truly post-Christian generation, and they are poised to challenge every church to rethink its role in light of a rapidly changing culture. From the award-winning author of The Rise of the Nones comes this enlightening introduction to the youngest generation. James Emery White explains who this generation is, how it came to be, and the impact it is likely to have on the nation and the faith. Then he reintroduces us to the ancient countercultural model of the early church, arguing that this is the model Christian leaders must adopt and adapt if we are to reach members of generation Z with the Gospel. He helps listeners rethink evangelistic and apologetic methods, cultivate a culture of invitation, and communicate with this connected generation where they are. Pastors, ministry leaders, youth workers, and parents will find this an essential and hopeful resource.

©2017 James Emery White (P)2017 Tantor

Narrator: Rudy Sanda
Length: 6 hrs and 50 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Moral Animal

The Moral Animal

51 ratings

Summary

Are men literally born to cheat? Does monogamy actually serve women's interests? These are among the questions that have made The Moral Animal one of the most provocative science books in recent years. Wright unveils the genetic strategies behind everything from our sexual preferences to our office politics - as well as their implications for our moral codes and public policies.

©1995 Robert Wright (P)2010 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Greg Thornton
Length: 16 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for A Way of Being

A Way of Being

8 ratings

Summary

A profound and deeply personal collection of essays by renowned psychologist Carl Rogers. The late Carl Rogers, founder of the humanistic psychology movement and father of client-centered therapy, based his life's work on his fundamental belief in the human potential for growth. A Way of Being was written in the early 1980s, near the end of Carl Rogers's career, and serves as a coda to his classic On Becoming a Person. More philosophical than his earlier writings, it traces his professional and personal development and ends with a prophetic call for a more humane future.

©1980 Houghton Mifflin Company; Introduction copyright 1995 by Irvin D. Yalom (P)2018 Tantor

Narrator: Joe Hempel
Length: 10 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life

The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life

1 rating

Summary

A notable contribution to our understanding of ourselves. This audiobook explores the realm of human behavior in social situations and the way that we appear to others. Dr. Goffman uses the metaphor of theatrical performance as a framework. Each person in everyday social intercourse presents himself and his activity to others, attempts to guide and control the impressions they form of him, and employs certain techniques in order to sustain his performance, just as an actor presents a character to an audience. The discussions of these social techniques offered here are based upon detailed research and observation of social customs in many regions.

©1956 Erving Goffman (P)2020 Random House Audio

Narrator: Graham Halstead
Length: 9 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Innovation Delusion

The Innovation Delusion

2 ratings

Summary

"Innovation" is the hottest buzzword in business. But what if our obsession with finding the next big thing has distracted us from the work that matters most? “The most important book I’ve read in a long time.... It explains so much about what is wrong with our technology, our economy, and the world, and gives a simple recipe for how to fix it: Focus on understanding what it takes for your products and services to last.” (Tim O’Reilly, founder of O’Reilly Media) It’s hard to avoid innovation these days. Nearly every product gets marketed as being disruptive, whether it’s genuinely a new invention or just a new toothbrush. But in this manifesto on the state of American work, historians of technology Lee Vinsel and Andrew L. Russell argue that our way of thinking about and pursuing innovation has made us poorer, less safe, and — ironically — less innovative. Drawing on years of original research and reporting, The Innovation Delusion shows how the ideology of change for its own sake has proved a disaster.  Corporations have spent millions hiring chief innovation officers while their core businesses tank. Computer science programs have drilled their students on programming and design, even though the overwhelming majority of jobs are in IT and maintenance. In countless cities, suburban sprawl has left local governments with loads of deferred repairs that they can’t afford to fix. And sometimes innovation even kills — like in 2018 when a Miami bridge hailed for its innovative design collapsed onto  a highway and killed six people.  In this provocative, deeply researched book, Vinsel and Russell tell the story of how we devalued the work that underpins modern life — and, in doing so, wrecked our economy and public infrastructure while lining the pockets of consultants who combine the ego of Silicon Valley with the worst of Wall Street’s greed.  The authors offer a compelling plan for how we can shift our focus away from the pursuit of growth at all costs, and back toward neglected activities like maintenance, care, and upkeep. For anyone concerned by the crumbling state of our roads and bridges or the direction our economy is headed, The Innovation Delusion is a deeply necessary reevaluation of a trend we can still disrupt. 

©2020 Lee Vinsel and Andrew L. Russell (P)2020 Random House Audio

Narrator: Rob Shapiro
Length: 8 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for On Trails

On Trails

6 ratings

Summary

From a brilliant new literary voice comes a groundbreaking exploration of how trails help us understand the world, from tiny ant trails to hiking paths that span continents, from interstate highways to the Internet. In 2009, while hiking the Appalachian Trail, Robert Moor began to wonder about the paths that lie beneath our feet: How do they form? Why do some improve over time while others fade? What makes us follow or strike off on our own? Over the course of the next seven years, Moor traveled the globe, exploring trails of all kinds, from the miniscule to the massive. He learned the tricks of master trail-builders, hunted down long-lost Cherokee trails, and traced the origins of our road networks and the Internet. In each chapter, Moor interweaves his adventures with findings from science, history, philosophy, and nature writing-combining the nomadic joys of Peter Matthiessen with the eclectic wisdom of Lewis Hyde's The Gift. Throughout, Moor reveals how this single topic - the oft-overlooked trail - sheds new light on a wealth of age-old questions: How does order emerge out of chaos? How did animals first crawl forth from the seas and spread across continents? How has humanity's relationship with nature and technology shaped world around us? And, ultimately, how does each of us pick a path through life? Moor has the essayist's gift for making new connections, the adventurer's love for paths untaken, and the philosopher's knack for asking big questions. With a breathtaking arc that spans from the dawn of animal life to the digital era, On Trails is a book that makes us see our world, our history, our species, and our ways of life anew.

©2016 Simon & Schuster (P)2016 Audiobooks.com Publishing

Narrator: Jason Grasl
Author: Robert Moor
Length: 10 hrs and 37 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Why Women Are Poorer Than Men and What We Can Do About It

Why Women Are Poorer Than Men and What We Can Do About It

Summary

Brought to you by Penguin. Money gives us freedom. It may not buy us happiness, but having it allows us to make choices.... The choice to live where you want. The choice to do what you love for work. The choice over how you spend your free time.  But what if you knew that you would earn less than your male counterparts for the rest of your life? Today, being a woman means that you will. Few of us ever talk about it, but great economic inequality still exists between men and women.    There is no country in the world where women collectively earn as much as men. Globally only 34% of women hold managerial positions.  Only 1p in every £1 of venture capital funding goes to start-ups run by women.  Research has even found that financial advisors encourage female clients into lower risk - and therefore lower return - investments, in the belief that they can't handle the risk. In many countries tampons and sanitary pads are seen as 'luxuries' that women are made to pay tax on.  It has been found that women ask for pay rises at the same frequency as men, but are 25% less likely to be given them.   Annabelle Williams, a financial journalist for The Times, uncovers the shocking realities of money in the modern world. Awareness is the first step to making change, which is why we all need to understand why women are poorer than men and what exactly we can do about it.

©2021 Annabelle Williams (P)2021 Penguin Audio

Length: 7 hrs and 57 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Billion-Dollar Ball

Billion-Dollar Ball

Summary

A hard-hitting examination of the many ways college football has been transformed into a moneymaking spectacle that is hurting higher education. In the spring of 2013, a study showed that despite huge economic problems, 27 states were awarding their highest salaries to college football coaches. College football has doubled in size in the last decade thanks to generous tax breaks, lavish TV deals, and corporate sponsors eager to slap their logos on everything from scoreboards to footballs and uniforms. In one recent year, the 10 biggest programs took in $800 million from football, with profit margins far surpassing those of Fortune 500 companies. Little of this money goes to academics. Instead it sustains a wildly profligate infrastructure of coaches, trainers, marketing gurus, tutors, and a growing cadre of athletic department bureaucrats whose sole purpose is to ensure that players remain academically eligible to play. In Billion-Dollar Ball, two-time Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Gilbert M. Gaul offers a surprising, incendiary examination of how college football has come to dominate some of our best, most prestigious universities, reframing campus values, distorting academic missions, and transforming athletic departments into astonishingly rich entertainment factories.

©2015 Gilbert M. Gaul (P)2015 Recorded Books

Length: 9 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Talent Is Overrated

Talent Is Overrated

17 ratings

Summary

“Excellent.” (The Wall Street Journal) Since its publication 10 years ago, businesspeople, investors, doctors, parents, students, athletes, and musicians at every level have adopted the maxims of Talent Is Overrated to get better at what they’re passionate about. Now this classic has been updated and revised with new research and takeaways to help anyone achieve even greater performance. Why are certain people so incredibly great at what they do? Most of us think we know the answer - but we’re almost always wrong. That’s important, because if we’re wrong on this crucial question, then we have zero chance of getting significantly better at anything we care about. Happily, the real source of great performance is no longer a mystery. Bringing together extensive scientific research, best-selling author Geoff Colvin shows where we go wrong and what actually makes world-class performers so remarkable. It isn’t specific, innate talent, nor is it plain old hard work. It’s a very specific type of work that anyone can do - but most people don’t. What’s more, the principles of great performance apply to virtually any activity that matters to you. Readers and listeners worldwide have been inspired by this book’s liberating message: You don’t need a one-in-a-million natural gift. Better performance, and maybe even world-class performance, is closer than you think.

©2008 Geoff Colvin (P)2019 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Geoff Colvin
Author: Geoff Colvin
Length: 8 hrs and 14 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Why the Rich Are Getting Richer (Russian Edition)

Why the Rich Are Getting Richer (Russian Edition)

Summary

It's Robert Kiyosaki's position that, "It is our educational system that causes the gap between the rich and everyone else." He laid the foundation for many of his messages in the international best seller Rich Dad Poor Dad - the number one personal finance book of all time - and in Why the Rich Are Getting Richer, he makes his case....  In this book, the listener will learn why the gap between the rich and everyone else grows wider. In this book, the listener will get an explanation of why savers are losers. In this book, the listener will find out why debt and taxes make the rich richer. In this book, the listener will learn why traditional education actually causes many highly educated people, such as Robert's poor dad, to live poorly. In this book, the listener will find out why going to school, working hard, saving money, buying a house, getting out of debt, and investing for the long term in the stock market is the worst financial advice for most people. In this book, the listener will learn the answers Robert found on his life-long search, after repeatedly asking the question, "When will we learn about money?" In this book, the listener will find out why real financial education may never be taught in schools. In this book, the listener will find out what financial education is...really. Please note: This audiobook is in Russian.

©2018 Popurri (P)2019 New Internet Technologies & Popurri

Narrator: Maxim Kireev
Length: 8 hrs and 55 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Birth Order Book

The Birth Order Book

12 ratings

Summary

Firstborn? Only child? Middle child? Baby of the family? Find out what it means to you, your relationships, and your career. Do you realize that of the first 23 astronauts in space, 21 were firstborns and the other two were the only child in their family? Are you aware that many successful entrepreneurs are middle children? Is it any surprise that most comedians are the youngest child in their family? It's all about birth order. Birth order powerfully influences who you are, whom you marry, the job you choose, and the kind of parent you are. And Dr. Kevin Leman's The Birth Order Book will help you understand yourself, get along better with others, overcome ingrained tendencies you never thought you could get rid of, and be more successful in the workplace. This revised and updated audio edition of Dr. Leman's classic book includes more than 30 years of experience and research, current examples, and fascinating stories to show how birth order impacts your life. Thousands of people have unlocked the secrets of birth order already. Shouldn't you be one of them?

©2009 Kevin Leman (P)2009 Oasis

Narrator: Wayne Shepherd
Author: Kevin Leman
Length: 9 hrs and 22 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for A Macat Analysis of Edward Said's Orientalism

A Macat Analysis of Edward Said's Orientalism

Summary

A Macat analysis of Edward Said's Orientalism New York: Vintage Books, 1979 Western thinking about the Middle and Far East has been distorted by stereotype and inaccuracy. This argument lies at the center of Palestinian-American literary theorist Edward Said's groundbreaking book, Orientalism. Originally published in 1978, it cemented Said's reputation as the father of postcolonial studies. Drawing on a wide range of sources, Said offered a new conceptual framework, as well as new language with which the (formerly) colonized could respond to colonial power and contest the way they were subjugated and represented. Orientalism opposes dominant ways of understanding the world, and calls directly for the West to account for its actions and assumptions. Orientalism has had a profound impact, prompting both academics and politicians to reexamine their beliefs about everything from global power dynamics and the legacies of colonialism, to Western political, economic, and cultural dominance. People working in disciplines ranging from art history to sociology have since expanded on Said's original arguments to address such issues as class, gender, and race. You can find out more about how Said's ideas have been challenged and applied - and how his work has impacted on thinkers in other academic disciplines - by exploring further in the Macat Library. Macat's analyses cover 14 different subjects in the humanities and social sciences. Macat. Learn better. Think smarter. Aim higher.

©2016 Macat Inc (P)2016 Macat Inc

Narrator: Macat.com
Author: Riley Quinn
Length: 2 hrs and 3 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for It's Attachment

It's Attachment

Summary

How do we make sense of our relationships - successes and failures, preferences and challenges, past and present? And after we make sense of them all, what do we do to increase the successes that we are striving to attain? Annette Kussin provides us with a guide to navigating this important aspect of our lives. In It’s Attachment! Kussin offers us a comprehensive overview of this dominant theory of human development and relationships in a way that gives us both understanding and practical ideas for constructive changes. She shows us the central features of the main attachment patterns that are present throughout childhood and adulthood as well as clear suggestions for how we might identify what pattern characterizes our own life. From there, her book provides practical insights into how our attachment pattern is central in our choosing a partner and being a parent. It also explores how we might change our pattern toward one that provides the greatest likelihood for developing an autonomous sense of self and satisfying reciprocal relationships.

©2020 Annette Kussin and Guernica Editions Inc. (P)2021 Guernica Editions

Narrator: Annette Kussin
Length: 6 hrs and 11 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Nudge

Nudge

Summary

Devenez l'architecte de choix avec le best-seller #1 du New York Times ! Chaque jour nous faisons des choix - sur ce qu'il faut acheter ou manger, sur des investissements financiers ou sur la santé et l'éducation de nos enfants. Malheureusement, il nous arrive de prendre de mauvaises décisions. Vous avez une merveilleuse opportunité de découvrir comment nous faisons ces choix et comment nous pouvons en faire de meilleurs à l'aide du livre audio Nudge : la méthode douce pour inspirer la bonne décision de Richard Thaler et Cass Sunstein. Les auteurs montrent la complexité de la vie moderne dans laquelle il existe beaucoup de facteurs qui affectent les choix de gens. Réfléchissez-y un instant : à quel point les campagnes publicitaires, coups marketings nous incitent à prendre telle ou telle décision ? Même quand nous nous préparons à faire de bons choix, les marchés trouvent le moyen de nous influencer. Néanmoins, lauréat du prix Nobel d'économie Richard H. Thaler et professeur Cass R. Sunstein présentent une "architecture de choix" réfléchie pour nous aider à éviter les fautes et choisir par nous-mêmes. Après avoir écouté ce livre audio, vous comprendrez : comment choisir les options les plus bénéfiques ; comment les influences sociales fonctionnent ; comment structurer les choix complexes ; comment améliorer votre qualité de vie ; Et beaucoup d'autres choses ! Ce livre audio est incontournable pour tous ceux qui veulent faire le bon choix, celui qui satisfera vos besoins spécifiques. Lorsque vous achetez ce titre, le fichier PDF qui l'accompagne sera disponible dans votre confirmation d'achat envoyée par mail ainsi que dans votre bibliothèque, depuis votre ordinateur.

©2008 / 2009 / 2010 Titre original: "Nudge: Improving Decisions about Health, Wealth, and Happiness". Richard H. Thaler, Cass R. Sunstein / Editions Vuibert. Traduit par Marie-France Pavillet (P)2020 ABP Éditions

Length: 9 hrs and 34 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Accompany Them with Singing

Accompany Them with Singing

Summary

Thomas G. Long, one of America's most trusted and thoughtful pulpit voices, provides a much needed theological and cultural critique of today's Christian funeral. Long begins by describing how the Christian funeral developed historically, theologically, and liturgically and then discusses recent cultural trends in funeral practices, including the rise in number of cremations and memorial services. He describes the basic pattern for a funeral service, details options in funeral planning, identifies characteristics of a "good funeral", and provides thoughtful guidance for preaching at a funeral. But Long also notes a disturbing trend toward funeral services that seem theologically right and pastorally caring but actually depart from the primary aims of the Christian funeral. Long argues that the proper Christian funeral should be constructed around the metaphor of the deceased as a saint traveling on a baptismal journey toward God, accompanied by the community of faith on "the last mile of the way". He cautions that the cultural conditions for maintaining this view are under stress and a new, less theological and less satisfying metaphor that focuses on the mourner has begun to erode the Christian view.

©2009 Thomas G. Long (P)2021 Tantor

Narrator: Jim Denison
Length: 9 hrs and 21 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Complete Idiot's Guide to Life After Death

The Complete Idiot's Guide to Life After Death

Summary

A belief in the afterlife is common to almost every faith and culture around the world. Even people who don't consider themselves spiritual share a fascination in life after death. In this powerful guide narrated by Candida Gubbins, author and intuitive Diane Ahlquist shares her own knowledge of the subject, as well as the views of such religious and spiritual leaders as Edgar Cayce and the Dalai Lama.  © 2007 Diane Ahlquist © 2020 DK Audio 

©2007 Diane Ahlquist (P)2020 Alpha

Narrator: Candida Gubbins
Length: 9 hrs and 39 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Illness as Metaphor and AIDS and Its Metaphors

Illness as Metaphor and AIDS and Its Metaphors

3 ratings

Summary

In 1978 Susan Sontag wrote Illness as Metaphor, a classic work described by Newsweek as “one of the most liberating books of its time”. A cancer patient herself when she was writing the book, Sontag shows how the metaphors and myths surrounding certain illnesses, especially cancer, add greatly to the suffering of patients and often inhibit them from seeking proper treatment. By demystifying the fantasies surrounding cancer, Sontag shows cancer for what it is - just a disease. Cancer, she argues, is not a curse, not a punishment, certainly not an embarrassment, and it is highly curable, if good treatment is followed. Almost a decade later, with the outbreak of a new, stigmatized disease replete with mystifications and punitive metaphors, Sontag wrote a sequel to Illness as Metaphor, extending the argument of the earlier book to the AIDS pandemic.These two essays now published together, Illness as Metaphor and AIDS and Its Metaphors, have been translated into many languages and continue to have an enormous influence on the thinking of medical professionals and, above all, on the lives of many thousands of patients and caregivers.

©2013 Susan Sontag (P)2018 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Narrator: Tavia Gilbert
Author: Susan Sontag
Length: 4 hrs and 37 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Confessions of a Funeral Director

Confessions of a Funeral Director

11 ratings

Summary

A sixth-generation funeral director and writer of the popular "must read" (Time magazine) blog Confessions of a Funeral Director reflects on mortality and the powerful lessons death holds for every one of us in this compassionate and thoughtful spiritual memoir that combines the humor and insight of Smoke Gets in Your Eyes with the poignancy and brevity of When Breath Becomes Air. Death. It happens to everyone, yet most of us don't want to talk about this final chapter of existence. Sixth-generation funeral director Caleb Wilde intimately understands this reticence and fear. The son of an undertaker, he hesitated to embrace the legacy of running his family's business. Yet he discovered that caring for the deceased and their loved ones profoundly changed his faith and his perspective on death - and life itself. "Yes, death can be bad. Yes, death can be negative," he acknowledges, "but it can also be beautiful. And that alternate narrative needs to be discussed". In Confessions of a Funeral Director, he talks about his experiences and pushes back against the death-negative ethos of our culture, opening a thoughtful, poignant conversation to help us see the end of life in a positive and liberating way. In the wry, compassionate, and honest voice that has charmed his growing legions of blog readers, Wilde offers an intimate look inside his business, offering information on unspoken practices around death such as the embalming process, beautiful and memorable stories about families in the wake of death, and, most importantly, a fresh and wise perspective on how embracing death can allow us to embrace life. Confessions of a Funeral Director is the story of one man learning how death illuminates and deepens the meaning of existence - insights that can help us all pursue and cherish full, rich lives.

©2017 Caleb Wilde (P)2017 HarperCollins Publishers

Author: Caleb Wilde
Length: 4 hrs and 17 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Salt Sugar Fat

Salt Sugar Fat

44 ratings

Summary

NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The Atlantic • The Huffington Post • Men’s Journal • MSN (U.K.) • Kirkus Reviews • Publishers Weekly  NUMBER ONE NEW YORK TIMES BEST SELLER • WINNER OF THE JAMES BEARD FOUNDATION AWARD FOR WRITING AND LITERATURE  From a Pulitzer Prize-winning investigative reporter at The New York Times comes the explosive story of the rise of the processed food industry and its link to the emerging obesity epidemic. Michael Moss reveals how companies use salt, sugar, and fat to addict us and, more important, how we can fight back.  In the spring of 1999, the heads of the world’s largest processed food companies gathered at Pillsbury headquarters in Minneapolis for a secret meeting. On the agenda: the emerging epidemic of obesity, and what to do about it.  Increasingly, the salt-, sugar-, and fat-laden foods these companies produced were being linked to obesity, and a concerned Kraft executive took the stage to issue a warning: There would be a day of reckoning unless changes were made. When he was done, the most powerful person in the room - the CEO of General Mills - stood up to speak, clearly annoyed. And by the time he sat down, the meeting was over.  In Salt Sugar Fat, Pulitzer Prize-winning investigative reporter Michael Moss shows how we got here. Featuring examples from some of the most recognizable (and profitable) companies and brands of the last half century - including Kraft, Coca-Cola, Lunchables, Kellogg, Nestlé, Oreos, Cargill, Capri Sun, and many more - Moss’ explosive, empowering narrative is grounded in meticulous, often eye-opening research.  Includes a bonus PDF with endnotes from the book   PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2013 Michael Moss (P)2013 Random House Audio

Narrator: Scott Brick
Author: Michael Moss
Length: 14 hrs and 34 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Stepmonster

Stepmonster

6 ratings

Summary

What makes stepmothering so hard? And why are we, as people and a culture, so hard on stepmothers? How can we make it easier? Stepmonster is a truly unique and groundbreaking book for women with stepchildren, men with kids who repartner, adult stepchildren, and anyone who cares about them. It is a comprehensive, cross-cultural, research-based reconsideration of stepfamily dynamics - from the perspective of the stepmother. How does she think, act, and feel, and why? Part no-holds-barred memoir of stepmothering in the trenches, part analysis of why stepmothering is tough and steps women with stepkids can take to thrive, Stepmonster has been hailed as "the thinking woman's guide to stepmothering" and "life altering", igniting conversations, controversy, and changes in how we perceive and experience stepmothering.

©2009 Wednesday Martin (P)2015 Tantor

Narrator: Cris Dukehart
Length: 11 hrs and 3 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Obsessive Compulsive Disorder

Obsessive Compulsive Disorder

1 rating

Summary

Learn what Obsessive Compulsive Disorder is and how to treat it. Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) can be a tough disorder to deal with, but if we learn to understand what it means, what the symptoms are, and what its main causes are, we will be better able to handle the effects of it. Moreover, symptoms can be treated and people who have it can heal. In this book, I will give you some valuable insights as to how. You will learn: The most common symptoms of Obsessive Compulsive Disorder The explanation and definition of OCD Biological, psychological, and environmental causes More about treatments, medicine, and solutions Brain science and neurological background of the disorder Ways to handle people who show symptoms of OCD, whether they are children or adults And much more! So don't wait; download today!

©2017 Albert Rogers (P)2017 Albert Rogers

Narrator: Leigh Ashman
Length: 41 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Walk Out Walk On

Walk Out Walk On

2 ratings

Summary

"No One Is Coming to Help. Now What?" In this era of increasingly complex problems and shrinking resources, can we find meaningful and enduring solutions to the challenges we face today as individuals, communities, and nations? Walk Out Walk On, we invite you on a learning journey to seven communities around the world to meet people who have walked out of limiting beliefs and assumptions and walked on to create healthy and resilient communities. These Walk Outs who Walk On use their ingenuity and caring to figure out how to work with what they have to create what they need. From Mexico to India, from Columbus, Ohio to Johannesburg, South Africa, we discover that all communities have the intelligence and inventiveness to solve their seemingly insolvable problems. "We discovered a gift inside ourselves," one Brazilian said, "something that was already there."

©2011 Margaret Wheatley and Deborah Frieze (P)2014 Margaret Wheatley and Deborah Frieze

Available on Audible
Cover art for Stroll

Stroll

Summary

Stroll celebrates Toronto's details at the speed of walking and, in so doing, helps us to better get to know its many neighbourhoods, taking us from well-known spots like the CN Tower and Pearson Airport to the overlooked corners of Scarborough and all the way to the end of the Leslie Street Spit in Lake Ontario.

©2010 Shawn Micallef (P)2013 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Vikas Adam
Length: 9 hrs and 46 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Smoke Gets in Your Eyes

Smoke Gets in Your Eyes

240 ratings

Summary

Most people want to avoid thinking about death, but Caitlin Doughty - a 20-something with a degree in medieval history and a flair for the macabre - took a job at a crematory, turning morbid curiosity into her life’s work. With an original voice that combines fearless curiosity and mordant wit, Caitlin tells an unusual coming-of-age story full of bizarre encounters, gallows humor, and vivid characters (both living and very dead). Describing how she swept ashes from the machines (and sometimes onto her clothes), and cared for bodies of all shapes and sizes, Caitlin becomes an intrepid explorer in the world of the deceased. Her eye-opening memoir shows how our fear of dying warps our culture and society, and she calls for better ways of dealing with death (and our dead). In the spirit of her popular Web series, "Ask a Mortician", Caitlin’s engaging narrative style makes this otherwise scary topic both approachable and profound. Caitlin Doughty, the host and creator of the "Ask a Mortician" Web series and the collective Order of the Good Death, is on a mission to change the way we think about death.

©2014 Caitlin Doughty (P)2014 Recorded Books

Narrator: Caitlin Doughty
Length: 7 hrs and 44 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for A Long Way from Home

A Long Way from Home

21 ratings

Summary

The true story of two-year-old Anna, abandoned by her natural parents, left alone in a neglected orphanage. Elaine and Ian had travelled halfway round the world to adopt little Anna. She couldn't have been more wanted, loved and cherished. So why was she now in foster care and living with me? It didn't make sense. Until I learned what had happened... Dressed only in nappies and ragged T-shirts, the children were incarcerated in their cots. Their large eyes stared out blankly from emaciated faces. Some were obviously disabled, others not, but all were badly undernourished. Flies circled around the broken ceiling fans and buzzed against the grids covering the windows. The only toys were a few balls and a handful of building bricks, but no child played with them. The silence was deafening and unnatural. Not one of the 30 or so infants cried, let alone spoke.

©2018 Cathy Glass (P)2018 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Denica Fairman
Author: Cathy Glass
Length: 8 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Out of Our Minds

Out of Our Minds

2 ratings

Summary

There is a paradox. As children, most of us think we are highly creative; as adults many of us think we are not. What changes as children grow up? Organizations across the globe are competing in a world that is changing faster than ever. They say they need people who can think creatively, who are flexible and quick to adapt. Too often they can't find them. Why not? In this provocative and inspiring book, Ken Robinson addresses three vital questions: Why is it essential to promote creativity? Business leaders, politicians and educators emphasize the vital importance of promoting creativity and innovation. Why does this matter so much? What is the problem? Why do so many people think they're not creative? Young children are buzzing with ideas. What happens as we grow up and go through school to make us think we are not creative? What can be done about it? What is creativity? What can companies, schools and organizations do to develop creativity and innovation in a deliberate and systematic way? In this extensively revised and updated version of his best-selling classic, Ken Robinson offers a groundbreaking approach to understanding creativity in education and in business. He argues that people and organizations everywhere are dealing with problems that originate in schools and universities and that many people leave education with no idea at all of their real creative abilities. Out of Our Minds is a passionate and powerful call for radically different approaches to leadership, teaching and professional development to help us all to meet the extraordinary challenges of living and working in the 21st century.

©2011 Ken Robinson (P)2011 Tantor

Narrator: John Lee
Author: Ken Robinson
Length: 10 hrs and 3 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for On the Marsh

On the Marsh

Summary

How the rewilding of eight acres of Norfolk marshland inspired a family and brought nature even closer to home.  When writer Simon Barnes heard a Cetti's warbler sing out as he turned up to look at a house for sale, he knew immediately that he had found his new home. The fact that his garden backed onto an area of marshy land only increased the possibilities, but there was always the fear that it might end up in the wrong hands and be lost to development or intensive farming. His wife saw through the delicate negotiations for the purchase. Once they'd bought it, they began to manage it as a conservation area, working with the Wildlife Trust to ensure it became as appealing as possible to all species. For their son Eddie, who has Down syndrome, it became a place of calm and inspiration.  In On The Marsh, we see how nature can always bring surprises and share in the triumphs as new animals - Chinese water deer, otters and hedgehogs - arrive, and watch as the number of species of bird tops 100 and keeps on growing. As the seasons go by, there are moments of triumph when not one but two marsh harrier families use the marsh as a hunting ground but also disappointments as chemical run-off from neighbouring farmland creates a nettles monoculture in newly turned earth.  For anyone who enjoyed books such as Meadowland or the writing of Stephen Moss, Roger Deakin or Adam Nicolson, this is a vivid and beautifully told account of the wonders that can sometimes be found on our doorsteps and how nature can transform us all.

©2019 Simon Barnes (P)2019 Simon & Schuster UK

Narrator: Simon Barnes
Author: Simon Barnes
Length: 10 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for In Patagonia

In Patagonia

3 ratings

Summary

Brought to you by Penguin.

Beautifully written and full of wonderful descriptions and intriguing tales, In Patagonia is an account of Bruce Chatwin's travels to a remote country in search of a strange beast and his encounters with the people whose fascinating stories delay him on the road. 

©1977 Bruce Chatwin (P)2019 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Hugh Fraser
Length: 8 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The World in Six Songs

The World in Six Songs

1 rating

Summary

The author of the New York Times best seller and Los Angeles Times Book Award Finalist This Is Your Brain on Music tunes us in to six evolutionary musical forms that brought about the evolution of human culture.  An unprecedented blend of science and art, Daniel Levitin's debut, This Is Your Brain on Music, delighted readers and listeners with an exuberant guide to the neural impulses behind those songs that make our heart swell. Now he showcases his daring theory of "six songs", illuminating how the brain evolved to play and listen to music in six fundamental forms - for knowledge, friendship, religion, joy, comfort, and love. Preserving the emotional history of our lives and of our species, from its very beginning music was also allied to dance, as the structure of the brain confirms; developing this neurological observation, Levitin shows how music and dance enabled the social bonding and friendship necessary for human culture and society to evolve. Blending cutting-edge scientific findings with his own sometimes hilarious experiences as a musician and music-industry professional, Levitin's sweeping study also incorporates wisdom gleaned from interviews with icons ranging from Sting and Paul Simon to Joni Mitchell and David Byrne, along with classical musicians and conductors, historians, anthropologists, and evolutionary biologists. The result is a brilliant revelation of the prehistoric yet elegant systems at play when we sing and dance at a wedding or cheer at a concert-or tune out quietly with an iPod.

©2008 Daniel Levitin (P)2008 Penguin Audiobooks

Narrator: Daniel Levitin
Length: 6 hrs and 13 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Mortality

Mortality

17 ratings

Summary

On June 8, 2010, while on a book tour for his best-selling memoir, Hitch-22, Christopher Hitchens was stricken in his New York hotel room with excruciating pain in his chest and thorax. As he would later write in the first of a series of award-winning columns for Vanity Fair, he suddenly found himself being deported "from the country of the well across the stark frontier that marks off the land of malady." Over the next 18 months, until his death in Houston on December 15, 2011, he wrote constantly and brilliantly on politics and culture, astonishing readers with his capacity for superior work even in extremis. Throughout the course of his ordeal battling esophageal cancer, Hitchens adamantly and bravely refused the solace of religion, preferring to confront death with both eyes open. In this riveting account of his affliction, Hitchens poignantly describes the torments of illness, discusses its taboos, and explores how disease transforms experience and changes our relationship to the world around us. By turns personal and philosophical, Hitchens embraces the full panoply of human emotions as cancer invades his body and compels him to grapple with the enigma of death. Mortality is the exemplary story of one man's refusal to cower in the face of the unknown, as well as a searching look at the human predicament. Crisp and vivid, veined throughout with penetrating intelligence, Hitchens's testament is a courageous and lucid work of literature, an affirmation of the dignity and worth of man.

©2012 Christopher Hitchens (P)2012 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Simon Prebble
Length: 2 hrs and 11 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Now I Know More

Now I Know More

Summary

Dan Lewis, creator of the Webby Award-winning Now I Know newsletter, is back with 101 unbelievable-but-true stories to blow your mind. Get ready to find out the real deal behind a new collection of fascinating facts. From pink camouflaged fighter planes to secret Harry Potter characters, Now I Know More covers everything from history and science to sports and pop culture. You'll learn about made-up towns that made their way onto real maps, the time three MLB teams squared off in a single game, and 99 more curious cases of remarkable trivia. And it's all true. With this audiobook, you really will know more!

©2014 Dan Lewis (P)2014 Audible Inc.

Author: Dan Lewis
Length: 7 hrs and 17 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Dumbing Us Down

Dumbing Us Down

22 ratings

Summary

Thirty years in New York City's public schools led John Gatto to the sad conclusion that compulsory schooling does little but teach young people to follow orders like cogs in an industrial machine. With over 100,000 copies in print since its original publication in 2002, this book is collection of essays and speeches and contains a description of the wide-spread impact of the book and Gatto's "guerrilla teaching". About the author: John Gatto was a teacher in New York City's public schools for over 30 years and is a recipient of the New York State Teacher of the Year award. A much sought after speaker on education throughout North America, his other books include Weapons of Mass Instruction: A Schoolteacher’s Journey through the Dark World of Compulsory Schooling, A Different Kind of Teacher, and The Underground History of American Education.

©2002 John Taylor Gatto (P)2012 Post Hypnotic Press, Inc

Length: 3 hrs and 19 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Way We Never Were

The Way We Never Were

Summary

The definitive edition of the classic, myth-shattering history of the American family Leave It to Beaver was not a documentary, a man's home has never been his castle, the "male breadwinner marriage" is the least traditional family in history, and rape and sexual assault were far higher in the 1970s than they are today. In The Way We Never Were, acclaimed historian Stephanie Coontz examines two centuries of the American family, sweeping away misconceptions about the past that cloud current debates about domestic life. The 1950s do not present a workable model of how to conduct our personal lives today, Coontz argues, and neither does any other era from our cultural past. This revised edition includes a new introduction and epilogue, exploring how the clash between growing gender equality and rising economic inequality is reshaping family life, marriage, and male-female relationships in our modern era. More relevant than ever, The Way We Never Were is a potent corrective to dangerous nostalgia for an American tradition that never really existed.

©1992, 2016 Stephanie Coontz (P)2019 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Suzanne Toren
Length: 17 hrs and 49 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Nurses

The Nurses

6 ratings

Summary

Nursing is more than a career; it's a calling and one of the most important, fascinating, and dangerous professions in the world. As the frontline responders battling traumas, illnesses, and aggression from surprising sources, nurses are remarkable. Yet contemporary literature largely neglects them. In The Nurses, New York Times best-selling author and award-winning journalist Alexandra Robbins peers behind the staff-only door to write a lively, fast-paced story and a riveting work of investigative journalism. Robbins followed real-life nurses in four hospitals and interviewed hundreds of others in a captivating audiobook filled with joy and violence, miracles and heartbreak, dark humor and narrow victories, gripping drama and unsung heroism. Alexandra Robbins creates sympathetic, engaging characters while diving deep into their world of controlled chaos - the hazing ("nurses eat their young"); sex (not exactly like on TV, but it happens more often than you think); painkiller addiction (disproportionately a problem among the best and brightest); and bullying (by doctors, patients, and others). The result is a riveting story possessing all the twists and turns of a brilliantly told narrative - and a shocking, unvarnished examination of our health care system.

©2015 Alexandra Robbins (P)2016 Hachette Audio

Length: 10 hrs and 52 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Ten Lessons to Transform Your Marriage

Ten Lessons to Transform Your Marriage

3 ratings

Summary

In 1994, Dr. John Gottman and his colleagues at the University of Washington made a startling announcement: Through scientific observation and mathematical analysis, they could predict, with more than 90-percent accuracy, whether a marriage would succeed or fail. The only thing they did not yet know was how to turn a failing marriage into a successful one, so Gottman teamed up with his clinical psychologist wife, Dr. Julie Schwartz Gottman, to develop intervention methods. Now the Gottmans, together with the Love Lab research facility, have put these ideas into practice. In Ten Lessons to Transform Your Marriage, the Gottmans share this vital information so that couples can develop the skills to turn their relationship problems around and create strong, lasting unions. What emerged from the Gottmans' collaboration and decades of research is a body of advice that's based on two surprisingly simple truths: Happily married couples behave like good friends; and they handle their conflicts in gentle, positive ways. The authors offer an intimate look at 10 couples who have learned to work through potentially destructive problems, extramarital affairs, workaholism, parenthood adjustments, serious illnesses, lack of intimacy, and examine what they've done to improve communication and get their marriages back on track. Giving an insider's view of the Love Lab, the Gottmans take the listener step-by-step through the couples' conversations, before and after they are counseled. The authors also provide an analysis of the couples' interactions, identifying their core problems and offering suggestions for resolving them. By "listening" to the discussions in this way, you will learn to detect the most common stumbling blocks of a relationship and, most important, how to avoid them.

©2006 John M. Gottman, Ph.D., and Joan DeClaire (P)2006 Random House, Inc. Random House Audio, a division of Random House, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Introducing Sociology

Introducing Sociology

Summary

Introducing Sociology makes the learning of the foundations of sociology fun and easy in a easy-to-listen book. Through this book, you will gain an understanding of the dynamic forces that shape personalities and socialize people into the larger culture within which we live. With a modern take, you’ll not only learn about how traditional institutions such as the family and schools shape society but also come away informed about how mass media, including social media networks like Facebook and YouTube, are socializing our children and providing new means of interpersonal mass communication never seen before. Learn the foundational principles that lie behind sociology including: The history of sociology and key figures in its early development. The key role of the immediate family as the primary agent of socialization. How children are socialized into the larger society. The role played by the secondary family as an agent of civilization. Mass communication and old and new mass media. The growing role of social media networks as agents of socialization. How technology is changing mass media. Youth culture and the importance of peer groups. Schools, education, and society, and the three main sociological theories of education.

©2019 Paul H. Ciccarelli (P)2019 Paul H. Ciccarelli

Narrator: Cliff Weldon
Length: 3 hrs and 9 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Why Is Sex Fun?

Why Is Sex Fun?

6 ratings

Summary

To us humans, the sex lives of many animals seem weird. In fact, by comparison with all the other animals, we are the ones with the weird sex lives. How did that come to be?Just count our bizarre ways. We are the only social species to insist on carrying out sex privately. Stranger yet, we have sex at any time, even when the female can't be fertilized (for example, because she is already pregnant, post-menopausal, or between fertile cycles). A human female doesn't know her precise time of fertility and certainly doesn't advertise it to human males by the striking color changes, smells, and sounds used by other female mammals.  Why do we differ so radically in these and other important aspects of our sexuality from our closest ancestor, the apes? Why does the human female, virtually alone among mammals go through menopause? Why does the human male stand out as one of the few mammals to stay (often or usually) with the female he impregnates, to help raise the children that he sired? Why is the human penis so unnecessarily large?  There is no one better qualified than Jared Diamond - renowned expert in the fields of physiology and evolutionary biology and award-winning author - to explain the evolutionary forces that operated on our ancestors to make us sexually different. With wit and a wealth of fascinating examples, he explains how our sexuality has been as crucial as our large brains and upright posture in our rise to human status.

©1997 Jared Diamond (P)2018 Recorded Books

Narrator: L. J. Ganser
Length: 5 hrs and 17 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Long Weekend

The Long Weekend

1 rating

Summary

As World War I drew to a close, change reverberated through the halls of England's country homes. As the sun set slowly on the British Empire, the shadows lengthened on the lawns of a thousand stately homes. In The Long Weekend, historian Adrian Tinniswood introduces us to the tumultuous, scandalous, and glamorous history of English country houses during the years between world wars. As estate taxes and other challenges forced many of these venerable houses onto the market, new sectors of British and American society were seduced by the dream of owning a home in the English countryside. Drawing on thousands of memoirs, letters, and diaries as well as the eyewitness testimonies of belted earls and bibulous butlers, Tinniswood brings the stately homes of England to life as never before, opening the door to a world by turns opulent and ordinary, noble and vicious, and forever wrapped in myth. Through the glitz of estate parties, the social tensions between old money and new, the hunting parties, illicit trysts, and grand feasts, Tinniswood offers a glimpse behind the veil of these great estates - and reveals a reality much more riveting than the dream.

©2016 Adrian Tinniswood (P)2016 Tantor

Narrator: Steven Crossley
Length: 11 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Why We Get Fat

Why We Get Fat

77 ratings

Summary

An eye-opening, myth-shattering examination of what makes us fat, from acclaimed science writer Gary Taubes.  In his New York Times best seller, Good Calories, Bad Calories, Taubes argued that our diet's overemphasis on certain kinds of carbohydrates - not fats and not simply excess calories - has led directly to the obesity epidemic we face today. The result of thorough research, keen insight, and unassailable common sense, Good Calories, Bad Calories immediately stirred controversy and acclaim among academics, journalists, and writers alike. Michael Pollan heralded it as "a vitally important book, destined to change the way we think about food."  Building upon this critical work in Good Calories, Bad Calories and presenting fresh evidence for his claim, Taubes now revisits the urgent question of what's making us fat - and how we can change - in this exciting new book. Persuasive, straightforward, and practical, Why We Get Fat makes Taubes' crucial argument newly accessible to a wider audience.  Taubes reveals the bad nutritional science of the last century, none more damaging or misguided than the "calories in, calories out" model of why we get fat, and the good science that has been ignored, especially regarding insulin's regulation of our fat tissue. He also answers the most persistent questions: Why are some people thin and others fat? What roles do exercise and genetics play in our weight? What foods should we eat, and what foods should we avoid?  Packed with essential information and concluding with an easy-to-follow diet, Why We Get Fat is an invaluable key in our understanding of an international epidemic and a guide to what each of us can do about it.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2010 Gary Taubes (P)2010 Random House

Author: Gary Taubes
Length: 7 hrs and 58 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Queen Bee Moms and Kingpin Dads

Queen Bee Moms and Kingpin Dads

Summary

What happens to Queen Bees and Wannabes when they grow up? Even the most well-adjusted moms and dads can experience peer pressure and conflicts with other adults that make them act like they're back in seventh grade. In Queen Bee Moms and Kingpin Dads, Rosalind Wiseman gives us the tools to handle difficult situations involving teachers and other parents with grace. Reassuring, funny, and unfailingly honest, Wiseman reveals: Why PTA meetings and Back-to-School nights tap into parents' deepest insecurities How to recognize the archetypal moms and dads, from Caveman Dad to Hovercraft Mom How and when to step in and step out of your child's conflicts with other children, parents, teachers, or coaches How to interpret the code phrases other parents use to avoid (or provoke) confrontation Why too many well-meaning dads sit on the sidelines, and how vital it is that they step up to the plate What to do and say when the playing field becomes an arena for people to bully and dominate other kids and adults How to have respectful yet honest conversations with other parents about sex and drugs when your values are in conflict How the way you handle parties, risky behavior, and academic performance affects your child How unspoken assumptions about race, religion, and other hot-button subjects sabotage parents' ability to work together Wiseman offers practical advice on avoiding the most common parenting "land mines" and useful scripts to help you navigate difficult but necessary conversations. Queen Bee Moms and Kingpin Dads is essential reading for parents today. It offers us the tools to become wiser, more relaxed parents, and the inspiration to speak out, act according to our values, show humility, and set the kind of example that will make a real difference in our children's lives.

©2006 Rosalind Wiseman and Elizabeth Rapoport (P)2006 Books on Tape

Length: 12 hrs and 36 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Capture

Capture

2 ratings

Summary

Why do we think, feel, and act in ways we wish we did not? For decades, New York Times best-selling author Dr. David A. Kessler has studied this question with regard to tobacco, food, and drugs. Over the course of these investigations, he identified one underlying mechanism common to a broad range of human suffering. This phenomenon - capture - is the process by which our attention is hijacked and our brains commandeered by forces outside our control. In Capture, Dr. Kessler considers some of the most profound questions we face as human beings: What are the origins of mental afflictions, from everyday unhappiness to addiction and depression, and how are they connected? Where do healing and transcendence fit in to this realm of emotional experience? Analyzing an array of insights from psychology, medicine, neuroscience, literature, philosophy, and theology, Dr. Kessler deconstructs centuries of thinking, examining the central role of capture in mental illness and questioning traditional labels that have obscured our understanding of it. With a new basis for understanding the phenomenon of capture, he explores the concept through the emotionally resonant stories of both well-known and unknown people caught in its throes. The closer we can come to fully comprehending the nature of capture, Dr. Kessler argues, the better the chance to alleviate its deleterious effects and successfully change our thoughts and behavior. Ultimately, Capture offers insight into how we form thoughts and emotions, manage trauma, and heal. For the first time, we can begin to understand the underpinnings of not only mental illness but also our everyday worries and anxieties. Capture is an intimate and critical exploration of the most enduring human mystery of all: the mind.

©2016 David A. Kessler, MD (P)2016 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Sean Pratt
Length: 9 hrs and 34 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Behavior in Public Places

Behavior in Public Places

1 rating

Summary

Erving Goffman effectively extends his argument in favor of a diagnosis of deviant behavior which takes account of the whole social situation.

©2008 Erving Goffman (P)2020 Blackstone Publishing

Narrator: Richard Powers
Length: 8 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Grieving Mindfully: A Compassionate and Spiritual Guide to Coping with Loss

Grieving Mindfully: A Compassionate and Spiritual Guide to Coping with Loss

2 ratings

Summary

Grief is a personal journey, never the same for any two people and as unique as your life and your relationships. Although loss is an inevitable part of life, how you approach this fact can make the difference between meaningless pain and the manifestation of understanding and wisdom. This audiobook shares a mindful approach to dealing with grief that can help you make that difference. By walking this mindful path, you will discover that you are capable of transforming and healing the grief you carry and finding the spiritual and emotional resilience you need to move through this challenging time. These mindfulness practices, explained here in simple and practical language, will help you bear your time of grief. But they will do more than that, too. They will guide you to a life more fully lived, with more meaning. These simple practices will help you experience what richness comes from asking deeper questions about loss and about life.

©2005 Sameet Kumar (P)2015 Wetware Media

Narrator: Andrew Mulcare
Length: 5 hrs and 12 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Exploring the Joy of Christmas

Exploring the Joy of Christmas

Summary

Miss Kay and Phil Robertson introduce listeners to Duck Commander holiday traditions with this quintessential Christmas Field Guide! Savor a genuine feast of memories, mistletoe and misfires that Miss Kay and Phil have experienced over the years - including that Christmas Eve their house almost burned down. Discover: Redneck stocking stuffer ideas Lyrics to a dozen Christmas carols Miss Kay's Raging Cajun recipes The Robertsons' favorite Christmas movies with discussion questions The scripture text of the Christmas story A week of Christmas family devotions ...and so much more! PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2015 Phil Robertson and Kay Robertson (P)2015 Brilliance Audio, all rights reserved. Scripture taken from the Holy Bible, NEW INTERNATIONAL VERSION®, NIV® © 1973, 1978, 1984, 2011 by Biblica, Inc.® Used by permission. All rights reserved worldwide.

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Peter Kropotkin Collection

The Peter Kropotkin Collection

Summary

Pyotr Alexeyevich Kropotkin (1842-1921) was a Russian activist, writer, revolutionary, scientist, economist, sociologist, historian, essayist, researcher, political scientist and philosopher who advocated anarcho-communism. Kropotkin was a proponent of a decentralised society based on voluntary associations of self-governing communities and worker-run enterprises.  Among his many books, pamphlets, and articles are: An Appeal to the Young (1880) in which he seeks to prompt individuals to enter into resistance struggles, emphasising the power of educated youth to alleviate the suffering of the poor; Law and Authority (1886) in which the idea of laws, lawmakers and lawbreakers are discussed; The Conquest of Bread (1892) in which he proposed a system of economics based on mutual exchanges made in a system of voluntary cooperation; Mutual Aid: A Factor of Evolution (1902) in which he argued that it was an evolutionary emphasis on cooperation instead of competition in the Darwinian sense that made for the success of species, including the human.

Public Domain (P)2020 Museum Audiobooks

Length: 19 hrs and 7 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Art of Memoir

The Art of Memoir

13 ratings

Summary

Credited with sparking the current memoir explosion, Mary Karr's The Liars' Club spent more than a year at the top of the New York Times list. She followed with two other smash best sellers: Cherry and Lit, which were critical hits as well. For 30 years, Karr has also taught the form, winning teaching prizes at Syracuse. (The writing program there produced such acclaimed authors as Cheryl Strayed, Keith Gessen, and Koren Zailckas.) In The Art of Memoir, she synthesizes her expertise as professor and therapy patient, writer and spiritual seeker, recovered alcoholic and "black belt sinner", providing a unique window into the mechanics and art of the form that is as irreverent, insightful, and entertaining as her own work in the genre. Anchored by excerpts from her favorite memoirs and anecdotes from fellow writers' experience, The Art of Memoir lays bare Karr's own process. (Plus all those inside stories about how she dealt with family and friends get told - and the dark spaces in her own skull probed in depth.) As she breaks down the key elements of great literary memoir, she breaks open our concepts of memory and identity, and illuminates the cathartic power of reflecting on the past; anybody with an inner life or complicated history, whether writer or reader, will relate. Joining such classics as Stephen King's On Writing and Anne Lamott's Bird by Bird, The Art of Memoir is an elegant and accessible exploration of one of today's most popular literary forms - a tour de force from an accomplished master pulling back the curtain on her craft. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2015 Mary Karr (P)2015 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Mary Karr
Author: Mary Karr
Length: 7 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for L'ultima Londra

L'ultima Londra

Summary

"Londra era, ma non è più." Una pressione centrifuga l'ha fatta esplodere fino a invadere il Sud dell'Inghilterra, tanto che è quasi impossibile stabilire dove cominci e dove abbia fine. Londra è ovunque, è sfruttata e sfruttatrice, è multiculturale, ha fretta ma non sa dove andare. È un museo per turisti in cui un graffito di Banksy viene ricoperto entro poche ore da un plexiglass protettivo. La abitano cittadini stregati dagli smartphone e ciclisti che non hanno tempo di evitare i pedoni. La sconfitta della sua architettura la trascina lontano da sé, verso Dubai, Singapore o in un diverso, anonimo altrove. Qui, come a Madrid, Vancouver e Guadalajara, c'è sempre la vetrina di un McDonald's, e lì di fronte un uomo che cerca di dormire sotto una coperta. Londra sta per scomparire. La Londra di Iain Sinclair, fantasmagoria di miraggi e reliquie, è il compendio di ogni metropoli, emblematica come la città di fumo e fango raccontata da Dickens. È un avamposto del futuro che assomiglia a una nave da crociera alla deriva: la deriva della Brexit, dei cartelli LEAVE come sintomo di una fuga da sé. "L'ultima Londra" è il regesto letterario di un vagabondaggio tra ospedali notturni, vestigia di tunnel segreti e opulente piscine difese da elicotteri di sorveglianza. Con humour nero e profonda empatia, Sinclair descrive incontri con un'ostinata umanità che bazzica i margini, fatta di santoni e senzatetto, di uomini immobili sulle panchine di un parco come Buddha vegetativi, di artiste che scattano fotografie a gomme da masticare abbandonate sull'asfalto. Scrittore, flâneur e psicogeografo, Iain Sinclair si muove a piedi per la città armato di taccuino, prendendo appunti da una cancellazione. Come un archeologo di fronte alle rovine, indica l'utopia fallita del villaggio olimpico e l'estuario fangoso del Tamigi, una finis terrae presidiata da cani che corrono e cagano sulla sabbia. Il suo è un viaggio sciamanico verso le origini dei luoghi, alla ricerca di una direzione smarrita. "L'ultima Londra" è un romanzo, perché ogni romanzo è l'esperienza di un fallimento. È letteratura, perché affonda negli interstizi tra il presente e il presente che verrà. È un antidoto a un luogo in cui anche chi vive da regolare si sente un migrante clandestino.

©2018 Il Saggiatore S.r.l. Tradotto da Luca Fusari (P)2019 Audible Studios

Narrator: Riccardo Mei
Length: 13 hrs and 28 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Krakatoa

Krakatoa

5 ratings

Summary

The best-selling author of The Professor and the Madman and The Map That Changed the World examines the enduring and world-changing effects of the catastrophic eruption off the coast of Java of the earth's most dangerous volcano - Krakatoa. The legendary annihilation in 1883 of the volcano-island of Krakatoa - the name has since become a byword for a cataclysmic disaster - was followed by an immense tsunami that killed nearly 40,000 people. Beyond the purely physical horrors of an event that has only very recently been properly understood, the eruption changed the world in more ways than could possibly be imagined. Dust swirled round die planet for years, causing temperatures to plummet and sunsets to turn vivid with lurid and unsettling displays of light. The effects of the immense waves were felt as far away as France. Barometers in Bogotá and Washington, DC, went haywire. Bodies were washed up in Zanzibar. The sound of the island's destruction was heard in Australia and India and on islands thousands of miles away. Most significant of all - in view of today's new political climate - the eruption helped to trigger in Java a wave of murderous anti-Western militancy among fundamentalist Muslims: one of the first outbreaks of Islamic-inspired killings anywhere. Simon Winchester's long experience in the world wandering as well as his knowledge of history and geology give us an entirely new perspective on this fascinating and iconic event as he brings it telling back to life.

©2003 Simon Winchester (P)2003 HarperCollinsPublishers, Inc.

Length: 12 hrs and 1 min
Available on Audible
Cover art for Noires sous surveillance

Noires sous surveillance

2 ratings

Summary

La vérité a souvent un goût amer. Nous ne savons comment accepter nos histoires. Faut-il s'en tenir aux faits et dire la vérité ? Cet ouvrage monumental si richement documenté est précieux, il nous tire de l'oubli et du silence. Que savons-nous de l'esclavage au Canada ? Que savons-nous de la répression exercée sur les femmes et les hommes noirs ? Que savons-nous du racisme systémique ? Que savons-nous de la détresse des Autochtones, des sans-papiers, des personnes réfugiées ? Enfin fort peu... Parce que l'État construit et déconstruit les récits à travers les institutions. Les citoyen.ne.s sont ainsi condamné.e.s à reproduire une histoire qui nous échappe.L'édition originale anglaise de Noires sous surveillance. Esclavage, répression et violence d'État au Canada (Policing Black Lives : State Violence in Canada from Slavery to the Present, Fernwood 2017) a été nommée parmi l'un des « cent meilleurs titres de 2017 » par le Hill Times, et est en nomination pour le Atlantic Book Award.

©2018 Éditions Mémoire d'encrier (P)2019 Vues et Voix

Length: 14 hrs and 24 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Trauma Farm

Trauma Farm

2 ratings

Summary

An irreverent and illuminating journey through a day in the life of the affectionately named Trauma Farm, with numerous side trips into the natural history of farming. Beginning naked in darkness, Brian Brett moves from the tending of livestock, poultry, orchards, gardens, machinery, and fields to the social intricacies of rural communities and, finally, to an encounter with a magnificent deer in the silver moonlight of a magical farm field. Brett understands both tall tales and rigorous science as he explores the small mixed farm - meditating on the perfection of the egg and the nature of soil while also offering a scathing critique of agribusiness and the horror of modern slaughterhouses. Whether discussing the uses and misuses of gates, examining the energy of seeds, or bantering with his family, farm hands, and neighbors, he remains aware of the miracles of life, birth, and death that confront the rural world every day. Trauma Farm tells a story that's poetic, passionate, practical, and frequently hilarious, providing an unforgettable portrait of one farm and our separation from the natural world, as well as a commonsense analysis of rural life.

©2011 Brian Brett (P)2013 Post Hypnotic Press Inc.

Author: Brian Brett
Length: 11 hrs and 46 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Red Notice

Red Notice

Summary

Eine wahre Geschichte, packend geschrieben wie ein Thriller Goldgräberstimmung in Moskau nach dem Zerfall der Sowjetunion: Die Oligarchen sichern sich die Pfründe und machen ein Vermögen. Der Amerikaner Bill Browder nutzt die Gunst der Stunde und investiert in aufstrebende Unternehmen. Doch dann kommt er Putin in die Quere: Er wird erpresst, verfolgt, das Leben seiner Familie wird bedroht. In einem Rechtsstaat kann man sich dagegen wehren. Aber nicht in einem Russland, wo Willkür und Tyrannei herrschen. Browders Anwalt Sergej Magnitski wird unter fadenscheinigen Vorwänden inhaftiert, gefoltert und schließlich im Gefängnis erschlagen. Aber Bill Browder gibt nicht auf. Als Menschenrechtsaktivist macht er international Druck auf Putin und seine Hintermänner. Mit Erfolg: In den USA wird auf Browders Initiative hin der Magnitsky Act verabschiedet, ein Gesetz, das die für den Mord Verantwortlichen mit weitreichenden Sanktionen belegt.

©2014 / 2015 / 2015 Hermitage Media Limited / London, Bantam Press (an Imprint of Transworld Publishers) / Alle Rechte der deutschen Ausgabe: Carl Hanser Verlag München. Aus dem Englischen von Hans Freundl und Sigrid Schmid (P)2015 Lindhardt og Ringhof

Narrator: Jürgen Holdorf
Author: Bill Browder
Length: 15 hrs and 42 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Grandstanding

Grandstanding

2 ratings

Summary

We are all guilty of it. We call people terrible names in conversation or online. We vilify those with whom we disagree and make bolder claims than we could defend. We want to be seen as taking the moral high ground not just to make a point, or move a debate forward, but to look a certain way - incensed, or compassionate, or committed to a cause. We exaggerate. In other words, we grandstand.   Nowhere is this more evident than in public discourse today, and especially as it plays out across the internet. To philosophers Justin Tosi and Brandon Warmke, who have written extensively about moral grandstanding, such one-upmanship is not just annoying, but dangerous. As politics gets more and more polarized, people on both sides of the spectrum move further and further apart when they let grandstanding get in the way of engaging one another.   Drawing from work in psychology, economics, and political science, and along with contemporary examples spanning the political spectrum, the authors dive deeply into why and how we grandstand. Using the analytic tools of psychology and moral philosophy, they explain what drives us to behave in this way and what we stand to lose by taking it too far. Most importantly, they show how, by avoiding grandstanding, we can rebuild a public square worth participating in.

©2020 Oxford University Press (P)2020 Tantor

Length: 6 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Socialism

Socialism

3 ratings

Summary

Published in 1922 during those dark and dreary years of socialism’s near-complete triumph, Socialism stunned the socialist world. Mises has given us a profoundly important treatise that assaults socialism in all its guises, a work that discusses every major aspect of socialism and leaves no stone unturned. A few of the numerous topics discussed include the success of socialist ideas; life under socialism: art and literature, science and journalism; economic calculation under socialism; the ideal of equality; and Marx’s theory of monopolies. With this monumental work, Mises laid the foundations for free society. Socialism has influenced scores of influential thinkers, including Friedrich Hayek, Ayn Rand, and Milton Friedman. It is read over and over again today, all over the world, inspiring throngs of new defenders of freedom.

©1981 Margit von Mises (P)2012 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Narrator: Bernard Mayes
Length: 24 hrs and 7 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Mother and Child Project

The Mother and Child Project

Summary

In The Mother and Child Project, Melinda Gates, Kay Warren, Tony Campolo, Christine Caine, and Senator William H. Frist, along with other inspirational leaders, cultural icons, political experts, academics, and service providers, provide a personal yet fact-based narrative exploring the plight of women and children living in extreme poverty in an effort to educate and inspire the church to speak up in support of maternal and child health issues in the developing world. Dozens of influential leaders have heard the pleas of mothers and children in developing countries. Raising their voices to inspire a movement to increase healthy pregnancies and lower death rates, Melinda Gates, Kay Warren, Bill Frist, Kimberly Williams Paisley, Michael W. Smith, and more speak out about why people of faith must get involved in The Mother and Child Project: Raising Our Voices for Health and Hope. Almost 287,000 women die each year because of pregnancy and birth complications. Many orphans are left behind in the wake of this tragedy, and without mothers many of those children die as well. If only enough people knew. We have the resources to prevent this crisis, but we must take action. Fortunately, Hope Through Healing Hands, a nonprofit organization promoting awareness for healthy mothers and children worldwide, is already spreading the word. Not only can we save lives, reduce abortions, and decrease death rates but also we can help build healthier, thriving families and bring stability and sustainability to families, communities, and nations. The question is: Will you join them?

©2015 Zondervan (P)2015 Zondervan

Narrator:
Length: 6 hrs and 39 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Glimmer

Glimmer

Summary

The first book to reveal how thinking like a designer can help solve the greatest challenges we face in business, society, and our daily lives. What can we learn from the ways great designers think-and how can it improve our world? In this highly original book by journalist Warren Berger, in collaboration with celebrated designer Bruce Mau, ten groundbreaking principles of design are shown in action-addressing business, social, and personal challenges and improving the way we think, work, and live.Glimmer takes readers on a journey through today-s fascinating world of design, where the formerly distinct disciplines of graphic, product, and social design are undergoing -smart recombinations. In the cutting-edge studios of Mau and other visionaries, everything is ripe for reinvention-including the ways businesses function, children learn, and communities thrive. While celebrated designers work on re-creating the world, Berger reveals the growing grassroots glimmer movement in which everyday people are emerging as designers and problem solvers. Readers will be fascinated by how transformation design is reinventing companies and addressing thorny social problems. The best designers already know how to transform that glimmer of possibility into the steady glow of creation and innovation-and with the inspiration of Glimmer, we-re now all able to do the same.

©2009 Warren Berger (P)2009 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Ax Norman
Length: 10 hrs and 14 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Heavens on Earth

Heavens on Earth

12 ratings

Summary

In his most ambitious work yet, Shermer sets out to discover what drives humans' belief in life after death, focusing on recent scientific attempts to achieve immortality by radical life extentionists, extropians, transhumanists, cryonicists, and mind uploaders, along with utopians who have attempted to create heaven on earth. For millennia, religions have concocted numerous manifestations of heaven and the afterlife, the place where souls go after the death of the physical body. Religious leaders have toiled to make sense of this place that a surprising 74 percent of Americans believe exists but from which no one has ever returned to report what it is really like. Heavens on Earth concludes with an uplifting paean to purpose and progress and what we can do in the here and now, whether or not there is a hereafter.

©2018 Dr. Michael Shermer (P)2018 Dr. Michael Shermer

Length: 11 hrs and 4 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Weird Scenes Inside the Canyon

Weird Scenes Inside the Canyon

9 ratings

Summary

The very strange but nevertheless true story of the dark underbelly of a 1960s hippie utopia. Laurel Canyon in the 1960s and early 1970s was a magical place where a dizzying array of musical artists congregated to create much of the music that provided the soundtrack to those turbulent times. Members of bands like the Byrds, the Doors, Buffalo Springfield, the Monkees, the Beach Boys, the Turtles, the Eagles, the Flying Burrito Brothers, Frank Zappa and the Mothers of Invention, Steppenwolf, CSN, Three Dog Night, and Love, along with such singer/songwriters as Joni Mitchell, Judy Collins, James Taylor, and Carole King, lived together and jammed together in the bucolic community nestled in the Hollywood Hills. But there was a dark side to that scene as well. Many didn't make it out alive, and many of those deaths remain shrouded in mystery to this day. Far more integrated into the scene than most would like to admit was a guy by the name of Charles Manson, along with his murderous entourage. Also floating about the periphery were various political operatives, up-and-coming politicians, and intelligence personnel - the same sort of people who gave birth to many of the rock stars populating the canyon. And all the canyon's colorful characters - rock stars, hippies, murderers, and politicos - happily coexisted alongside a covert military installation.

©2014 Headpress (P)2017 Headpress

Narrator: Bill Fike
Length: 14 hrs and 2 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Idyll Banter

Idyll Banter

Summary

In March 1986, while living in Brooklyn, Chris Bohjalian and his wife were cab-napped on a Saturday night and taken on a forty-five-minute joy ride in which the driver ignored all traffic lights and stop signs. Around midnight he deposited the young couple on a near-deserted street, where police officers were about to storm a crack house. Bohjalian and his wife were told to hit the ground for their own protection. While lying on the pavement, Bohjalian's wife suggested that perhaps it was time to move to New England. Months later they traded in their co-op in Brooklyn for a century-old Victorian house in Lincoln, Vermont (population 975), and Bohjalian began chronicling life in that town in a wide variety of magazine essays and in his newspaper column, "Idyll Banter." These pieces, written weekly for twelve years and collected here for the first time, serve as a diary of both this writer's life and how America has been transformed in the last decade. Rich with idiosyncratic universals that come with being a parent, a child, and a spouse, Chris Bohjalian's personal observations are a reflection of our own common experience.

©2003 Chris Bohjalian (P)2003 Random House, Inc., Random House Audio, a division of Random House, Inc.

Narrator: Chris Bohjalian
Length: 4 hrs and 32 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Being with Dying

Being with Dying

3 ratings

Summary

The Buddhist approach to death can be of great benefit to people of all backgrounds - as has been demonstrated time and again in Joan Halifax's decades of work with the dying and their caregivers. Inspired by traditional Buddhist teachings, her work is a source of wisdom for all those who are charged with a dying person's care, facing their own death, or wishing to explore and contemplate the transformative power of the dying process. Her teachings affirm that we can open and contact our inner strength, and that we can help others who are suffering to do the same.

©2008 Joan Halifax (P)2014 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Claire Slemmer
Length: 8 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Generation iY

Generation iY

1 rating

Summary

The 5th Anniversary Edition of Generation iY is one book every parent, educator, coach, and youth worker should hear. Over 100,000 adults have benefitted from Tim Elmore's insights in the first edition of this landmark book, which has now been updated and expanded to include new research, stories, practical solutions, and two bonus chapters to help adults connect with today's teens and young adults. It is no longer accurate to refer to Generation Y as one collective demographic. The Millennials born after 1990 are a whole new batch of students. We call them Generation iY because their life is dominated by the iPhone, the iPod, iTunes, etc. They've been identified as the Digital Generation, Mosaics, Techies, Millennials, and Screenagers. They are the talk of Human Resource professionals and newspaper journalists, they are the prize of their parents, and they are the market share every retailer covets. They are the kids born between 1990 and 2002 and are part of the largest generation in our history. The older you are, the more you'll feel like an immigrant among natives with this new generation. They've shifted from our Gutenberg era into their own Google era. Their bias is for action and interaction. We have the privilege of shaping their future.

©2015 Dr. Tim Elmore (P)2015 Dr. Tim Elmore

Narrator: Eddie Maxwell
Author: Tim Elmore
Length: 9 hrs and 28 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Why We Work

Why We Work

3 ratings

Summary

An eye-opening, groundbreaking tour of the purpose of work in our lives, showing how work operates in our culture and how you can find your own path to happiness in the workplace. Why do we work? The question seems so simple. But Professor Barry Schwartz proves that the answer is surprising, complex, and urgent. We've long been taught that the reason we work is primarily for a paycheck. In fact we've shaped much of the infrastructure of our society to accommodate this belief. Then why are so many people dissatisfied with their work, despite healthy compensation? And why do so many people find immense fulfillment and satisfaction through "menial" jobs? Schwartz explores why so many believe that the goal of working should be to earn money, how we arrived to believe that paying workers more leads to better work, and why this has made our society confused and unhappy and has established a dangerously misguided system. Through fascinating studies and compelling anecdotes, this book dispels this myth. Schwartz takes us through hospitals and hair salons, auto plants and boardrooms, showing workers in all walks of life, showcasing the trends and patterns that lead to happiness in the workplace. Ultimately Schwartz proves that the root of what drives us to do good work can rarely be incentivized and that the cause of bad work is often an attempt to do just that. How did we get to this tangled place? How do we change the way we work? With great insight and wisdom, Schwartz shows us how to take our first steps toward understanding and empowering us all to find great work.

©2015 Barry Schwartz. All rights reserved. (P)2015 Simon & Schuster, Inc. All rights reserved.

Narrator: Barry Schwartz
Length: 2 hrs and 48 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for How the West Really Lost God

How the West Really Lost God

Summary

In this magisterial work, leading cultural critic Mary Eberstadt delivers a powerful new theory about the decline of religion in the Western world. The conventional wisdom is that the West first experienced religious decline, followed by the decline of the family. Eberstadt turns this standard account on its head.  Marshalling an impressive array of research, from fascinating historical data on family decline in pre-Revolutionary France to contemporary popular culture both in the United States and Europe, Eberstadt shows that the reverse has also been true: the undermining of the family has further undermined Christianity itself.   Drawing on sociology, history, demography, theology, literature, and many other sources, Eberstadt shows that family decline and religious decline have gone hand in hand in the Western world in a way that has not been understood before - that they are, as she puts it in a striking new image summarizing the book's thesis, "the double helix of society, each dependent on the strength of the other for successful reproduction."

©2013 Mary Eberstadt (P)2020 Tantor

Narrator: Nan McNamara
Length: 7 hrs and 10 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Between Riverside and Crazy

Between Riverside and Crazy

Summary

After his wife’s death, retired cop Walter "Pops" Washington has made a home for his ex-felon son in his sprawling, rent-controlled, Riverside Drive apartment. Will a long-simmering feud with the NYPD cause him to lose his home and the family he’s built there? The play was the winner of the 2015 Pulitzer Prize for Drama. An L.A. Theatre Works full-cast recording starring (in alphabetical order): Elisa Bocanegra as Church Lady; John Cothran as Pops; Seamus Dever as Lieutenant Carrow; James Martinez as Oswaldo; Ana Ortiz as Lulu; Larry Powell as Junior; and Emily Swallow as Detective Audrey O’Connor. Directed by Diane Rodriguez and recorded before an audience at UCLA’s James Bridges Theater in November 2017.

©2014 Stephen Adly Guirgis (P)2018 L.A. Theatre Works

Available on Audible
Cover art for A Macat Analysis of Michel Foucault's Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison

A Macat Analysis of Michel Foucault's Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison

2 ratings

Summary

How do those in power exercise that power over a state's citizens? French thinker Michel Foucault's 1975 work Discipline and Punish looks to answer this question by investigating the prison system. Foucault does not believe that the modern-day system developed out of reformers' humanitarian concerns. He argues that prison both created and then became part of a bigger system of surveillance that extends throughout society. Power is no longer exerted directly through violence. Prisoners who were once executed are now far more likely to be monitored and controlled. And the fear of being constantly watched leads prisoners to self-regulate; to behave in ways those in power approve of. This insidious method has moved way beyond the bounds of the prison walls. It is now a part of many aspects of our lives, inflicted on us in many places. Surveillance - or systematic monitoring - by government institutions produces "docile bodies," which Foucault defines as bodies that can be monitored and psychologically controlled, and that are then trained to self-govern. We have become the sum of what we abstain from doing for fear of being seen, judged, or punished.

©2016 Macat Inc (P)2016 Macat Inc

Narrator: Macat.com
Length: 1 hr and 49 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The History of Mary Prince, a West Indian Slave - Related by Herself

The History of Mary Prince, a West Indian Slave - Related by Herself

2 ratings

Summary

This is the story of Mary Prince, who was sold into slavery at the age of 12 for £38 sterling. It is the first account of the life of a black woman ever to be published in the United Kingdom, and it was published at a time when slavery was still legal in the British Colonies. The history of Mary Prince is firsthand testimony of the brutalities of enslavement. Its tone is direct and authentic, which makes this vivid story go straight to the heart. This book immediateley sparked public controversy and eventually played a crucial role in the abolition campaign. "It was night when I reached my new home. The house was large, and built at the bottom of a very high hill; but I could not see much of it that night. I saw too much of it afterwards. The stones and the timber were the best things in it; they were not so hard as the hearts of the owners."

©Domaine public (P)2016 Compagnie du Savoir

Narrator: Katie Haigh
Author: Mary Prince
Length: 1 hr and 13 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Surviving the Death of a Sibling

Surviving the Death of a Sibling

4 ratings

Summary

When T. J. Wray lost her 43-year-old brother, her grief was deep and enduring and, she soon discovered, not fully acknowledged. Despite the longevity of adult sibling relationships, surviving siblings are often made to feel as if their grief is somehow unwarranted. After all, when an adult sibling dies, he or she often leaves behind parents, a spouse, and even children - all of whom suffer a more socially recognized type of loss. Based on the author's own experiences, as well as those of many others, Surviving the Death of a Sibling helps adults who have lost a brother or sister to realize that they are not alone in their struggle. Just as important, it teaches them to understand the unique stages of their grieving process, offering practical and prescriptive advice for dealing with each stage.

©2003 T. J. Wray; foreword copyright 2003 by Dr. Earl Thompson (P)2016 Tantor

Narrator:
Author: T.J. Wray
Length: 9 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Forbidden Archeology

Forbidden Archeology

6 ratings

Summary

Discover an alternate history to the human race as the authors of Forbidden Archeology challenge one of the most fundamental components of the modern scientific world view. Michael Cremo and Richard Thompson discuss the work of researchers who, over the past 2 centuries, have found bones and artifacts showing that people like ourselves existed on earth millions of years ago. They explain how the scientific establishment has ignored these remarkable facts because they contradict the dominant views of human origins and antiquity.

Copyright 1994 by The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust International Inc.; Recording (P)1997 by Alternative Audio

Narrator: Laura Lee
Length: 2 hrs and 33 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The All-or-Nothing Marriage

The All-or-Nothing Marriage

11 ratings

Summary

"After years of debate and inquiry, the key to a great marriage remained shrouded in mystery. Until now...." (Carol Dweck, author of Mindset: The New Psychology of Success)  Eli J. Finkel's insightful and ground-breaking investigation of marriage clearly shows that the best marriages today are better than the best marriages of earlier eras. Indeed, they are the best marriages the world has ever known. He presents his findings here for the first time in this lucid, inspiring guide to modern marital bliss.  The All-or-Nothing Marriage reverse engineers fulfilling marriages - from the "traditional" to the utterly nontraditional - and shows how any marriage can be better.  The primary functions of marriage from 1620 to 1850 were food, shelter, and protection from violence; from 1850 to 1965, the purpose revolved around love and companionship. But today, a new kind of marraige has emerged, one oriented toward self-discovery, self-esteem, and personal growth. Finkel combines cutting-edge scientific research with practical advice; he considers paths to better communication and responsiveness; he offers guidance on when to recalibrate our expectations; and he even introduces a set of must-try "lovehacks".  This is a book for the newlywed to the empy nester, for those thinking about getting married or remarried, and for anyone looking for illuminating advice that will make a real difference to getting the most out of marriage today.  Includes a PDF of Supplemental Images and Graphics  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2017 Eli J. Finkel (P)2017 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Mark Deakins
Length: 8 hrs and 15 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for A Macat Analysis of Geert Hofstede's Culture's Consequences: Comparing Values, Behaviors, Institutions, and Organizations Across Nations

A Macat Analysis of Geert Hofstede's Culture's Consequences: Comparing Values, Behaviors, Institutions, and Organizations Across Nations

Summary

Anthropologist Geert Hofstede's 1980 work, Culture's Consequences, was the first study to look at cultural differences using data. The Dutchman took advantage of the enormous global span of his employer, the technology company IBM, to gather survey data in 20 languages and across 70 countries, and to produce a unique study of national values. Besides collecting an extraordinary volume of material, Hofstede introduced an innovative framework for analyzing data; identifying patterns he called "dimensions". This allowed him to plot the values of different cultures accurately - a far cry from earlier, highly subjective studies of "national character". But Hofstede went further. He identified dimensions in the cultures of organizations that were not based on values, but rather on practices - practices that those organizations could change to fit the values of the employees. Hofstede's methodology is still enormously relevant today, not just in management and anthropology, but also in all areas where cross-cultural studies intersect with human life.

©2016 Macat Inc (P)2016 Macat Inc

Narrator: Macat.com
Author: Macat.com
Length: 1 hr and 56 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Mistakes Were Made (But Not By Me)

Mistakes Were Made (But Not By Me)

53 ratings

Summary

Why do people dodge responsibility when things fall apart? Why the parade of public figures unable to own up when they screw up? Why the endless marital quarrels over who is right? Why can we see hypocrisy in others but not in ourselves? Are we all liars? Or do we really believe the stories we tell? Backed by years of research and delivered in lively, energetic prose, Mistakes Were Made (But Not by Me) offers a fascinating explanation of self-deception - how it works, the harm it can cause, and how we can overcome it.

©2008 Carol Tavris and Elliot Aronson (P)2010 Audible, Inc.

Length: 9 hrs and 4 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Travels with Epicurus

Travels with Epicurus

Summary

Our society worships at the fountain of youth, but are we missing out on an extraordinary stage in life? Daniel Klein ponders whether it is better to be forever young or to grin toothlessly and live an authentic old age. He journeys to the Greek island of Hydra to discover the secrets of ageing happily. Drawing on the lives of Greek locals as well as philosophers, he uncovers the pleasures that are available only late in life.

©2012 Daniel Klein (P)2015 W F Howes Ltd

Narrator: Jeff Harding
Author: Daniel Klein
Length: 4 hrs and 21 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The King of Highbanks Road

The King of Highbanks Road

Summary

What is a normal life, anyway? Perfect parents, who never argued or made a mistake? Some 2.2 perfectly behaved children who magically morphed into honor students, then doctors and lawyers with no problems, or nary a regret? All this, evolving from the safety of some picket fence inside the boundaries of which never a harsh word was spoken? How far back must you go in your family before hitting grief or hurt? Steve Watkins never knew what to call it, but he knew something about growing up on a small rural farm in the 1980s felt different. Something strange and out of the ordinary. Somewhere along the way, someone called it the "U.S. Farm Crisis", and the label stuck. One psychologist who counseled widow after grieving widow called it a wrecking ball that blindsided rural America. Another academic described it simply as “ungodly hell”. Watkins called it childhood. This book is for: Anyone who ever had a difficult relationship with a parent Anyone who couldn’t get away from home fast enough to start their own life Anyone who ever wondered why they are the way they are Watkins infuses humor with transparency and a delightful tale of rural America as he recounts a quest for self-discovery, purpose, and the surprise reward of learning to love home again.

©2020 Steve Watkins (P)2020 Steve Watkins

Narrator: Steve Watkins
Length: 5 hrs and 28 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Challenging Operations

Challenging Operations

Summary

In 2003, in the face of errors and accidents caused by medical and surgical trainees, the American Council of Graduate Medical Education mandated a reduction in resident work hours to 80 per week. Over the course of two and a half years spent observing residents and staff surgeons trying to implement this new regulation, Katherine C. Kellogg discovered that resistance to it was both strong and successful - in fact, two of the three hospitals she studied failed to make the change.  Challenging Operations takes up the apparent paradox of medical professionals resisting reforms designed to help them and their patients. Through vivid anecdotes, interviews, and incisive observation and analysis, Kellogg reveals the complex ways that institutional reforms spark resistance when they challenge long-standing beliefs, roles, and systems of authority. At a time when numerous policies have been enacted to address the nation's soaring medical costs, uneven access to care, and shortage of primary-care physicians, Challenging Operations sheds new light on the difficulty of implementing reforms and offers concrete recommendations for effectively meeting that challenge.

©2011 The University of Chicago (P)2019 Tantor

Narrator: Hillary Huber
Length: 8 hrs and 19 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Ten Lessons to Transform Your Marriage

Ten Lessons to Transform Your Marriage

3 ratings

Summary

In Ten Lessons to Transform Your Marriage, marital psychologists John and Julie Gottman provide vital tools - scientifically based and empirically verified - that you can use to regain affection and romance lost through years of ineffective communication. In 1994, Dr. John Gottman and his colleagues at the University of Washington made a startling announcement: Through scientific observation and mathematical analysis, they could predict - with more than 90 percent accuracy - whether a marriage would succeed or fail. The only thing they did not yet know was how to turn a failing marriage into a successful one, so Gottman teamed up with his clinical psychologist wife, Dr. Julie Schwartz Gottman, to develop intervention methods. Now the Gottmans, together with the Love Lab research facility, have put these ideas into practice.   What emerged from the Gottmans’ collaboration and decades of research is a body of advice that’s based on two surprisingly simple truths: Happily married couples behave like good friends, and they handle their conflicts in gentle, positive ways.  The authors offer an intimate look at 10 couples who have learned to work through potentially destructive problems - extramarital affairs, workaholism, parenthood adjustments, serious illnesses, lack of intimacy - and examine what they’ve done to improve communication and get their marriages back on track.   Hundreds of thousands have seen their relationships improve thanks to the Gottmans’ work. Whether you want to make a strong relationship more fulfilling or rescue one that’s headed for disaster, Ten Lessons to Transform Your Marriage is essential listening. 

©2006 John M. Gottman, Julie Schwartz Gottman, and Joan DeClaire (P)2006 Books on Tape

Available on Audible
Cover art for Think Like an Architect

Think Like an Architect

6 ratings

Summary

The design of cities and buildings affects the quality of our lives. Making the built environment useful, safe, comfortable, efficient, and as beautiful as possible is a universal quest. We dream about how we might live, work, and play. From these dreams come some 95 percent of all private and public buildings; professional architects design only about five percent of the built environment. While much of what non-architects build is beautiful and useful, the ugliness and inconveniences that blight many urban areas demonstrate that an understanding of good architectural design is vital for creating livable buildings and public spaces. To help promote this understanding among non-architects, as well as among those considering architecture as a profession, award-winning architect and professor Hal Box explains the process of making architecture from concept to completed building, using real-life examples to illustrate the principles involved in designing buildings that enhance the quality of life for those who live with them. Box believes that everyone should be involved in making architecture and has organized this book as a series of letters to friends and students about the process of creating architecture. He describes what architecture should be and do, how to look at and appreciate good buildings, and how to understand the design process, work with an architect, or become an architect. He also provides an overview of architectural history. For those involved in building projects, Box offers practical guidance about what goes into constructing a building, from the first view of the site to the finished building. For students thinking of becoming architects, he describes an architect's typical training and career path. And for the wide public audience interested in architecture and the built environment, Box addresses how architecture relates to the city, where the art of architecture is headed, and why good architecture matters.

©2007 University of Texas Press (P)2016 Redwood Audiobooks

Author: Hal Box
Length: 7 hrs and 6 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Orphaned Adult

The Orphaned Adult

3 ratings

Summary

This "wise and caring book" (Library Journal) is a guide to understanding and coping with grief and all of the disorienting emotions that accompany the death of our parents.  Losing our parents when we ourselves are adults is the natural order of things, a rite of passage into true adulthood. But whether we lose them suddenly or after a prolonged illness, and whether we were close to or estranged from them, this passage proves inevitably more difficult than we thought it would be.  From the recognition of our own mortality and sudden child-like sorrow to a sometimes-subtle change in identity or shift of roles in the surviving family, The Orphaned Adult guides listeners through the storm of change this passage brings and anchors them with its compassionate and reassuring wisdom. 

©2008 Alexander Levy (P)2017 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Jeff Steitzer
Length: 6 hrs and 42 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for I Had a Nice Time and Other Lies...

I Had a Nice Time and Other Lies...

3 ratings

Summary

The New York Times best-selling authors of Nice Is Just a Place in France and creators of the online humor and advice phenomenon Betches.com and Instagram account @Betches explain the brutal truths of how to date like a true betch, with insights from the Head Pro. In the age of Tinder, Hinge, or any other dating app that matches you with randos, the dating game has grown complex and confusing. Cue the Betches. First we helped you win at basically everything, and now we're going to help you win the most important battle a betch can face. Maybe you're a Delusional Dater who needs to get in touch with reality (seriously, he's just not that f***ing into you), or perhaps you're a TGF who needs to stop being so desperate and start playing the game. Or maybe you're just tired of swiping left and ready for the pro of your dreams to put a 15-karat diamond ring on it so you can stop pretending to do work. Either way, we've got you covered. With insight from the Betches' own Head Pro, this book is a must-have Bible for any betch looking for love. So put away the Ben & Jerry's fro-yo (just because it's low fat doesn't mean it's okay to eat the whole tub), and start dating like a winner.

©2016 Jordana Abraham and Aleen Kuperman (P)2016 Simon & Schuster

Narrator: Tavia Gilbert
Author: The Betches
Length: 7 hrs
Available on Audible
Cover art for Connected

Connected

1 rating

Summary

Your colleague's husband's sister can make you fat, even if you don't know her. A happy neighbor has more impact on your happiness than a happy spouse. These startling revelations of how much we truly influence one another are revealed in the studies of Drs. Christakis and Fowler, which have repeatedly made front-page news nationwide. In Connected, the authors explain why emotions are contagious, how health behaviors spread, why the rich get richer, even how we find and choose our partners. Intriguing and entertaining, Connected overturns the notion of the individual and provides a revolutionary paradigm - that social networks influence our ideas, emotions, health, relationships, behavior, politics, and much more. It will change the way we think about every aspect of our lives.

©2009 Nicholas A. Christakis (P)2009 Simon & Schuster

Length: 10 hrs and 32 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Everything I Needed to Know About Being a Girl I Learned from Judy Blume

Everything I Needed to Know About Being a Girl I Learned from Judy Blume

Summary

"I wonder if Judy Blume really knows how many girls' lives she affected. I wonder if she knows that at least one of her books made a grown woman finally feel like she'd been a normal girl all along...." Whether laughing to tears reading Otherwise Known as Sheila the Great or clamoring for more unmistakable "me too!" moments in Are You There God? It's Me, Margaret, girls all over the world have been touched by Judy Blume's poignant coming-of-age stories. Now, in this anthology of essays, 24 notable female authors write straight from the heart about the unforgettable novels that left an indelible mark on their childhoods and still influence them today. After growing up from Tales of a Fourth Grade Nothing into Smart Women, these writers pay tribute, through their reflections and most cherished memories, to one of the most beloved authors of all time.

©2007 Jennifer O'Connell (P)2013 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Short Circuiting Policy

Short Circuiting Policy

Summary

In 1999, Texas passed a landmark clean energy law, beginning a groundswell of new policies that promised to make the US a world leader in renewable energy. As Leah Stokes shows in Short Circuiting Policy, however, that policy did not lead to momentum in Texas, which failed to implement its solar laws or clean up its electricity system. Examining clean energy laws in Texas, Kansas, Arizona, and Ohio over a 30-year time frame, Stokes argues that organized combat between advocate and opponent interest groups is central to explaining why states are not on track to address the climate crisis. She tells the political history of our energy institutions, explaining how fossil fuel companies and electric utilities have promoted climate denial and delay.  Stokes further explains the limits of policy feedback theory, showing the ways that interest groups drive retrenchment through lobbying, public opinion, political parties and the courts. More than a history of renewable energy policy in modern America, Short Circuiting Policy offers a bold new argument about how the policy process works, and why seeming victories can turn into losses when the opposition has enough resources to roll back laws.

©2020 Oxford University Press (P)2020 Kalorama

Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Length: 13 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for A Macat Analysis of Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak's Can the Subaltern Speak?

A Macat Analysis of Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak's Can the Subaltern Speak?

Summary

Can the Subaltern Speak? is a classic of postcolonial studies, the discipline that examines the impact of colonial control on countries that gained their independence from European powers from the 1940s onwards. The essay, written in 1988 by Calcutta-born scholar Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak, argues that a core problem for the poorest and most marginalized in society (the subalterns) is that they have no platform to express their concerns, and no voice to affect policy debates or demand a fairer share of society's goods. The women among them, says Spivak, are doubly oppressed. Spivak first earned her academic reputation thanks to her English translation of French philosopher Jacques Derrida's Of Grammatology. This work, as well as feminism and Marxism, strongly influenced Can the Subaltern Speak? The essay has been widely praised for the insights it brings to postcolonial studies, but has also been criticized as dense and difficult to understand.

©2016 Macat Inc (P)2016 Macat Inc

Narrator: Macat.com
Length: 2 hrs and 11 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Gewaltfreie Kommunikation und Macht

Gewaltfreie Kommunikation und Macht

Summary

Die Macht der Kommunikation: Die Gewaltfreie Kommunikation kennt zwei Konzepte von Macht: "Macht über" und "Macht mit". Worin sie sich unterscheiden, darum geht es in diesem Hörbuch. Die Frage, die sich in diesem Zusammenhang stellt, lautet: Wie ist es möglich, seine Macht zu vergrößern und dabei sowohl im Einklang mit den eigenen Werten und Bedürfnissen als auch mit denen der anderen zu handeln? In einfacher Sprache vermittelt dieses Hörbuch einen sehr komplexen Sachverhalt. Es zeigt uns, wie wir uns theoretisch und auch praktisch eine Form der Macht zu Eigen machen können, um sie mit anderen auszuüben. Dr. Marshall B. Rosenberg ist international bekannt als Konfliktmediator und Gründer des gemeinnützigen Center for Nonviolent Communication in den USA. In den letzten dreißig Jahren hat Dr. Rosenberg die Gewaltfreie Kommunikation in mehr als zwei Dutzend Ländern an Ausbilder, Schüler, Studenten, Eltern, Manager, medizinisches und psychologisches Fachpersonal, Militärs, Friedensaktivisten, Anwälte, Gefangene, Polizisten und Geistliche weitergegeben.

©2018 SAGA Egmont (P)2018 SAGA Egmont

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Unspeakable

The Unspeakable

Summary

It's a report tempered by hard times. In "Matricide", Daum unflinchingly describes a parent's death and the uncomfortable emotions it provokes; and in "Diary of a Coma" she relates her own journey to the twilight of the mind. But Daum also operates in a comic register. With perfect precision, she reveals the absurdities of the marriage-industrial complex, of the New Age dating market, and of the peculiar habits of the young and digital. Elsewhere, she writes searchingly about cultural nostalgia, Joni Mitchell, and the alternating heartbreak and liberation of choosing not to have children.

©2014 Megan Daum (P)2014 Dreamscape Media, LLC

Narrator: Meghan Daum
Author: Meghan Daum
Length: 6 hrs and 48 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Polyamory Breakup Book

The Polyamory Breakup Book

1 rating

Summary

Polyamory is not always easy. With multiple partners often come more complex relationships to navigate. This practical guide looks at the common causes of polyamorous breakups, identifies strategies to avoid ending relationships, and provides you with the toolkit to survive a breakup. Kathy Labriola uses real-life examples and expert insight as a counselor and nurse. From how to handle jealousy to the practicalities of managing money and time with multiple partners, this book includes tips and insights from the polyamory community. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2019 Kathy Labriola (P)2020 Thorntree Press

Narrator: Leanne Yau
Length: 8 hrs
Available on Audible
Cover art for Ninety Percent of Everything

Ninety Percent of Everything

2 ratings

Summary

On ship-tracking websites, the waters are black with dots. Each dot is a ship; each ship is laden with boxes; each box is laden with goods. In postindustrial economies, we no longer produce but buy. We buy, so we must ship. Without all those dots, the world would not work. Freight shipping has been no less revolutionary than the printing press or the Internet, yet it is all but invisible. Away from public scrutiny, shipping revels in suspect practices, dubious operators, and a shady system. Infesting our waters, poisoning our air, and a prime culprit of acoustic pollution, shipping is environmentally indefensible. And then there are the pirates. Rose George, acclaimed chronicler of what we would rather ignore, sails from Rotterdam to Suez to Singapore on ships the length of football fields and the height of Niagara Falls; she patrols the Indian Ocean with an antipiracy task force; she joins seafaring chaplains and investigates the harm that ships inflict on endangered whales. Sharply informative and entertaining, Ninety Percent of Everything reveals the workings and perils of an unseen world that holds the key to our economy, our environment, and our very civilization.

©2013 Rose George (P)2017 Tantor

Narrator: Pearl Hewitt
Author: Rose George
Length: 9 hrs and 33 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Bright-sided

Bright-sided

4 ratings

Summary

Barbara Ehrenreich's Bright-sided is a sharp-witted knockdown of America's love affair with positive thinking and an urgent call for a new commitment to realism.  Americans are a "positive" people - cheerful, optimistic, and upbeat: this is our reputation as well as our self-image. But more than a temperament, being positive, we are told, is the key to success and prosperity. In this utterly original take on the American frame of mind, Barbara Ehrenreich traces the strange career of our sunny outlook from its origins as a marginal 19th-century healing technique to its enshrinement as a dominant, almost mandatory, cultural attitude. Evangelical mega-churches preach the good news that you only have to want something to get it, because God wants to "prosper" you. The medical profession prescribes positive thinking for its presumed health benefits. Academia has made room for new departments of "positive psychology" and the "science of happiness." Nowhere, though, has bright-siding taken firmer root than within the business community, where, as Ehrenreich shows, the refusal even to consider negative outcomes - like mortgage defaults - contributed directly to the current economic crisis. With the mythbusting powers for which she is acclaimed, Ehrenreich exposes the downside of America's penchant for positive thinking: On a personal level, it leads to self-blame and a morbid preoccupation with stamping out "negative" thoughts. On a national level, it's brought us an era of irrational optimism resulting in disaster. This is Ehrenreich at her provocative best - poking holes in conventional wisdom and faux science, and ending with a call for existential clarity and courage.

©2009 Barbara Ehrenreich (P)2009 Macmillan Audio

Narrator: Kate Reading
Length: 7 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Address Book

The Address Book

2 ratings

Summary

An extraordinary debut in the tradition of classic works from authors such as Mark Kurlansky, Mary Roach, and Rose George. An exuberant and insightful work of popular history of how streets got their names, houses their numbers, and what it reveals about class, race, power, and identity. When most people think about street addresses, if they think of them at all, it is in their capacity to ensure that the postman can deliver mail or a traveler won’t get lost. But street addresses were not invented to help you find your way; they were created to find you. In many parts of the world, your address can reveal your race and class.  In this wide-ranging and remarkable book, Deirdre Mask looks at the fate of streets named after Martin Luther King Jr., the way finding means of ancient Romans, and how Nazis haunt the streets of modern Germany. The flipside of having an address is not having one, and we also see what that means for millions of people today, including those who live in the slums of Kolkata and on the streets of London.  Filled with fascinating people and histories, The Address Book illuminates the complex and sometimes hidden stories behind street names and their power to name, to hide, to decide who counts, who doesn’t - and why.

©2020 Deirdre Mask (P)2020 Brilliance Publishing, Inc., all rights reserved.

Narrator: Janina Edwards
Author: Deirdre Mask
Length: 8 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Death Need Not Be Fatal

Death Need Not Be Fatal

2 ratings

Summary

Before he runs out of time, Irish bon vivant Malachy McCourt shares his views on death - sometimes hilarious and often poignant - and on what will or won't happen after his last breath is drawn. During the course of his life, Malachy McCourt practically invented the singles bar and was a pioneer in talk radio, a soap opera star, a best-selling author, a gold smuggler, a political activist, and a candidate for governor of the state of New York. It seems that the only two things he hasn't done are stick his head into a lion's mouth and die. Since he is allergic to cats, he decided to write about the great hereafter and answer the question on most minds: What's so great about it anyhow? In Death Need Not Be Fatal, McCourt also trains a sober eye on the tragedies that have shaped his life: the deaths of his sister and twin brothers; the real story behind Angela's famous ashes; and a poignant account of the death of the man who left his mother, brothers, and him to nearly die in squalor. McCourt writes with deep emotion of the staggering losses of all three of his brothers, Frank, Mike, and Alphie. In his inimitable way, McCourt takes the grim reaper by the lapels and shakes the truth out of him. As he rides the final blocks on his Rascal scooter, he looks, too, at the prospect of his own demise with emotional clarity and insight. In this beautifully rendered memoir, McCourt shows us how to live life to its fullest, how to grow old without acting old, and how to die without regret.

©2017 Malachy McCourt (P)2017 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Malachy McCourt
Length: 8 hrs and 19 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The City Game

The City Game

Summary

Pete Axthelm follows the 1969 - 70 season of the New York Knicks and provides a parallel focus on basketball as it was then played in the black neighborhoods of New York City. Throughout, he writes clearly, intelligently, and passionately about the game, bringing alive the players’ efforts, accomplishments, and failures.

©1970 Pete Axthelm (P)2013 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Brandon Massey
Author: Pete Axthelm
Length: 7 hrs and 59 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Shadows of Forgotten Ancestors

Shadows of Forgotten Ancestors

7 ratings

Summary

World renowned scientist Carl Sagan and acclaimed author Ann Druyan have written a Roots for the human species, a lucid and riveting account of how humans got to be the way we are. It shows with humor and drama that many of our key traits - self-awareness, technology, family ties, submission to authority, hatred for those a little different from ourselves, reason, and ethics - are rooted in the deep past, and illuminated by our kinship with other animals. Astonishing in its scope, brilliant in its insights, and absolutely compelling, Shadows of Forgotten Ancestors is a triumph of popular science.

©1992 Carl Sagan and Ann Druyan (P)2017 Brilliance Audio, all rights reserved.

Length: 15 hrs and 44 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Not for Profit

Not for Profit

4 ratings

Summary

In this short and powerful book, celebrated philosopher Martha Nussbaum makes a passionate case for the importance of the liberal arts at all levels of education. Historically, the humanities have been central to education because they have been seen as essential for creating competent democratic citizens. But recently, Nussbaum argues, thinking about the aims of education has gone disturbingly awry in the United States and abroad. We increasingly treat education as though its primary goal were to teach students to be economically productive rather than to think critically and become knowledgeable and empathetic citizens. This shortsighted focus on profitable skills has eroded our ability to criticize authority, reduced our sympathy with the marginalized and different, and damaged our competence to deal with complex global problems. And the loss of these basic capacities jeopardizes the health of democracies and the hope of a decent world. In response to this dire situation, Nussbaum argues that we must resist efforts to reduce education to a tool of the gross national product. Rather, we must work to reconnect education to the humanities in order to give students the capacity to be true democratic citizens of their countries and the world. Drawing on the stories of troubling - and hopeful - educational developments from around the world, Nussbaum offers a manifesto that should be a rallying cry for anyone who cares about the deepest purposes of education.

©2010 Princeton University Press (P)2016 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Tamara Marston
Length: 5 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Lower Ed

Lower Ed

1 rating

Summary

More than two million students are enrolled in for-profit colleges, from the small family-run operations to the behemoths brandished on billboards, subway ads, and late-night commercials. These schools have been around just as long as their bucolic not-for-profit counterparts, yet shockingly little is known about why they have expanded so rapidly in recent years - during the so-called Wall Street era of for - profit colleges. In Lower Ed, Tressie McMillan Cottom - a bold and rising public scholar, herself once a recruiter at two for-profit colleges - expertly parses the fraught dynamics of this big-money industry to show precisely how it is part and parcel of the growing inequality plaguing the country today. McMillan Cottom discloses the shrewd recruitment and marketing strategies that these schools deploy and explains how, despite the well-documented predatory practices of some and the campus closings of others, ending for-profit colleges won't end the vulnerabilities that made them the fastest growing sector of higher education at the turn of the 21st century. And she doesn't stop there.

©2017 Tressie McMillan Cottom (P)2017 Tantor

Length: 8 hrs and 29 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Stay or Go

Stay or Go

4 ratings

Summary

Committing to a long-term relationship is a big deal - especially if you have doubts. With a focus on common sense over emotion, world-renowned sex and relationship therapist Dr. Ruth Westheimer offers straight-up advice on whether you should stick it out or cut your losses and move on. In Stay or Go, Dr. Ruth divides troubled couplings into three "flavors": Dark Toxic (run!), Rocky Road (rough patch ahead), and Merely Troubled (it's worth the effort). She knows relationships are rarely black and white - there's always the bad with the good - so here she helps you determine where the scales in your relationship are tipping. Delving into everything from communicating to financial stresses, parenting pressures to long-distance relationships, she helps you to understand your romantic expectations - reasonable and unreasonable - what you can do to save a relationship, and how and when you should say goodbye. And it all comes with the wit and wisdom that has made Dr. Ruth the one to turn to for putting your life together once and for all.

©2017 Brilliance Publishing, Inc., all rights reserved. (P)2017 Dr. Ruth K. Westheimer and Pierre A. Lehu

Length: 5 hrs and 50 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Becoming Wise

Becoming Wise

7 ratings

Summary

“I’ve come to understand the cumulative dialogue of my work as a kind of cartography of wisdom about our emerging world. This book is a map in words to important territory we all are on now together.”  Over the 13 years that Krista Tippett has hosted her award-winning and nationally beloved radio program and podcast, first under the title Speaking of Faith and now as On Being, the heart of her work has been to shine a light on the most extraordinary voices on the great questions of meaning for our time, people whose insights kindle in us a sense of wonder and courage. Scientists in a variety of fields; theologians from an array of faiths; poets, activists, and many others have all opened themselves up to Tippett's compassionate but searching conversation.  In Becoming Wise, Tippett distills the insights she has gleaned from this luminous conversation in its many dimensions into a coherent narrative journey, over time and from mind to mind, into what it means to be human. The book is a master class in living, individually and collectively, curated by Tippett and accompanied by a delightfully ecumenical dream team of a teaching faculty. Wisdom emerges through the raw materials of the everyday.    The open questions and challenges of our time are intimate and civilizational all at once - definitions of when life begins and when death happens, of the meaning of community and family and identity, of our relationships to technology and through technology. The enduring question of what it means to be human has now become inextricable from the question of who we are to each other, Tippett says. And this book is much more than a call to personal growth. It is a grounded and ultimately hopeful vision of human spiritual evolution. It insists on the possibility of a common life for this century marked by resilience and redemption, with beauty as a core moral value and civility and love as muscular practice. Krista Tippett's great gift, in her work and in Becoming Wise, is to avoid reductive simplifications but still find the golden threads that weave people and ideas together into a shimmering braid.    One powerful common denominator of the lessons imparted to Tippett is the gift of presence, of the exhilaration of engagement with life for its own sake, not as a means to an end. Called enlightenment, called transcendence, often called nothing because it is beyond language, it is a state whose gifts can be described in many ways - nourishing, edifying, redemptive - as can its celebrants: courageous, tender, adventurous, curious. But presence does not mean passivity or acceptance of the status quo. Indeed Tippett's teachers are people whose work meets, and often drives, some of the most powerful forces of change alive in the world today. In the end, perhaps the greatest blessing conveyed by the lessons of spiritual genius Tippett harvests in Becoming Wise is the strength to meet the world where it really is, and then to make it even better.

©2016 Krista Tippett (P)2016 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Krista Tippett
Length: 9 hrs and 54 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Stories of Elders: What the Greatest Generation Knows About Technology That You Don't

Stories of Elders: What the Greatest Generation Knows About Technology That You Don't

Summary

America’s Greatest Generation (born before 1945) witnessed incredible changes in technology and social progress. From simple improvements in entertainment to life-changing medical advances, technology changed the way they live, work, and identify. Sadly, with each passing year, fewer members of the Greatest Generation remain alive to share their wisdom as the last Americans to grow up before the digital revolution.   In 2015, millennial author and cultural anthropologist Veronica Kirin drove 11,000 miles across more than 40 states to interview the last living members of the Greatest Generation. Stories of Elders is the result of her years of work to capture and share their perspective for generations to come.    Stories of Elders preserves the wisdom, thoughts, humor, knowledge, and advice of the people who make up one of America’s finest generations, including the Silent Generation. Their stories include the devastation that came from major events in US history like World War I, the Dust Bowl, the Great Depression, and World War II.    The Greatest Generation (many of whom are now centenarians) saw the routine use of airplanes, cars, microwave ovens, telephones, radios, electricity, and the Internet come to fruition in their lifetimes. Their childhoods were simple, relying on outdoors games and their imagination for fun. How they went to school, pursued their careers, and raised their kids were radically different than the way we live today.   By chronicling more than 8,000 years of life lived during the most transitional time in American history, Stories of Elders offers old-fashioned wisdom and insight for America’s future generations.

©2018 Veronica Kirin (P)2018 Veronica Kirin

Narrator: Veronica Kirin
Length: 9 hrs and 11 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Awakened Family

The Awakened Family

65 ratings

Summary

"Parents...you will be wowed and awed by [Dr. Shefali]." (Oprah Winfrey) New from the New York Times best-selling author of The Conscious Parent comes a radically transformative plan that shows parents how to raise children to be their best, truest selves. What if...? What if I told you that you can put an end to all of your parenting struggles? That you can learn to parent without fear or anxiety? That you can end conflict with your children? That you can create close and connected relationships within your family? Would you accept this invitation to a revolution in parenting? We all have the capacity to raise children who are highly resilient and emotionally connected. However, many of us are unable to because we are blinded by modern misconceptions of parenting and our own inner limitations. In The Awakened Family, I show you how you can cultivate a relationship with your children so they can thrive; moreover, you can be transformed to a state of greater calm, compassion, and wisdom as well. This book will take you on a journey to transcending your fears and illusions around parenting and help you become the parent you always wanted to be: fully present and conscious. It will arm you with practical, hands-on strategies and real-life examples from my experience as a parent and clinical psychologist that show the extraordinary power of being a conscious parent. Everyone in your family is ready to be awakened. Will you take this journey with me? - Shefali

©2016 Shefali Tsabary (P)2016 Penguin Audio

Length: 14 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The One World Schoolhouse

The One World Schoolhouse

8 ratings

Summary

Salman Khan, founder of the Khan Academy, has written what is destined to become one of the most influential books about education in our time. A free, world-class education for anyone, anywhere: This is the goal of the Khan Academy, a passion project that grew from an ex-engineer and hedge funder's online tutoring sessions with his niece, who was struggling with algebra, into a worldwide phenomenon. Today millions of students, parents, and teachers use the Khan Academy's free videos and software, which have expanded to encompass nearly every conceivable subject; and Academy techniques are being employed with exciting results in a growing number of classrooms around the globe. Like many innovators, Khan rethinks existing assumptions and imagines what education could be if freed from them. And his core idea - liberating teachers from lecturing and state-mandated calendars and opening up class time for truly human interaction - has become his life's passion. Schools seek his advice about connecting to students in a digital age, and people of all ages and backgrounds flock to the site to utilize this fresh approach to learning. In The One World Schoolhouse, Khan presents his radical vision for the future of education, as well as his own remarkable story, for the first time. In this audiobook you will discover, among other things: How both students and teachers are being bound by a broken top-down model invented in Prussia two centuries ago; Why technology will make classrooms more human and teachers more important; How and why we can afford to pay educators the same as other professionals; How we can bring creativity and true human interactivity back to learning; and Why we should be very optimistic about the future of learning. Parents and politicians routinely bemoan the state of our education system. Statistics suggest we've fallen behind the rest of the world in literacy, math, and sciences. With a shrewd reading of history, Khan explains how this crisis presented itself, and why a return to "mastery learning", abandoned in the 20th century and ingeniously revived by tools like the Khan Academy, could offer the best opportunity to level the playing field, and to give all of our children a world-class education now. More than just a solution, The One World Schoolhouse serves as a call for free, universal, global education, and an explanation of how Khan's simple yet revolutionary thinking can help achieve this inspiring goal.

©2012 Salman Khan (P)2012 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Salman Khan
Author: Salman Khan
Length: 6 hrs and 24 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Quantum Enigma

Quantum Enigma

5 ratings

Summary

In trying to understand the atom, physicists built quantum mechanics, the most successful theory in science and the basis of one-third of our economy. They found, to their embarrassment, that with their theory, physics encounters consciousness. Authors Bruce Rosenblum and Fred Kuttner explain all this in nontechnical terms, with help from some fanciful stories and anecdotes about the theory's developers. They present the quantum mystery honestly, emphasizing what is and what is not speculation. Quantum Enigma's description of the experimental quantum facts and the quantum theory explaining them is undisputed. Interpreting what it all means, however, is heatedly controversial. But every interpretation of quantum physics involves consciousness. Rosenblum and Kuttner therefore turn to exploring consciousness itself - and encounter quantum mechanics. Free will and anthropic principles become crucial issues, and the connection of consciousness with the cosmos suggested by some leading quantum cosmologists is mind blowing. Listeners are brought to a boundary where the particular expertise of physicists is no longer the only sure guide. They will find instead the facts and hints provided by quantum mechanics and the ability to speculate for themselves. In the few decades since the Bell's theorem experiments established the existence of entanglement (Einstein's spooky action), interest in the foundations and the mysteries of quantum mechanics has accelerated. In recent years, physicists, philosophers, computer engineers, and even biologists have expanded our realization of the significance of quantum phenomena. This second edition includes such advances. The authors have also drawn on many responses from readers and instructors to improve the clarity of the book's explanations. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2011 Bruce Rosenblum and Fred Kuttner (P)2016 Audible, Inc.

Length: 8 hrs and 19 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The New Rules of Marriage

The New Rules of Marriage

6 ratings

Summary

In his extraordinary new audiobook, Terrence Real, distinguished therapist and best-selling author, presents a long overdue message that women need to hear: You aren’t crazy - you’re right! Women have changed in the last 25 years - they have become powerful, independent, self-confident, and happy. Yet many men remain irresponsible and emotionally detached. They don’t know how to respond to frustrated partners who just want their mates to show up and grow up.  Enter the good news: In this revolutionary audiobook, Real offers women a set of effective tools with which they can create the truly intimate relationship that they desire and deserve. He guides you through the process of relationship repair with exercises that you can do alone or with your partner.  We have never wanted so much from our relationships as we do today. More than any other generation, we yearn for our mates to be lifelong friends and lovers. The New Rules of Marriage shows us how to fulfill this courageous and uncompromising new vision. 

©2007 Terrence Real (P)2007 Books on Tape

Narrator: Marc Cashman
Length: 10 hrs and 36 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Healing a Spouse's Grieving Heart

Healing a Spouse's Grieving Heart

Summary

Helping widows and widowers learn how to cope with the grief of losing their helpmate, their lover, and perhaps their financial provider, this guide reveals how to find continued meaning in life when doing so seems difficult.  Bereaved spouses will find advice on when and how to dispose of their mate's belongings, dealing with their children, and redefining their role with friends and family. Suggestions are provided for elderly mourners, young widows and widowers, unmarried lovers, and same-sex partners. The information and comfort offered apply to individuals whose spouse died recently or long ago.

©2013 Alan Wolfelt, PhD (P)2019 HighBridge, a division of Recorded Books

Narrator: John Pruden
Length: 2 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Digging the Past: How and Why to Imagine Seventeenth-Century Agriculture

Digging the Past: How and Why to Imagine Seventeenth-Century Agriculture

Summary

A detailed study of 17th-century farming practices and their relevance for today. We are today grappling with the consequences of disastrous changes in our farming and food systems. While the problems we face have reached a crisis point, their roots are deep. Even in the 17th century, Frances E. Dolan contends, some writers and thinkers voiced their reservations, both moral and environmental, about a philosophy of improvement that rationalized massive changes in land use, farming methods, and food production. Despite these reservations, the 17th century was a watershed in the formation of practices that would lead toward the industrialization of agriculture. But it was also a period of robust and inventive experimentation in what we now think of as alternative agriculture. This book approaches the 17th century, in its failed proposals and successful ventures, as a resource for imagining the future of agriculture in fruitful ways. It invites both specialists and nonspecialists to see and appreciate the period from the ground up. Building on and connecting histories of food and work, literary criticism of the pastoral and georgic, histories of elite and vernacular science, and histories of reading and writing practices, among other areas of inquiry, Digging the Past offers fine-grained case studies of projects heralded as innovations both in the 17th century and in our own time: composting and soil amendment, local food, natural wine, and hedgerows.  The audiobook is published by University Press Audiobooks.

©2020 University of Pennsylvania Press (P)2020 Redwood Audiobooks

Narrator: Nancy Bober
Length: 10 hrs and 8 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Surviving Parental Alienation

Surviving Parental Alienation

3 ratings

Summary

Half of all marriages end, and, when they do, most parents hope to achieve a "good divorce" in which they can amicably raise their children with their former spouse. Unfortunately, about 20% of divorces are high-conflict, involving frequent visits to court, allegations of abuse, and chronic disagreements regarding parenting schedules.  In response to this conflict, some children become aligned with one parent against the other - even a parent who has done nothing to warrant the hostile rejection of their formerly loving children. These "targeted" parents suffer from the loss of time with their children, the pain of watching their children become distant, even cruel, and the uncertainty of not knowing if and when their children will come back to them. These parents are on a painful journey with an uncertain outcome. Surviving Parental Alienation fills the tremendous need for concrete help for these parents.  Too often parental alienation stories that are shared by word of mouth, on the internet, or in books depict unending pain and frightening outcomes. Surviving Parental Alienation provides true stories and information about parents who have reconnected with their lost and stolen children, and offers better insight and understanding into what exactly parental alienation is and how to handle it.

©2014 Amy J. L. Baker (P)2019 Tantor

Narrator: Madeleine Dauer
Length: 6 hrs and 4 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Grandees

The Grandees

Summary

The New World's earliest Jewish immigrants and their unique, little-known history: A New York Times bestseller from the author of Life at the Dakota. In 1654, twenty-three Jewish families arrived in New Amsterdam (now New York) aboard a French privateer. They were the Sephardim, members of a proud orthodox sect that had served as royal advisors and honored professionals under Moorish rule in Spain and Portugal but were then exiled from their homeland by intolerant monarchs. A small, closed, and intensely private community, the Sephardim soon established themselves as businessmen and financiers, earning great wealth. They became powerful forces in society, with some, like banker Haym Salomon, even providing financial support to George Washington's army during the American Revolution.  Yet despite its major role in the birth and growth of America, this extraordinary group has remained virtually impenetrable and unknowable to outsiders. From author of "Our Crowd", Stephen Birmingham, The Grandees delves into the lives of the Sephardim and their historic accomplishments, illuminating the insulated world of these early Americans. Birmingham reveals how these families, with descendants including poet Emma Lazarus, Barnard College founder Annie Nathan Meyer, and Supreme Court Justice Benjamin N. Cardozo, influenced - and continue to influence - American society.

©1971 by Stephen Birmingham. (P)2019 Brilliance Publishing, Inc., all rights reserved.

Narrator: Mel Foster
Length: 13 hrs and 43 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Icons of England

Icons of England

1 rating

Summary

Brought to you by Penguin This celebration of the English countryside does not only focus on the rolling green landscapes and magnificent monuments that set England apart from the rest of the world. Many of the contributors bring their own special touch, presenting a refreshingly eclectic variety of personal icons, from pub signs to seaside piers, from cattle grids to canal boats, and from village cricket to nimbies.  First published as a lavish colour coffeetable book, this new expanded edition has double the original number of contributions from many celebrities including Bill Bryson, Michael Palin, Eric Clapton, Bryan Ferry, Sebastian Faulks, Kate Adie, Kevin Spacey, Gavin Pretor-Pinney, Richard Mabey , Simon Jenkins, John Sergeant, Benjamin Zephaniah, Joan Bakewell, Antony Beevor, Libby Purves, Jonathan Dimbleby and many more: and a new preface by HRH Prince Charles.

©2011 Bill Bryson (P)2020 Penguin Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for Summary: Factfulness: Ten Reasons We're Wrong About the World and Why Things Are Better Than You Think by Hans Rosling

Summary: Factfulness: Ten Reasons We're Wrong About the World and Why Things Are Better Than You Think by Hans Rosling

4 ratings

Summary

In the book Factfulness: Ten Reasons We're Wrong About the World and Why Things Are Better Than You Think by Hans Rosling manages to achieve the unexpected and completely alter the way in which we view the world. What exactly is "factfulness?" Factfulness is a new thinking habit that will change the way you see the world and empower you to respond to challenges and opportunities of the future. It is the stress-reducing habit of only carrying opinions for which you have strong supporting facts. Like a healthy diet and regular exercise, it can and should become part of people’s daily lives. Start to practice it, and you will make better decisions, stay alert to real dangers and possibilities, and avoid being constantly stressed about the wrong things. Learn how to fight your own personal bias, and get a more realistic perspective on the world around you. Factfulness will make you better understand the world we live in. IMPORTANT NOTE: This is a book summary of Factfulness by Hans Rosling and not the original book. It takes the average person 58.5 minutes to read 10,000 words. For the price of a coffee and a time investment of roughly two percen of your day, I believe the wisdom in this book to be well worth it's value. This book allows you to skip to the nuggets of wisdom and actionable content in a very easily absorbed, accessible way including key takeaways at the end of each chapter. This book summarizes the original in detail, to help people effectively understand, articulate, and imbibe the original work by Rosling. This book is not meant to replace the original book but to serve as a companion to it. Amplify your knowledge in a simple, efficient manner. Take action, get your copy today!

©2018 Rob Farrington (P)2018 Rob Farrington

Narrator: David Margittai
Length: 1 hr and 8 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Transformation

Transformation

Summary

The message that will change the world is only as strong as the transformation that has first taken place within believers. “Glocal” churches create disciples who, transformed by the Holy Spirit, are infiltrating today’s culture on a global and local scale with the undeniable message of a changed life.

©2006 Bob Roberts Jr. (P)2010 Zondervan

Narrator: James Adams
Length: 5 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Ghostland

Ghostland

11 ratings

Summary

One of NPR’s Great Reads of 2016 “A lively assemblage and smart analysis of dozens of haunting stories...absorbing...[and] intellectually intriguing.” (The New York Times Book Review) From the author of The Unidentified, an intellectual feast for fans of offbeat history, Ghostland takes listeners on a road trip through some of the country's most infamously haunted places - and deep into the dark side of our history.  Colin Dickey is on the trail of America's ghosts. Crammed into old houses and hotels, abandoned prisons and empty hospitals, the spirits that linger continue to capture our collective imagination, but why? His own fascination piqued by a house hunt in Los Angeles that revealed derelict foreclosures and "zombie homes", Dickey embarks on a journey across the continental United States to decode and unpack the American history repressed in our most famous haunted places. Some have established reputations as "the most haunted mansion in America" or "the most haunted prison"; others, like the haunted Indian burial grounds in West Virginia, evoke memories from the past our collective nation tries to forget.  With boundless curiosity, Dickey conjures the dead by focusing on questions of the living - how do we, the living, deal with stories about ghosts, and how do we inhabit and move through spaces that have been deemed, for whatever reason, haunted? Paying attention not only to the true facts behind a ghost story, but also to the ways in which changes to those facts are made - and why those changes are made - Dickey paints a version of American history left out of the textbooks, one of things left undone, crimes left unsolved. Spellbinding, scary, and wickedly insightful, Ghostland discovers the past we're most afraid to speak of aloud in the bright light of day is the same past that tends to linger in the ghost stories we whisper in the dark. 

©2016 Colin Dickey (P)2016 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Jon Lindstrom
Author: Colin Dickey
Length: 10 hrs and 48 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Pathologies of Power

Pathologies of Power

1 rating

Summary

Pathologies of Power uses harrowing stories of life - and death - in extreme situations to interrogate our understanding of human rights. Paul Farmer argues that promoting the social and economic rights of the world's poor is the most important human rights struggle of our times. With passionate eyewitness accounts from the prisons of Russia and the beleaguered villages of Haiti and Chiapas, this book links the lived experiences of individual victims to a broader analysis of structural violence. Farmer challenges conventional thinking within human rights circles and exposes the relationships between political and economic injustice, on one hand, and the suffering and illness of the powerless, on the other. Farmer shows that the same social forces that give rise to epidemic diseases such as HIV and tuberculosis also sculpt risk for human rights violations. He illustrates the ways that racism and gender inequality in the United States are embodied as disease and death. Yet this book is far from a hopeless inventory of abuse. Farmer's disturbing examples are linked to a guarded optimism that new medical and social technologies will develop in tandem with a more informed sense of social justice. Otherwise, he concludes, we will be guilty of managing social inequality rather than addressing structural violence.

©2003 The Regents of the University of California (P)2017 Tantor

Narrator: Jack Chekijian
Length: 13 hrs and 12 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Call Me Cockroach

Call Me Cockroach

3 ratings

Summary

Our prisons and mental hospitals are filled with tragic stories like Tuesday Storm's. Her early childhood was riddled with torturous "games" and violent physical attacks. She was isolated from the rest of her family, locked in an attic with nothing but a bare bed and a bucket for a toilet, and fed just enough to be kept alive. The experts say it's next to impossible to find the soul's light in a dark past like Tuesday's. They say she'll never trust again after being betrayed by the people she loved most, or silence the voices inside her head telling her she's worthless and unloved. She's doomed to suffer a lifetime of depression and self-destructive behavior, and destined to be drawn to people who will again abuse her. That's what the experts say. And the thing about experts is - they're usually right. Call Me Cockroach is a chilling illustration of the unfortunate truth that no one comes away from severe childhood trauma unscathed. For those of you familiar with Byrne's debut book, Call Me Tuesday, this memoir is the rest of the story. To everyone else, it's a glimpse into the tormented mind and troubled heart of a woman struggling to overcome the debilitating aftermath of a horrific childhood.

©2013 Leigh Byrne (P)2015 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Allyson Ryan
Author: Leigh Byrne
Length: 8 hrs and 6 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Tipping Point

The Tipping Point

637 ratings

Summary

Featuring a new afterword. Why did crime in New York drop in the mid-90s? Why is teenage smoking out of control? Why are television shows like Sesame Street good at teaching kids how to read? In The Tipping Point, New Yorker writer Malcolm Gladwell looks at why major changes in society happen suddenly and unexpectedly. Just as a single sick person can start an epidemic of the flu, so too can a few fare-beaters and graffiti artists fuel a subway crime wave, or a satisfied customer fill the empty tables of a new restaurant. These are social epidemics, and the moment when they take off, when they reach their critical mass, is the Tipping Point. Gladwell uncovers the personality types who are natural pollinators of new ideas and trends. He analyzes fashion trends, smoking, children's television, direct mail and the early days of the American Revolution for clues about making ideas infectious. The Tipping Point is an intellectual adventure story with an infectious enthusiasm for the power and joy of new ideas. Most of all, it is a road map to change, with a profoundly hopeful message: that one imaginative person applying a well-placed lever can move the world.

©2007 Malcolm Gladwell (P)2007 Hachette Audio

Length: 8 hrs and 34 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for You May Also Like

You May Also Like

Summary

From the best-selling author of Traffic, an enlightening and illuminating look at why we like the things we like, why we hate the things we hate, and what our preferences reveal about us. Why is showing up to work wearing the same outfit as a coworker so embarrassing? Why do we venerate so many artists who were controversial or ignored during their lifetimes? What makes an ideal cat an ideal cat, or an ideal beer an ideal beer, in the eyes of expert judges? From the tangled underpinnings of our food taste to our unsettling insecurity before unfamiliar works of art to the complex dynamics of our playlists and the pop charts, our preferences and opinions are constantly being shaped by countless forces. And in the digital age, a nonstop procession of "thumbs-up" and "likes" and "stars" is helping dictate our choices. Taste has moved online - there are more ways than ever for us, and companies, to see what and how we are consuming. If you've ever wondered how Netflix recommends movies, how to spot a fake Yelp review, or why books often see a sudden decline in Amazon ratings after they win a major prize, Tom Vanderbilt has answers to these questions and many more that you've probably never thought to ask. With a voracious curiosity, Vanderbilt stalks the elusive beast of taste, probing research in psychology, marketing, and neuroscience to answer myriad complex and fascinating questions. Comprehensively researched and singularly insightful, You May Also Like is a joyous intellectual journey that helps us better understand how we perceive, judge, and appreciate the world around us.

©2016 Tom Vanderbilt (P)2016 Random House Audio

Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer
Length: 9 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Grieving Dads: To the Brink and Back

Grieving Dads: To the Brink and Back

1 rating

Summary

Grieving Dads: To the Brink and Back is a collection of candid stories from grieving dads that were interviewed over a two-year period. The audiobook offers insight from fellow members of, in the haunting words of one dad, "this terrible, terrible club," which consists of men who have experienced the death of a child.

This audiobook is a collection of survival stories by men who have survived the worst possible loss and lived to tell the tale. They are real stories that pull no punches and are told with brutal honesty. Men that have shared their deepest and darkest moments. Moments that included thoughts of suicide, self-medication, and homelessness. Some of these men have found their way back from the brink, while others are still standing there, stuck in their pain. The core message of Grieving Dads is "you're not alone." It is a message that desperately needs to be delivered to grieving dads who often grieve in silence due to society's expectations.

Grieving Dads: To the Brink and Back is an audiobook that no grieving dad or anyone who cares for him should be without. As any grieving parent will tell you, there are no words to describe the hell one experiences after the death of a child. Many men have no clue how to deal with or understand the myriad of emotional, mental, and physical responses experienced after the death of a child.

Stories appearing in the audiobook have been carefully selected to represent a cross-section of fathers, as well as a diverse portrayal of loss. This approach helps reflect the full spectrum of grief, from the early days of shock and trauma to the long view after living with loss for many years. Any bereaved father will find brotherhood here and will feel that someone understands them. While there is plenty of raw emotion in this audiobook, the stories are not exercises in self-pity, nor are they studies in grief. They are survival stories instead. Some are testimonies to hope. Some are gut-wrenching accounts of overwhelming despair. But all of them are real-life stories from real-life grieving dads, and they show that even if one reaches his physical and emotional bottom, it is possible (although not easy) to live through that pain and find one’s way to the other side of grief.

Most dads in this audiobook found themselves in a state of physical, mental, and emotional collapse after the death of their child. As if the losses alone weren’t enough to drive these men to the brink, most try to deal with their grief according to the conventional wisdom so many men are brought up with, which perversely, increases their suffering all the more. We all know the party line about how men are "supposed" to deal with loss or even disappointment: toughen up, get back to work, take it like a man, support your wife, don’t talk about your emotions, don’t lose control, and if you must cry - by all means, do so in private.

©2012 Kelly Farley (P)2018 Kelly Farley

Narrator: Scott R. Pollak
Length: 5 hrs
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Mathematics of Love

The Mathematics of Love

28 ratings

Summary

In this must-have for anyone who wants to better understand their love life, a mathematician pulls back the curtain and reveals the hidden patterns—from dating sites to divorce, sex to marriage—behind the rituals of love. . The roller coaster of romance is hard to quantify; defining how lovers might feel from a set of simple equations is impossible. But that doesn’t mean that mathematics isn’t a crucial tool for understanding love. . Love, like most things in life, is full of patterns. And mathematics is ultimately the study of patterns—from predicting the weather to the fluctuations of the stock market, the movement of planets or the growth of cities. These patterns twist and turn and warp and evolve just as the rituals of love do. . In The Mathematics of Love, Dr. Hannah Fry takes the reader on a fascinating journey through the patterns that define our love lives, applying mathematical formulas to the most common yet complex questions pertaining to love: What’s the chance of finding love? What’s the probability that it will last? How do online dating algorithms work, exactly? Can game theory help us decide who to approach in a bar? At what point in your dating life should you settle down? From evaluating the best strategies for online dating to defining the nebulous concept of beauty, Dr. Fry proves—with great insight, wit, and fun—that math is a surprisingly useful tool to negotiate the complicated, often baffling, sometimes infuriating, always interesting, mysteries of love. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2015 Dr. Hannah Fry (P)2015 Simon and Schuster

Narrator: Hannah Fry
Author: Hannah Fry
Length: 2 hrs and 21 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for A Consumers' Republic

A Consumers' Republic

Summary

In this signal work of history, Bancroft Prize winner and Pulitzer Prize finalist Lizabeth Cohen shows how the pursuit of prosperity after World War II fueled our pervasive consumer mentality and transformed American life. Trumpeted as a means to promote the general welfare, mass consumption quickly outgrew its economic objectives and became synonymous with patriotism, social equality, and the American Dream. Material goods came to embody the promise of America, and the power of consumers to purchase everything from vacuum cleaners to convertibles gave rise to the power of citizens to purchase political influence and effect social change. Yet despite undeniable successes and unprecedented affluence, mass consumption also fostered economic inequality and the fracturing of society along gender, class, and racial lines. In charting the complex legacy of our "Consumers' Republic", Lizabeth Cohen has written a bold, encompassing, and profoundly influential book.

©2003 Lizabeth Cohen (P)2018 Tantor

Narrator: Karen White
Length: 21 hrs and 43 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Drop the Ball

Drop the Ball

11 ratings

Summary

A bold and inspiring memoir and manifesto from a renowned voice in the women's leadership movement who shows women how to cultivate the single skill they really need in order to thrive: the ability to let go. Once the poster girl for doing it all, after she had her first child, Tiffany Dufu struggled to accomplish everything she thought she needed to in order to succeed. Like so many driven and talented women who have been brought up to believe that to have it all they must do it all, Dufu began to feel that achieving her career and personal goals was an impossibility. Eventually she discovered the solution: letting go. In Drop the Ball, Dufu recounts how she learned to reevaluate expectations, shrink her to-do list, and meaningfully engage the assistance of others - freeing the space she needed to flourish at work and to develop deeper, more meaningful relationships at home. Even though women are half the workforce, they still represent only 18 percent of the highest level leaders. The reasons are obvious: Just as women reach middle management, they are also starting families. Mounting responsibilities at work and home leave them with no bandwidth to do what will most lead to their success. Offering new perspective on why the women's leadership movement has stalled, and packed with actionable advice, Tiffany Dufu's Drop the Ball urges women to embrace imperfection and to expect less of themselves and more from others - only then can they focus on what they truly care about, devote the necessary energy to achieving their real goals, and create the type of rich, rewarding life we all desire.

©2017 Tiffany Dufu (P)2017 Macmillan Audio

Narrator: Tiffany Dufu
Author: Tiffany Dufu
Length: 9 hrs and 36 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Liars and Outliers

Liars and Outliers

Summary

How does society function when you can't trust everyone? When we think about trust, we naturally think about personal relationships or bank vaults. That's too narrow. Trust is much broader, and much more important. Nothing in society works without trust. It's the foundation of communities, commerce, democracy - everything.  In this insightful and entertaining book, Schneier weaves together ideas from across the social and biological sciences and technologies to explain how society induces trust. He shows how trust works and fails in social settings, communities, organizations, countries, and the world.  In today's hyper-connected society, understanding the mechanisms of trust is as important as understanding electricity was a century ago. Issues of trust and security are critical to solving problems as diverse as corporate responsibility, global warming, and our moribund political system. After listening to Liars and Outliers, you'll think about social problems, large and small, differently.  About the author: Bruce Schneier is an internationally renowned security technologist who studies the human side of security. He is the author of 11 books, and hundreds of articles, essays, and academic papers. He has testified before Congress, is a frequent guest on television and radio, and is regularly quoted in the press. His blog and monthly newsletter at www.schneier.com reach over devoted 250,000 devoted readers world-wide.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2012 Bruce Schneier (P)2012 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Reese Emery
Length: 10 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Blue Mind

Blue Mind

7 ratings

Summary

A landmark book by marine biologist Wallace J. Nichols on the remarkable effects of water on our health and well-being. Why are we drawn to the ocean each summer? Why does being near water set our minds and bodies at ease? In Blue Mind, Wallace J. Nichols revolutionizes how we think about these questions, revealing the remarkable truth about the benefits of being in, on, under, or simply near water. Combining cutting-edge neuroscience with compelling personal stories from top athletes, leading scientists, military veterans, and gifted artists, he shows how proximity to water can improve performance, increase calm, diminish anxiety, and increase professional success. Blue Mind not only illustrates the crucial importance of our connection to water - it provides a paradigm shifting "blueprint" for a better life on this Blue Marble we call home.

©2014 Wallace J. Nichols (P)2014 Hachette Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for The New Rules of Marriage

The New Rules of Marriage

11 ratings

Summary

In his extraordinary new audiobook, Terrence Real, distinguished therapist and best-selling author, presents a long overdue message that women need to hear: You aren't crazy. You're right! Women have changed in the last 25 years. They have become more powerful, independent, self-confident, and happy. Yet men remain irresponsible and emotionally detached. They don't know how to respond to frustrated partners who just want their mates to show up and grow up. Enter the good news: In this revolutionary audiobook, Real offers women a set of effective tools with which they can create the truly intimate relationships they desire and deserve. He guides you through the process of relationship repair with exercises that you can do alone or with your partner. We have never wanted so much from our relationships as we do today. More than any other generation, we yearn for our mates to be lifelong friends and lovers. The New Rules of Marriage shows us how to fulfill this courageous and uncompromising new vision.

©2007 Terrence Real (P)2007 Random House Inc.

Narrator: Terrence Real
Length: 6 hrs and 23 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Why We Buy, Updated and Revised Edition

Why We Buy, Updated and Revised Edition

5 ratings

Summary

Revolutionary retail guru Paco Underhill is back with a completely revised edition of his classic, witty, best-selling book on our ever-evolving consumer culture—full of fresh observations and important lessons from the cutting edge of retail, which is taking place in the world’s emerging markets. New material includes: The latest trends in online retail—what retailers are doing right and what they’re doing wrong—and how nearly every Internet retailer from iTunes to Amazon can drastically improve how it serves its customers. A guided tour of the most innovative stores, malls, and retail environments around the world—almost all of which are springing up in countries where prosperity is new. An enormous indoor ski slope attracts shoppers to a mall in Dubai; an uber luxurious São Paulo department store provides its customers with personal shoppers; a mall in South Africa has a wave pool for surfing. The new Why We Buy is an essential guide—it offers advice on how to keep your changing customers and entice new and eager ones.

©1999 2000, 2009 by Obat, Inc. (P)2011 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Length: 12 hrs
Available on Audible
Cover art for American Fire

American Fire

3 ratings

Summary

Shocked by a five-month arson spree that left rural Virginia reeling, Washington Post reporter Monica Hesse drove down to Accomack County to cover the trial of Charlie Smith, who pled guilty to 67 counts of arson. But Charlie wasn't lighting fires alone: he had an accomplice - his girlfriend, Tonya Bundick. Through her depiction of the dangerous shift that happened in their passionate relationship, Hesse brilliantly brings to life the once-thriving coastal community and its distressed inhabitants, who had already been decimated by a punishing economy before they were terrified by a string of fires they could not explain. Incorporating this drama into the long-overlooked history of arson in the United States, American Fire re-creates the anguished nights that this quiet county spent lit up in flames, mesmerizingly evoking a microcosm of rural America - a land half gutted before the fires even began.

©2017 Monica Hesse (P)2017 Dreamscape Media, LLC

Narrator: Tanya Eby
Author: Monica Hesse
Length: 7 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Whatever It Takes

Whatever It Takes

Summary

What would it take? That was the question that Geoffrey Canada found himself asking. What would it take to change the lives of poor children, not one by one, through heroic interventions and occasional miracles, but in big numbers, and in a way that could be replicated nationwide? The question led him to create the Harlem Children's Zone, a 97-block laboratory in central Harlem where he is testing new and sometimes controversial ideas about poverty in America. His conclusion: if you want poor kids to be able to compete with their middle-class peers, you need to change everything in their livestheir schools, their neighborhoods, even the child-rearing practices of their parents. Whatever It Takes is a tour de force of reporting, an inspired portrait not only of Geoffrey Canada but of the parents and children in Harlem who are struggling to better their lives, often against great odds. Carefully researched and deeply affecting, this is a dispatch from inside the most daring and potentially transformative social experiment of our time.

©2009 Paul Tough (P)2010 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Ax Norman
Author: Paul Tough
Length: 10 hrs and 19 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for It Tolls for Thee

It Tolls for Thee

Summary

When journalist Tom Morton suffered a heart attack in 2015, his close encounter with death led him on an extraordinary journey into the world of the dead. He decided to train to become the only independent funeral celebrant on the remote Shetland islands. Armed with a new black suit and a second-hand undertaker's coat, Tom quickly learned that death requires you to think on your feet, and often to take a magpie approach to faith and philosophy.  From Humanism to hymns, Theravada Buddhism to Star Wars theology, militant Marxism and prayers of all kind, he discovered the importance of ritual, humour, and the empowering act of trying to find words for something beyond language itself. This is his manifesto: a practical guide on how to prepare and plan funerals for yourself and your loved ones, all wrapped up in an intriguing narrative that reveals the world of the unspoken - from eccentric undertakers and death cafes, to pilgrimages and taboos, Tom explores our responsibility to the Earth after life, shares lessons on how to talk about the dead and dying, and how to think about our own eventual demise.  This is an accessible and thought-provoking guide to taking the control of funerals away from the professionals and making them personal to the life of the one who has passed. Tom Morton shares how to celebrate mortality, and ultimately shows how beneficial a healthy attitude towards death can be for the living.

©2021 Tom Morton (P)2021 Watkins Publishing

Narrator: Tom Morton
Author: Tom Morton
Length: 9 hrs and 46 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Merchant, Soldier, Sage

Merchant, Soldier, Sage

Summary

A bold new interpretation of modern history as a struggle between three economic groups We are now living in an age of merchants, but it was not always so. The history of civilization, in large part, is a story of a battle between agrarian aristocracy, the military, and a class of learned experts, or priests. Yet in 17th-century England and in the Netherlands, another group entered the mêlée for power: the merchants. For the last four decades, the merchant’s power has been unfettered. In Merchant, Soldier, Sage, acclaimed Oxford scholar David Priestland proposes a radical new approach to understanding today’s balance of power and analyzes the societal and economic historical conditions required for one of these three value systems to dominate. Priestland asserts that, in the wake of the Great Recession, the weakened and discredited merchant still clings to power - but the world is again in the midst of a period of upheaval.

©2012 David Priestland (P)2021 Blackstone Publishing

Narrator: John Keating
Length: 13 hrs and 12 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for In Praise of American Educators

In Praise of American Educators

Summary

Winner of the 2016 Ippy Award - Gold Medal in Education (Commentary/Theory) Explore the state of education today. In this thought-provoking book, the author presents a compelling case for why contemporary American educators are the greatest generation in history. He carefully explains why current national reform policies have failed and presents specific steps policymakers, administrators, and teachers must take to transform American schools to meet student needs in the 21st century. This book: Critiques the commonly presented media messages about schooling in America Considers the evidence for why the present generation of American educators has accomplished more than previous generations Evaluates the assumptions driving policies set up to improve schooling Discovers the four essential pillars of the PLC (professional learning community) foundation Lays out the essential elements of the PLC process and common mistakes in implementing that process

©2015 Solution Tree Press (P)2016 Solution Tree Press

Length: 8 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Impact on Algebra vs. Geometry of a Learner's Ability to Develop Reasoning Skills

The Impact on Algebra vs. Geometry of a Learner's Ability to Develop Reasoning Skills

Summary

In this master's thesis, Dr. Lisa A. Johnson Q.M.E. examines the impact of three reasoning skills - number sense, structure sense, and abstract reasoning - on algebra and geometry. The study concentrates its efforts on data compiled from more than 20 researchers in this area, an extensive annotated bibliography, and work done at fictitiously named Union High School, real school classes consisting of 48 math students and eight math teachers. Through the efforts of this study, Dr. Johnson determined that algebra relies on abstract reasoning and structure sense, while geometry does not. Moreover, Dr. Johnson observed that further instruction needs to be given to teachers on communicating the three reasoning skills, as the teachers studied were not sufficiently knowledgeable in these areas. With teacher improvements, students in non-sufficient school systems could better excel in mathematics. Dr. Johnson holds two bachelors in sciences; three master's degrees, one of which is in Math Education Curriculum, and a doctorate degree. She attributes her success to her parents and sisters. This is her second publication.

©2014 Dorrance (P)2017 Lisa A Johnson

Narrator: Michael Stuhre
Length: 2 hrs and 16 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Social Animal

The Social Animal

17 ratings

Summary

With unequaled insight and brio, David Brooks, the New York Times columnist and best-selling author of Bobos in Paradise, has long explored and explained the way we live. Now, with the intellectual curiosity and emotional wisdom that make his columns among the most read in the nation, Brooks turns to the building blocks of human flourishing in a multilayered, profoundly illuminating work grounded in everyday life. This is the story of how success happens. It is told through the lives of one composite American couple, Harold and Erica - how they grow, push forward, are pulled back, fail, and succeed. Distilling a vast array of information into these two vividly realized characters, Brooks illustrates a fundamental new understanding of human nature. A scientific revolution has occurred - we have learned more about the human brain in the last 30 years than we had in the previous 3,000. The unconscious mind, it turns out, is most of the mind - not a dark, vestigial place but a creative and enchanted one, where most of the brain's work gets done. This is the realm of emotions, intuitions, biases, longings, genetic predispositions, personality traits, and social norms: the realm where character is formed and where our most important life decisions are made. The natural habitat of The Social Animal. Drawing on a wealth of current research from numerous disciplines, Brooks takes Harold and Erica from infancy to school; from the "odyssey years" that have come to define young adulthood to the high walls of poverty; from the nature of attachment, love, and commitment, to the nature of effective leadership. He reveals the deeply social aspect of our very minds and exposes the bias in modern culture that overemphasizes rationalism, individualism, and IQ. Along the way, he demolishes conventional definitions of success while looking toward a culture based on trust and humility.

©2011 David Brooks (P)2011 Random House Audio

Narrator: Arthur Morey
Author: David Brooks
Length: 16 hrs and 9 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Leader in Me

The Leader in Me

Summary

Change your child's future starting today: Learn how to use Stephen R. Covey's proven 7 Habits to create a leadership program for kids of all ages, so they can be more effective, more goal oriented, and more successful. In today's world, we are inundated with information about who to be, what to do, and how to live. But what if there was a way to learn not just what to think about but how to think? A program that taught how to manage priorities, focus on goals, and be a positive influence? The Leader in Me is that program. In this best seller, Stephen R. Covey took the 7 Habits that have already changed the lives of millions of people and showed how even young children can use them as they develop. These habits - be proactive, begin with the end in mind, put first things first, think win-win, seek to understand and then to be understood, synergize, and sharpen the saw - are being adapted by schools around the country in leadership programs, most famously at the A.B. Combs Elementary school in Raleigh. Not only does it work, but it works better than anyone could have imagined. This audiobook is full of examples of how students blossom under the program - a classroom that decided to form a support group for one of their classmates who had behavioral problems, the fourth grader who found a way to overcome his fear of public speaking and wound up taking his class to see him compete in a national storytelling competition, or the seven-year-old who told her father that they needed to go outside and play because they both needed to "sharpen the saw". Perfect for individuals and businesspeople alike, The Leader in Me shows how easy it is to incorporate these skills into daily life. It is a timely answer to many of the challenges facing today's young people, corporations, parents, and educators - one that is perfectly matched to the growing demands of our certain future.

©2008, 2014 FranklinCovey Co. (P)2015 Simon & Schuster, Inc.

Narrator: Fred Sanders
Length: 8 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for A Troublesome Inheritance

A Troublesome Inheritance

2 ratings

Summary

Drawing on startling new evidence from the mapping of the genome, an explosive new account of the genetic basis of race and its role in the human story. Fewer ideas have been more toxic or harmful than the idea of the biological reality of race, and with it the idea that humans of different races are biologically different from one another. For this understandable reason, the idea has been banished from polite academic conversation. Arguing that race is more than just a social construct can get a scholar run out of town, or at least off campus, on a rail. Human evolution, the consensus view insists, ended in prehistory. Inconveniently, as Nicholas Wade argues in A Troublesome Inheritance, the consensus view cannot be right. And in fact, we know that populations have changed in the past few thousand years - to be lactose tolerant, for example, and to survive at high altitudes. Race is not a bright-line distinction; by definition it means that the more human populations are kept apart, the more they evolve their own distinct traits under the selective pressure known as Darwinian evolution. For many thousands of years, most human populations stayed where they were and grew distinct, not just in outward appearance but in deeper senses as well. Wade, the longtime journalist covering genetic advances for The New York Times, draws widely on the work of scientists who have made crucial breakthroughs in establishing the reality of recent human evolution. The most provocative claims in this book involve the genetic basis of human social habits. What we might call middle-class social traits - thrift, docility, nonviolence - have been slowly but surely inculcated genetically within agrarian societies, Wade argues. These "values" obviously had a strong cultural component, but Wade points to evidence that agrarian societies evolved away from hunter-gatherer societies in some crucial respects. Also controversial are his findings regarding the genetic basis of traits we associate with intelligence, such as literacy and numeracy, in certain ethnic populations, including the Chinese and Ashkenazi Jews. Wade believes deeply in the fundamental equality of all human peoples. He also believes that science is best served by pursuing the truth without fear, and if his mission to arrive at a coherent summa of what the new genetic science does and does not tell us about race and human history leads straight into a minefield, then so be it. This will not be the last word on the subject, but it will begin a powerful and overdue conversation.

©2014 Nicholas Wade (P)2014 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Alan Sklar
Length: 10 hrs and 48 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Preparing to Die

Preparing to Die

2 ratings

Summary

We all face death, but how many of us are actually ready for it? Whether our own death or that of a loved one comes first, how prepared are we, spiritually or practically? In Preparing to Die, Andrew Holecek presents a wide array of resources to help the reader address this unfinished business. Part One shows how to prepare one’s mind and how to help others, before, during, and after death. The author explains how spiritual preparation for death can completely transform our relationship to the end of life, dissolving our fear and helping us to feel open and receptive to letting go in the dying process. Daily meditation practices, the stages of dying and how to work with them, and after-death experiences are all detailed in ways that will be particularly helpful for those with an interest in Tibetan Buddhism and in Tibetan approaches to conscious dying. Part Two addresses the practical issues that surround death. Experts in grief, hospice, the funeral business, and the medical and legal issues of death contribute chapters to prepare the listener for every practical concern, including advance directives, green funerals, the signs of death, warnings about the funeral industry, the stages of grief, and practical care for the dying. Part Three contains heart-advice from twenty of the best-known Tibetan Buddhist masters now teaching in the West. These brief interviews provide words of solace and wisdom to guide the dying and their caregivers during this challenging time. Preparing to Die is for anyone interested in learning how to prepare for death from a Buddhist perspective, both spiritually and practically. It is also for those who want to learn how to help someone else who is dying, both during the time of illness and death as well as after death.

©2013 Andrew Holecek??Excerpts from The Tibetan Book of the Dead, translated with commentary by Francesca Fremantle and Chögyam Trungpa, 1975 by Francesca Fremantle and Chögyam Trungpa. Reprinted by arrangement with Shambhala Publications, Inc (P)2014 Audible Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for More from Less

More from Less

24 ratings

Summary

From the coauthor of the New York Times best seller The Second Machine Age, a paradigm-shifting argument “full of fascinating information and provocative insights” (Publishers Weekly, starred review) - demonstrating that we are increasing prosperity while using fewer natural resources.  Throughout history, the only way for humanity to grow was by degrading the Earth: chopping down forests, polluting the air and water, and endlessly using up resources. Since the first Earth Day in 1970, the focus has been on radically changing course: reducing our consumption, tightening our belts, and learning to share and reuse. Is that argument correct? Absolutely not. In More from Less, McAfee argues that to solve our ecological problems we should do the opposite of what a decade of conventional wisdom suggests. Rather than reduce and conserve, we should rely on the cost-consciousness built into capitalism and the streamlining miracles of technology to create a more efficient world.  America - a large, high-tech country that accounts for about 25 percent of the global economy - is now generally using less of most resources year after year, even as its economy and population continue to grow. What’s more, the US is polluting the air and water less, emitting fewer greenhouse gases, and replenishing endangered animal populations. And, as McAfee shows, America is not alone. Other countries are also transforming themselves in fundamental ways.  What has made this turnabout possible? One thing, primarily: the collaboration between technology and capitalism, although good governance and public awareness have also been critical. McAfee does warn of issues that haven’t been solved, like global warming, overfishing, and communities left behind as capitalism and tech progress race forward. But overall, More from Less is a revelatory and “deeply engaging” (Booklist) account of how we’ve stumbled into an unexpectedly better balance with nature - one that holds out the promise of more abundant and greener centuries ahead. 

©2019 Andrew McAfee (P)2019 Simon & Schuster

Narrator: Andrew McAfee
Length: 7 hrs and 57 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Earth Is Hiring

Earth Is Hiring

55 ratings

Summary

Is "hustle and grind" really the message of the New Way? Is financial freedom really what it's about? Is "living life on our terms" really the summit of this mission? Is the New Way about becoming more successful than our generations before us? This book is a playful conversation about the new way to live, lead, earn, and give. It is a collection of insights and ideas about how we can, and how we are, changing the world. It's an invitation to the New Superheroes - the people all over the world who give a shit about each other and our earth - to lighten up in our work as game changers. It's a time stamp so that our kids and their kids can hear it and say, "oh, so that's what you were growing through back then." The New Way is not just about having more money at the end of the month. Success as we'd been taught isn't sufficient. Success to our generation looked and felt completely different to what it looked and felt like to generations before us. The religious separation that our parents' generation know is torturing our hearts. Our planet isn't a place for us to holiday, but a place of permanent residence with the requirement that we nurture and love our Mother Earth as our one collective mother. There is no "top" when it comes to leadership, but instead we're all about the power of tribe. We don't care to move forward at lightning speed, but would rather to stop and go back to our indigenous roots and ensure that ancient wisdoms are never forgotten. Taking care of our brothers and sisters who are without basic necessities is the only way we all win. Play is everything. We're here to change the world, but we've gotta stop taking it so seriously. We're here to use our talents and abilities to create epic shit, but we've gotta stop missing the point along the way. It's time for us to thrive like no generation before us ever has. It's time for us to show the world how good it's really meant to be.

©2018 Waterside Productions, Inc. (P)2018 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Narrator: Peta Kelly
Author: Peta Kelly
Length: 10 hrs and 6 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for A Supposedly Fun Thing I'll Never Do Again

A Supposedly Fun Thing I'll Never Do Again

4 ratings

Summary

In this exuberantly praised book - a collection of seven pieces on subjects ranging from television to tennis, from the Illinois State Fair to the films of David Lynch, from postmodern literary theory to the supposed fun of traveling aboard a Caribbean luxury cruiseliner - David Foster Wallace brings to nonfiction the same curiosity, hilarity, and exhilarating verbal facility that has delighted readers of his fiction.

©1997 David Foster Wallace (P)2012 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Paul Garcia
Length: 17 hrs and 46 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Mindful Relationship Habits and Communication for Couples: 2 Books in 1

Mindful Relationship Habits and Communication for Couples: 2 Books in 1

Summary

Do you sometimes feel like the spark has gone? Like you're just bored with your relationship? Do you feel like you're slowly not understanding your partner as much, or you're distancing yourself? Whether you struggle with physical intimacy, having a deeper love and connection, or even issues with trust, becoming mindful of your partner is one of the best ways to rectify this problem. This book will teach you, in just 25 minutes a day, how to build emotional intelligence, regulate anger, become mindful of what you say to your partner, and also build a better relationship. What you'll learn: How to improve communication in your marriage or relationship in just 25 minutes a day  25 mindful relationship habits and practices to create outstanding relationships  One powerful technique to enhance emotional intimacy and grow trust between both of you  Spicing up your sex life with sexual intelligence  The art of reading your partner  Plus as a bonus, you'll also get Effective Communication for Couples to help you to improve your relationship in just a week.  In Effective Communication for Couples, you'll discover: Seven-day action plan to improve your relationship in a week  Practical exercise to try with your partner to improve communication  Have that difficult conversation: how to find the best solution of any problem for both of you  The art of persuasion and solving conflicts  So, what are you waiting for? It's time for you to figure out how you can become a better, stronger person and make your relationship more awesome than ever before with these helpful tips!  Take control of your life and your relationship like never before and scroll up to click the "Buy" button to get your book immediately!

©2020 Sophie Irvine (P)2020 Sophie Irvine

Length: 6 hrs and 18 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Making Rent in Bed-Stuy

Making Rent in Bed-Stuy

Summary

A young African American millennial filmmaker's funny, sometimes painful, true-life coming-of-age story of trying to make it in New York City - a chronicle of poverty and wealth, creativity and commerce, struggle and insecurity, and the economic and cultural forces intertwined with "the serious, life-threatening process" of gentrification. Making Rent in Bed-Stuy explores the history and sociocultural importance of Bedford-Stuyvesant, Brooklyn's largest historically black community, through the lens of a coming-of-age young American negro artist living at the dawn of an era in which urban class warfare is politely referred to as gentrification. Bookended by accounts of two different breakups, from a roommate and a lover, both of who come from the white American elite, the book oscillates between chapters of urban bildungsroman and a historical examination of some of Bed-Stuy's most salient aesthetic and political legacies. Filled with personal stories and a vibrant cast of iconoclastic characters - friends and acquaintances such as Spike Lee; Lena Dunham; and Paul MacCleod, who made a living charging $5 for a tour of his extensive Elvis collection - Making Rent in Bed-Stuy poignantly captures what happens when youthful idealism clashes head-on with adult reality. Melding in-depth reportage and personal narrative that investigates the disappointments and ironies of the Obama era, the book describes Brandon Harris' radicalization and the things he lost and gained along the way.

©2017 Brandon Harris (P)2017 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Brandon Massey
Length: 8 hrs and 34 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Inevitable

The Inevitable

Summary

What is death and how does it touch upon life? Twenty writers look for answers. Birth is not inevitable. Life certainly isn't. The sole inevitability of existence, the only sure consequence of being alive, is death. In these eloquent and surprising essays, 20 writers face this fact. Among them Geoff Dyer, who describes the ghost bikes memorializing those who die in biking accidents; Jonathan Safran Foer, proposing a new way of punctuating dialogue in the face of a family history of heart attacks and decimation by the Holocaust; Mark Doty, whose reflections on the art-porn movie Bijou lead to a meditation on the intersection of sex and death epitomized by the AIDS epidemic; and Joyce Carol Oates, who writes about the loss of her husband and faces her own mortality. Other contributors include Annie Dillard, Diane Ackerman, Peter Straub, and Brenda Hillman.

©2011 David Shields (P)2020 David Shields

Length: 11 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Missing Each Other

Missing Each Other

Summary

The ability to connect with another person and truly be in tune with their physical and emotional state is one of the most elusive interpersonal skills to develop. This book shows you how. In our fast-paced, tech-obsessed lives, rarely do we pay genuine, close attention to one another. With all that's going on in the world, and the never-ending demands of our daily lives, most of us are too stressed and preoccupied with our own thoughts and worries to be able to really listen to each other for long. Often, we seem to somehow "miss" each other, misunderstand each other, or talk past each other. Our ability to tune in to ourselves and to others seems to be withering. Many of us are left wishing for someone who could really listen, understand, and genuinely connect with us.  In Missing Each Other, researchers and clinicians Edward Brodkin and Ashley Pallathra argue that we must find the ability to be in tune with each other again, and they show us how. Based on years of research that they conducted together in a National Institutes of Mental Health-funded clinical study, the authors take a wide-ranging and surprising journey through fields as diverse as social neuroscience and autism research, music performance, pro basketball, and tai chi. They use these stories to introduce the four principal components of attunement: Relaxed Awareness, Listening, Understanding, and Mutual Responsiveness - explaining the science, research, and biology underlying these pillars of human connection, but also providing listeners with exercises through which they can improve their own skills and abilities in each.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2021 Edward Brodkin (P)2021 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Kylah Williams
Length: 8 hrs and 8 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Understanding Your Teen

Understanding Your Teen

Summary

Parenting teenagers is one of the biggest challenges parents face. New realities make becoming independent more difficult. Teens are traveling a different road and are moving at a different pace than those of previous generations. Today's cultural environment is more complicated and confusing than ever. But fear not! Family expert Jim Burns provides a handy guide for parenting teens. For teens to become responsible adults, parents need to help them grow through developmental changes to attain a healthy self-identity, establish good relationships, make wise decisions, and grow in their relationship with God. Burns shows how parents can shape behavior and character, navigate social media challenges, and communicate and resolve conflict healthily. He also tackles the realities of our day, including cyberbullying, dating violence, self-injury, depression, and much more. Whether you're facing serious troubles or need simple tips for a better family life, this book offers help and hope.

©2017 Christian Audio (P)2017 Christian Audio

Narrator: Arthur Morey
Author: Jim Burns
Length: 5 hrs and 17 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Generation Me

Generation Me

2 ratings

Summary

In this provocative new book, psychologist and social commentator Dr. Jean Twenge documents the self-focus of what she calls "Generation Me" - people born in the 1970s, 1980s, and 1990s. Dr. Twenge explores why her generation is tolerant, confident, open-minded, and ambitious but also cynical, depressed, lonely, and anxious. Dr. Twenge reveals how profoundly different today's young adults are - and makes controversial predictions about what the future holds for them and society as a whole. But Dr. Twenge doesn't just talk statistics - she highlights real-life people and stories. With a good deal of irony, humor, and sympathy, she demonstrates that today's young people have been raised to aim for the stars at a time when it is more difficult than ever to get into college, find a good job, and afford a house. Dr. Twenge also presents the often-shocking truths about her generation's dramatically different sexual behavior and mores. Engaging, controversial, prescriptive, and often funny, Generation Me will give boomers new insight into their offspring and help GenMe'ers in their teens, 20s, and 30s finally make sense of themselves and their goals and find their road to happiness.

©2014 Jean M. Twenge, PhD (P)2017 Tantor

Narrator: Randye Kaye
Length: 12 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Global Achievement Gap

The Global Achievement Gap

Summary

Education expert Tony Wagner situates our school problems in the context of the global knowledge economy and analyzes the skills necessary for our young people to succeed.

©2010 Tony Wagner (P)2011 Tantor

Narrator: Paul Costanzo
Author: Tony Wagner
Length: 10 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Worm at the Core

The Worm at the Core

15 ratings

Summary

More than 100 years ago, the American philosopher William James wrote that the knowledge that we must die is "the worm at the core" of the human condition - a universally shared fear that informs all our thoughts and actions, from the great art we create to the devastating wars we wage. Using data collected from human subjects, Sheldon Solomon, Jeff Greenberg, and Tom Pyszczynski show conclusively that the fear of death and the desire to transcend it inspire us to buy expensive cars, crave fame, put our health at risk, and disguise our animal nature. The fear of death can also prompt judges to dole out harsher punishments, make children react negatively to people different from themselves, and inflame intolerance and violence. But the worm at the core need not consume us. This audiobook also reveals how human beings have come to terms with death and learned to lead lives of courage, creativity, and compassion. It infuses our lives with order, stability, significance, and purpose, and these anchors enable us to function moment to moment without becoming overwhelmed by the knowledge of our ultimate fate.

©2015 Sheldon Solomon, Jeff Greenberg and Tom Pyszczynski (P)2015 Tantor

Narrator: John Pruden
Length: 8 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for College (Un)Bound

College (Un)Bound

Summary

What is the value of a college degree? 

The four-year college experience is as American as apple pie. So is the belief that higher education offers a ticket to a better life. But with student-loan debt surpassing the $1 trillion mark and unemployment of college graduates at historic highs, people are beginning to question that value. 

In College (Un)Bound, Jeffrey J. Selingo, editor at large of the Chronicle of Higher Education, argues that America’s higher education system is broken. The great credentials race has turned universities into big businesses and fostered an environment where middle-tier colleges can command elite university-level tuitions while concealing staggeringly low graduation rates and churning out students with few of the skills needed for a rapidly evolving job market. 

Selingo not only turns a critical eye on the current state of higher education but also predicts how technology will transform it for the better. Free massive online open courses (MOOCs) and hybrid classes, adaptive learning software, and the unbundling of traditional degree credits will increase access to high-quality education regardless of budget or location and tailor lesson plans to individual needs. One thing is certain: the class of 2020 will have a radically different college experience than their parents had. 

Incisive, urgent, and controversial, College (Un)bound is a must-listen for prospective students, parents, and anyone concerned with the future of American higher education.

©2013 Jeffrey J. Selingo (P)2013 Brilliance Audio, Inc.

Narrator: Fred Stella
Length: 9 hrs and 22 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Happy Teacher Habits

The Happy Teacher Habits

4 ratings

Summary

What do daffodils, baseball announcing, and Tina Fey have to do with teaching? As it turns out, a lot. In The Happy Teacher Habits, Michael Linsin guides you through 11 little-known habits of the happiest, most effective teachers on Earth. Based on the latest research, and drawing on experts from the worlds of business, marketing, sports, entertainment, music, and medicine, you will learn simple, actionable strategies that will eliminate your teaching stress, supercharge your ability to motivate and inspire your students, and empower you to really love your job. This is no ordinary teaching audiobook. It is a success roadmap through an educational system that is becoming increasingly harder to navigate. It will expose the falsehoods and misinformation teachers are bombarded with every day, and reveal the secrets to what really matters in creating a happy and fulfilling career.

©2016 Michael Linsin (P)2017 Michael Linsin

Narrator: Mike Norgaard
Length: 4 hrs and 1 min
Available on Audible
Cover art for Hacking Education

Hacking Education

Summary

Want to solve your biggest problems tomorrow? You have problems, but you don't have time for a five-year plan. You're tired of philosophy, research, and piles of data. You want practical solutions that you can implement immediately. You don't need a committee or another meeting. You need hackers - experienced educators who understand your school's problems and see quick fixes that may be so simple that they've been overlooked. Hacking Education is the audiobook that every teacher, principal, parent, and education stakeholder has been waiting for - the one that actually solves problems. Listen to it today - fix it tomorrow! In Hacking Education, Mark Barnes and Jennifer Gonzalez employ decades of teaching experience and hundreds of discussions with education thought leaders, to show you how to find and hone the quick fixes that every school and classroom need. Using a hacker's mentality, they provide one Aha moment after another with 10 quick fixes for every school - solutions to everyday problems that any teacher or administrator can implement immediately. Imagine being able to walk into school tomorrow and eliminate: Hours of wasted meeting time Classroom management issues Interruptions in planning time The need for more books Negative attitudes Technology issues If you want to improve teaching and learning at your school now, learn how to develop a hacker's mentality. Discover how to solve problems with: Pineapple charts The 360 spreadsheet Glass classrooms Track records Marigold committees The TQZ More impactful hacks

©2015 Times 10 Publications (P)2015 Times 10 Publications

Narrator: Ethan Polson
Length: 3 hrs and 16 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Cross and the Switchblade

The Cross and the Switchblade

Summary

David Wilkerson, a man on a mission, stepped onto some of the world's most dangerous streets armed only with the simple message of God's love and the promise of the Holy Spirit's power. Then the miracles began to happen. Led by incredible faith, Wilkerson left his country pulpit in 1958 for the streets of New York City, where a murder trial of seven teenaged boys churned society's antipathy toward them. Even Wilkerson was bewildered by his sense of compassion, but in spite of doubt, he followed the Spirit's prompting to help the boys. This is the amazing story of his journey, and of the mighty power of God to accomplish the impossible. One of the most inspiring and challenging true stories of all time, it has sold millions of copies throughout the world and has been made into a feature film.

©1963 David Wilkerson (P)2001 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Narrator: Raymond Todd
Length: 6 hrs and 43 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Three Sisters

The Three Sisters

Summary

The Three Sisters by Anton Chekhov, translated by Julius West, presented by The Online Stage. The Three Sisters is Anton Chekhov's 1901 play about the Prosorov family, who are stuck in a provincial Russian town. The sisters - Olga, Masha, and Irina - fantasize about one day returning to Moscow. Meanwhile, their brother Andrey courts village girl Natasha, and the family socializes with the soldiers stationed nearby. Dreams, longing, and illicit love drive the action of Chekhov's comic drama. Cast: Andrei Sergeyevitch Prosorov: Andy Harrington Natalia Ivanovna (Natasha), his fiancée, later his wife: Leanne Yau Olga: Elizabeth Chambers Masha: Elizabeth Klett Irina: Amanda Friday Feodor Ilitch Kuligin, high school teacher, married to Masha: Jeff Moon Alexander Ignateyevitch Vershinin, lieutenant-colonel: David Prickett Nicolai Lvovitch Tuzenbach, baron, lieutenant in the army and Tovarisch Vasssili Vassilevitch Soleni, captain: Ron Altman Ivan Romanovitch Chebutikin, army doctor: Noel Badrian Alexey Petrovitch Fedotik, sub-lieutenant: Ben Stevens Vladimir Carlovitch Rode, sub-lieutenant: Ted Wenskus Ferapont, door-keeper at local council offices: Denis Daly Anfisa, nurse: Maureen Boutilier Narrator: Linda Barrans Audio edited by Elizabeth Klett

Public Domain (P)2017 The Online Stage

Available on Audible
Cover art for A Macat Analysis of Max Weber's Politics as a Vocation

A Macat Analysis of Max Weber's Politics as a Vocation

1 rating

Summary

Politics as a Vocation examines what makes good political leaders and explores the effects of political action on modern societies. On one level it summarizes the political scholarship of one of the founding fathers of social science. On another it reflects a leading German academic and political activist's practical concerns about the future at a time of great volatility following defeat in World War I. Weber investigates the bases of modern politics, touching on the role of bureaucracy in government and the rise of organized political parties. He advocates strong, ethical leadership, although some have claimed this inadvertently laid the intellectual groundwork for the rise of Nazi leader Adolf Hitler. Originally delivered as a lecture before being published as an essay, Politics as a Vocation is still an important work for understanding political processes. And over a century after its publication, Max Weber remains a seminal figure in the social sciences.

©2016 Macat Inc (P)2016 Macat Inc

Narrator: Macat.com
Author: Macat.com
Length: 1 hr and 48 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Into the Abyss

Into the Abyss

19 ratings

Summary

Only four men survived the plane crash. The pilot. A politician. A cop... and the criminal he was shackled to. On an icy night in October 1984, a commuter plane carrying nine passengers crashed in the remote wilderness of northern Alberta, killing six people. Four survived: the rookie pilot, a prominent politician, a cop, and the criminal he was escorting to face charges. Despite the poor weather, Erik Vogel, the 24-year-old pilot, was under intense pressure to fly. Larry Shaben, the author's father and Canada's first Muslim Cabinet Minister, was commuting home after a busy week at the Alberta Legislature. Constable Scott Deschamps was escorting Paul Archambault, a drifter wanted on an outstanding warrant. Against regulations, Archambault's handcuffs were removed - a decision that would profoundly impact the men's survival. As the men fight through the night to stay alive, the dividing lines of power, wealth, and status are erased, and each man is forced to confront the precious and limited nature of his existence. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2013 Carol Shaben (P)2013 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Tiffany Morgan
Author: Carol Shaben
Length: 10 hrs and 1 min
Available on Audible
Cover art for Summary of Hillbilly Elegy by J.D. Vance: A Memoir of a Family and Culture In Crisis

Summary of Hillbilly Elegy by J.D. Vance: A Memoir of a Family and Culture In Crisis

Summary

This is a summary of J.D. Vance's Hillbilly Elegy: A Memoir of a Family and Culture in Crisis.

©2016 Ant Hive Media (P)2016 Ant Hive Media

Length: 23 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Long for This World

Long for This World

Summary

From the Pulitzer Prize-winning science writer Jonathan Weiner comes a fast-paced and astonishing scientific adventure story: has the long-sought secret of eternal youth at last been found? In recent years, the dream of eternal youth has started to look like more than just a dream. In the 20th century alone, life expectancy increased by more than 30 years—almost as much time as humans have gained in the whole span of human existence. Today a motley array of scientists, researchers, and entrepreneurs believe that another, bigger leap is at hand—that human immortality is not only possible, but attainable in our own time. Is there genius or folly in the dreams of these charismatic but eccentric thinkers? In Long for This World, Jonathan Weiner, a natural storyteller and an intrepid reporter with a gift for making cutting-edge science understandable, takes the listener on a whirlwind intellectual quest to find out. From Berkeley to the Bronx, from Cambridge University to Dante's tomb in Ravenna, Weiner meets the leading intellectuals in the field and delves into the mind-blowing science behind the latest research. He traces the centuries-old, fascinating history of the quest for longevity in art, science, and literature, from Gilgamesh to Shakespeare, Doctor Faustus to "The Curious Case of Benjamin Button". He also tells the dramatic story of how aging could be conquered once and for all, focusing on the ideas of those who believe aging is a curable disease. Chief among them is the extraordinary Aubrey de Grey, a garrulous Englishman who bears more than a passing resemblance to Methuselah and who is perhaps immortality's most radical and engaging true believer. A rollicking scientific adventure story in the grand manner of Oliver Sacks, Long for This World is science writing of the highest order and with the highest stakes. Could we live forever? And if we could...would we want to?

©2010 Jonathan Weiner (P)2010 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Jim Meskimen
Length: 8 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Third Coast

The Third Coast

Summary

A cultural history of Chicago at midcentury, with its incredible mix of architects, politicians, musicians, writers, entrepreneurs, and actors who helped shape modern America Though today it can seem as if all American culture comes out of New York and Los Angeles, much of what defined the nation as it grew into a superpower was produced in Chicago. Before air travel overtook trains, nearly every coast-to-coast journey included a stop there, and this flow of people and commodities made it America’s central clearinghouse, laboratory, and factory. Between the end of World War II and 1960, Mies van der Rohe’s glass-and-steel architecture became the face of corporate America, Ray Kroc’s McDonald’s changed how people eat, Hugh Hefner unveiled Playboy, and the Chess brothers supercharged rock and roll with Chuck Berry. At the University of Chicago, the atom was split and Western civilization was packaged into the Great Books. Yet even as Chicago led the way in creating mass-market culture, its artists pushed back in their own distinct voices. In literature, it was the outlaw novels of Nelson Algren (then carrying on a passionate affair with Simone de Beauvoir), the poems of Gwendolyn Brooks, and Studs Terkel’s oral histories. In music, it was the gospel of Mahalia Jackson, the urban blues of Muddy Waters and Howlin’ Wolf, and the trippy avant-garde jazz of Sun Ra. In performance, it was the intimacy of Kukla, Fran, and Ollie, the “Chicago School” of television, and the improvisational comedy troupe Second City whose famous alumni are now everywhere in American entertainment. Despite this diversity, racial divisions informed virtually every aspect of life in Chicago. The chaos - both constructive and destructive - of this period was set into motion by the second migration north of African Americans during World War II. As whites either fled to the suburbs or violently opposed integration, urban planners tried to design away "blight" with projects that marred a generation of American cities. The election of Mayor Richard J. Daley in 1955 launched a frenzy of new building that came at a terrible cost - monolithic housing projects for the black community and a new kind of self-satisfied provincialism that sped up the end of Chicago’s role as America’s meeting place. In luminous prose, Chicago native Thomas Dyja re-creates the story of the city in its postwar prime and explains its profound impact on modern America.

©2013 Kelmsott Ink, Inc. (P)2013 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Narrator: David Drummond
Author: Thomas Dyja
Length: 17 hrs and 46 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for In Defense of a Liberal Education

In Defense of a Liberal Education

2 ratings

Summary

New York Times best-selling author of The Post-American World and host of CNN's Fareed Zakaria GPS argues for a renewed commitment to the world's most valuable educational traditions in this fascinating audiobook. The liberal arts educational system is under attack. Governors in Texas, Florida, and North Carolina have announced that they will not spend taxpayer money subsidizing the liberal arts. Majors like English and history - which were once very popular and highly respected - are in steep decline, and President Obama has recently advised students to keep in mind that technical training could be more valuable than a degree in art history when deciding on an educational path. In this timely and urgently needed audiobook, Fareed Zakaria explains that this turn away from the liberal arts is a mistake. A liberal education provides the foundation for finding your voice, writing, speaking your mind, and ultimately learning - all immensely valuable skills no matter your profession. Technology and globalization are making these skills even more valuable and necessary as routine mechanical and even computing tasks can be done by machines. More than just a path to a career, Zakaria argues that a liberal education is an exercise in freedom, and above all it feeds the most basic urge of the human spirit - to know.

©2015 Fareed Zakaria. All rights reserved. (P)2015 Simon & Schuster, Inc. All rights reserved.

Narrator: Fareed Zakaria
Length: 3 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Saving America's Cities

Saving America's Cities

Summary

Winner of the Bancroft Prize In 21st century America, some cities are flourishing and others are struggling, but they all must contend with deteriorating infrastructure, economic inequality, and unaffordable housing. Cities have limited tools to address these problems, and many must rely on the private market to support the public good.   It wasn't always this way. For almost three decades after World War II, even as national policies promoted suburban sprawl, the federal government underwrote renewal efforts for cities that had suffered during the Great Depression and the war and were now bleeding residents into the suburbs.  In Saving America's Cities, Lizabeth Cohen follows the career of Edward J. Logue, whose shifting approach to the urban crisis tracked the changing balance between government-funded public programs and private interests that would culminate in the neoliberal rush to privatize efforts to solve entrenched social problems.  A Yale-trained lawyer, rival of Robert Moses, and sometime critic of Jane Jacobs, Logue saw renewing cities as an extension of the liberal New Deal. He worked to revive a declining New Haven, became the architect of the "New Boston" of the 1960s, and, later, led New York State's Urban Development Corporation, which built entire new towns, including Roosevelt Island in New York City.

©2019 Lizabeth Cohen (P)2020 Tantor

Length: 16 hrs and 23 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Public Parts

Public Parts

Summary

A visionary and optimistic thinker examines the tension between privacy and publicness that is transforming how we form communities, create identities, do business, and live our lives. Thanks to the Internet, we now live—more and more—in public. More than 750 million people (and half of all Americans) use Facebook, where we share a billion times a day. The collective voice of Twitter echoes instantly 100 million times daily, from Tahrir Square to the Mall of America, on subjects that range from democratic reform to unfolding natural disasters to celebrity gossip. New tools let us share our photos, videos, purchases, knowledge, friendships, locations, and lives. Yet change brings fear, and many people—nostalgic for a more homogeneous mass culture and provoked by well-meaning advocates for privacy—despair that the Internet and how we share there is making us dumber, crasser, distracted, and vulnerable to threats of all kinds. But not Jeff Jarvis. In this shibboleth-destroying book, he argues persuasively and personally that the Internet and our new sense of publicness are, in fact, doing the opposite. Jarvis travels back in time to show the amazing parallels of fear and resistance that met the advent of other innovations such as the camera and the printing press. The Internet, he argues, will change business, society, and life as profoundly as Gutenberg’s invention, shifting power from old institutions to us all. Based on extensive interviews, Public Parts introduces us to the men and women building a new industry based on sharing. Some of them have become household name: Facebook’s Mark Zuckerberg, Google’s Eric Schmidt, and Twitter’s Evan Williams. Others may soon be recognized as the industrialists, philosophers, and designers of our future. Jarvis explores the promising ways in which the Internet and publicness allow us to collaborate on how we manufacture and market, buy and sell, organize and govern, teach and learn. He also examines the necessity as well as the limits of privacy in an effort to understand and thus protect it. This new and open era has already profoundly disrupted economies, industries, laws, ethics, childhood, and many other facets of our daily lives. But the change has just begun. The shape of the future is not assured. The amazing new tools of publicness can be used to good ends and bad. The choices—and the responsibilities—lie with us. Jarvis makes an urgent case that the future of the Internet—what one technologist calls “the eighth continent”—requires as much protection as the physical space we share, the air we breathe, and the rights we afford one another. It is a space of the public, for the public, and by the public. It needs protection and respect from all of us. As Secretary of State Hillary Clinton said in the wake of the uprisings in the Middle East, “If people around the world are going to come together every day online and have a safe and productive experience, we need a shared vision to guide us.” Jeff Jarvis has that vision and will be that guide.

©2011 Jeff Jarvis (P)2011 Simon & Schuster

Narrator: Jeff Jarvis
Author: Jeff Jarvis
Length: 8 hrs and 17 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Charity and Sylvia

Charity and Sylvia

1 rating

Summary

Conventional wisdom holds that same-sex marriage is a purely modern innovation, a concept born of an overtly modern lifestyle that was unheard of in 19th-century America. But as Rachel Hope Cleves demonstrates in this eye-opening book, same-sex marriage is hardly new. Born in 1777, Charity Bryant was raised in Massachusetts. A brilliant and strong-willed woman with a clear attraction for her own sex, Charity found herself banished from her family home at age 20. She spent the next decade of her life traveling throughout Massachusetts, working as a teacher, making intimate female friends, and becoming the subject of gossip wherever she lived. At age 29, still defiantly single, Charity visited friends in Weybridge, Vermont. There she met a pious and studious young woman named Sylvia Drake. The two soon became so inseparable that Charity decided to rent rooms in Weybridge. In 1809, they moved into their own home together, and over the years, came to be recognized, essentially, as a married couple. Revered by their community, Charity and Sylvia operated a tailor shop employing many local women, served as guiding lights within their church, and participated in raising their many nieces and nephews. Charity and Sylvia is the intimate history of their extraordinary 40-four year union. Drawing on an array of original documents including diaries, letters, and poetry, Cleves traces their lives in sharp detail. Providing an illuminating glimpse into a relationship that turns conventional notions of same-sex marriage on their head, and reveals early America to be a place both more diverse and more accommodating than modern society might imagine, Charity and Sylvia is a significant contribution to our limited knowledge of LGBT history in early America.

©2014 Oxford University Press (P)2014 Audible Inc.

Narrator: Kristin Kalbli
Length: 10 hrs and 55 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Modern Romance

Modern Romance

221 ratings

Summary

A hilarious, thoughtful, and in-depth exploration of the pleasures and perils of modern romance from one of this generation's most popular and sharpest comedic voices. At some point every one of us embarks on a journey to find love. We meet people, date, get into and out of relationships, all with the hope of finding someone with whom we share a deep connection. This seems standard now, but it's wildly different from what people did even just decades ago. Single people today have more romantic options than at any point in human history. With technology, our abilities to connect with and sort through these options are staggering. So why are so many people frustrated? Some of our problems are unique to our time. "Why did this guy just text me an emoji of a pizza?" "Should I go out with this girl even though she listed Combos as one of her favorite snack foods? Combos?!" "My girlfriend just got a message from some dude named Nathan. Who's Nathan? Did he just send her a photo of his penis? Should I check just to be sure?" But the transformation of our romantic lives can't be explained by technology alone. In a short period of time, the whole culture of finding love has changed dramatically. A few decades ago, people would find a decent person who lived in their neighborhood. Their families would meet, and, after deciding neither party seemed like a murderer, they would get married and soon have a kid, all by the time they were 24. Today people marry later than ever and spend years of their lives on a quest to find the perfect person, a soul mate. For years Aziz Ansari has been aiming his comic insight at modern romance, but for Modern Romance, the audiobook, he decided he needed to take things to another level. He teamed up with NYU sociologist Eric Klinenberg and designed a massive research project, including hundreds of interviews and focus groups conducted everywhere from Tokyo to Buenos Aires to Wichita.

©2015 Aziz Ansari (P)2015 Penguin Audio

Length: 6 hrs and 14 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Bad Call

Bad Call

1 rating

Summary

An adrenaline-fueled read that will stay with you long after the you listen to the last sentence, Bad Call is a "compulsively readable, totally unforgettable"* memoir about working on a New York City ambulance in the 1960s. (*James Patterson) Bad Call is Mike Scardino's visceral, fast-moving, and mordantly funny account of the summers he spent working as an "ambulance attendant" on the mean streets of late-1960s New York. Fueled by adrenaline and Sabrett's hot dogs, young Mike spends his days speeding from one chaotic emergency to another. His adventures take him into the middle of incipient race riots, to the scene of a plane crash at JFK airport and into private lives all over Queens, where New Yorkers are suffering, and dying, in unimaginable ways. Learning on the job, Mike encounters all manner of freakish accidents (the man who drank Drano, the woman attacked by rats, the man who inflated like a balloon), meets countless unforgettable New York characters, falls in love, is nearly murdered, and gets an early and indelible education in the impermanence of life and the cruelty of chance. Action-packed, poignant, and rich with details that bring Mike's world to technicolor life, Bad Call is a gritty portrait of a bygone era as well as a bracing reminder that, though "life itself is a fatal condition," it's worth pausing to notice the moments of beauty, hope, and everyday heroism along the way. 

©2018 Mike Scardino (P)2018 Hachette Audio

Length: 7 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Last Subway: The Long Wait for the Next Train in New York City

Last Subway: The Long Wait for the Next Train in New York City

Summary

Last Subway is the fascinating and dramatic story behind New York City's struggle to build a new subway line under Second Avenue and improve transit services all across the city. With his extraordinary access to powerful players and internal documents, Philip Mark Plotch reveals why the city's subway system, once the best in the world, is now too often unreliable, overcrowded, and uncomfortable. He explains how a series of uninformed and self-serving elected officials have fostered false expectations about the city's ability to adequately maintain and significantly expand its transit system. Since the 1920s, New Yorkers have been promised a Second Avenue subway. When the first of four planned phases opened on Manhattan's Upper East Side in 2017, subway service improved for tens of thousands of people. Riders have been delighted with the clean, quiet, and spacious new stations. Yet these types of accomplishments will not be repeated unless New Yorkers learn from their century-long struggle. Last Subway offers valuable lessons in how governments can overcome political gridlock and enormous obstacles to build grand projects. However, it is also a cautionary tale for cities. Plotch reveals how false promises, redirected funds, and political ambitions have derailed subway improvements. Given the ridiculously high cost of building new subways in New York and their lengthy construction period, the Second Avenue subway (if it is ever completed) will be the last subway built in New York for generations to come. The book is published by Cornell University Press. The audiobook is published by University Press Audiobooks

©2020 Cornell University (P)2020 Redwood Audiobooks

Narrator: Chaz Allen
Length: 11 hrs and 58 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for iGen

iGen

33 ratings

Summary

An entertaining first look at how today's members of iGen - the children, teens, and young adults born in the mid-1990s and later - are vastly different from their millennial predecessors and from any other generation, from the renowned psychologist and author of Generation Me. With generational divides wider than ever, parents, educators, and employers have an urgent need to understand today's rising generation of teens and young adults. Born in the mid-1990s to the mid-2000s and later, iGen is the first generation to spend their entire adolescence in the age of the smartphone. With social media and texting replacing other activities, iGen spends less time with their friends in person - perhaps why they are experiencing unprecedented levels of anxiety, depression, and loneliness. But technology is not the only thing that makes iGen distinct from every generation before them; they are also different in how they spend their time, in how they behave, and in their attitudes toward religion, sexuality, and politics. They socialize in completely new ways, reject once sacred social taboos, and want different things from their lives and careers. More than previous generations, they are obsessed with safety, focused on tolerance, and have no patience for inequality. iGen is also growing up more slowly than previous generations: 18-year-olds look and act like 15-year-olds used to. As this new group of young people grows into adulthood, we all need to understand them: Friends and family need to look out for them; businesses must figure out how to recruit them and sell to them; colleges and universities must know how to educate and guide them. And members of iGen also need to understand themselves as they communicate with their elders and explain their views to their older peers. Because where iGen goes, so goes our nation - and the world.

©2017 Jean M. Twenge (P)2017 Simon & Schuster Audio

Narrator:
Author:
Length: 9 hrs and 52 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Why Have Kids?

Why Have Kids?

8 ratings

Summary

In Why Have Kids?, Valenti explores these controversial questions through on-the-ground reporting, startling new research, and her own unique experiences as a mom. She moves beyond the black and white “mommy wars” over natural parenting, discipline, and work-life balance to explore a more nuanced reality: one filled with ambivalence, joy, guilt, and exhaustion. Would-be parents must navigate the decision to have children amidst a daunting combination of cultural expectations and hard facts. And new parents find themselves struggling to reconcile their elation with the often exhausting, confusing, and expensive business of child care. When researchers for a 2010 Pew study asked parents why they decided to have their first child, nearly 90 percent answered, for “the joy of having children”. Yet nearly every study in the last 10 years shows a marked decline in the life satisfaction of those with kids. Valenti explores this disconnect between parents’ hopes and the day-to-day reality of raising children - revealing all the ways mothers and fathers are quietly struggling. A must-listen for parents as well as those considering starting a family, Why Have Kids? is an explosive addition to the conversation about modern parenthood.

©2012 Jessica Valenti (P)2012 Brilliance Audio, Inc.

Narrator: Emily Beresford
Length: 5 hrs and 16 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Six Degrees of Separation

Six Degrees of Separation

1 rating

Summary

In a Fifth Avenue apartment high above Central Park, a weathy art dealer and his wife are trying to interest a moneyed friend in a $2 million investment when an unexpected young guest arrives - and changes their lives forever. Veering effortlessly from hilarity to pathos, this dazzling play was lauded by The New York Times as "transcendent, magical, and a masterwork." Performed by a full cast starring Alan Alda, Swoosie Kurtz, and Chuma Hunter-Gault.

(P)2000 L.A. Theatre Works, All Rights Reserved

Author: John Guare
Length: 1 hr and 21 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for A Happy Life in an Open Relationship

A Happy Life in an Open Relationship

1 rating

Summary

Discover the secrets to successful open relationships. A Happy Life in an Open Relationship is a handbook to healthy nonmonogamous relationships. For anyone curious about open relationships, here is a valuable handbook from an expert in love, sex, and communication.  Relationship therapist Susan Wenzel - who is in an open marriage herself - delivers skillful advice on how to navigate the complex emotional landscape of multi-partner relationships, from polyamory to swinging.  Filled with of compelling personal stories, anecdotes from clients, and practical exercises A guide to cultivating harmonious and fulfilling open relationships Author Susan Wenzel is a sex and relationship therapist with years of experience counseling patients on issues related to monogamy, intimacy, and trust. A Happy Life in an Open Relationship will help you develop your trust and communication skills, explore sexuality and desire, build your confidence and self-worth, set healthy boundaries, overcome jealousy, and so much more.  People interested in making changes in their relationships will appreciate the positive tone, helpful advice, and expert wisdom from an accomplished relationship therapist who has gone through the experience herself. 

©2020 Susan Wenzel (P)2020 Chronicle Books

Narrator: Robin Eller
Author: Susan Wenzel
Length: 4 hrs and 49 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Knocking on Heaven's Door

Knocking on Heaven's Door

1 rating

Summary

Like so many of us, award-winning writer Katy Butler always assumed her aging parents would experience healthy, active retirements before dying peacefully at home. Then her father suffered a stroke that left him incapable of easily finishing a sentence or showering without assistance. Her mother was thrust into full-time caregiving, and Katy became one of the 24 million Americans who help care for aging parents. In an effort to correct a minor and non - life threatening heart arrhythmia, doctors outfitted her father with a pacemaker. The device kept his heart beating but did nothing to prevent his slide into dementia, incontinence, near-muteness, and misery. After several years, he asked his wife for help, telling her, "I am living too long." Mother and daughter faced a series of wrenching moral questions: When does death cease being a curse and become a blessing? Where is the line between saving life and prolonging a dying? When is the right time to say to a doctor, "Let my loved one go?" When doctors refused to disable the pace-maker, sentencing her father to a protracted and agonizing death, Katy set out to understand why. Her quest had barely begun when her mother faced her own illness, rebelled against her doctors, refused open-heart surgery, and instead met death head-on. Knocking on Heaven's Door, a revolutionary blend of memoir and investigative reporting, is the fruit of the Butler family's journey. With a reporter's skill, a poet's eye, and a daughter's love, Butler explores what happens when our terror of death collides with the technological imperatives of modern medicine. Her provocative thesis is that advanced medicine, in its single-minded pursuit of maximum longevity, often creates more suffering than it prevents. Butler lays bare the tangled web of technology, medicine, and commerce that modern dying has become and chronicles the rise of Slow Medicine - a growing movement that promotes care over cure. Knocking on Heaven's Door is a visionary map through the labyrinth of a broken and morally adrift medical system. It will inspire the necessary and difficult conversations we all need to have with loved ones as it illuminates a path to a better way of death.

©2013 Katy Butler (P)2013 Simon and Schuster

Narrator: Katy Butler
Author: Katy Butler
Length: 10 hrs and 28 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Divided Soul

Divided Soul

1 rating

Summary

In this intimate biography of the Prince of Soul, David Ritz provides a candid look at a star and a friend. Ritz had been collaborating with Marvin Gaye on his story for several years before the singer's tragic death and had conducted a series of extraordinary interviews in which Gaye discussed his deepest secrets. What emerges is a full-scale portrait of a charming but tortured artist, a brilliant singer with a divided soul.   Here is Marvin's story, from his early years in the slums of Washington, D.C. to his rise to the top of the Motown industry, his fall from grace, his comeback, and finally his sudden, shocking end at the hands of his own father. It is also the story of his glorious music and the music of Black America over the past 50 years, an epic tale whose cast of characters includes Diana Ross, Berry Gordie, Smokey Robinson, and Stevie Wonder.

©1991 David Ritz (P)1995 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Narrator: Dion Graham
Author: David Ritz
Length: 6 hrs and 37 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Rise of The Creative Class

The Rise of The Creative Class

2 ratings

Summary

The national best seller that defines a new economic class and shows how it is key to the future of our cities. The Rise of the Creative Class gives us a provocative new way to think about why we live as we do today - and where we might be headed. Weaving storytelling with masses of new and updated research, Richard Florida traces the fundamental theme that runs through a host of seemingly unrelated changes in American society: the growing role of creativity in our economy. Just as William Whyte's 1956 classic The Organization Man showed how the organizational ethos of that age permeated every aspect of life, Florida describes a society in which the creative ethos is increasingly dominant. Millions of us are beginning to work and live much as creative types like artists and scientists always have-with the result that our values and tastes, our personal relationships, our choices of where to live, and even our sense and use of time are changing. Leading the shift are the nearly 38 million Americans in many diverse fields who create for a living--the Creative Class. The Rise of the Creative Class chronicles the ongoing sea of change in people's choices and attitudes, and shows not only what's happening but also how it stems from a fundamental economic change. The Creative Class now comprises more than 30 percent of the entire workforce. Their choices have already had a huge economic impact. In the future they will determine how the workplace is organized, what companies will prosper or go bankrupt, and even which cities will thrive or wither.

©2003 Richard Florida (P)2010 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Mark Boyett
Length: 14 hrs and 16 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Extreme Measures

Extreme Measures

3 ratings

Summary

An ICU and palliative care specialist featured in the Oscar-nominated Netflix documentary Extremis offers a framework for a better way to exit life that will change our medical culture at the deepest level In medical school, no one teaches you how to let a patient die. Jessica Zitter became a doctor because she wanted to be a hero. She elected to specialize in critical care - to become an ICU physician - and imagined herself swooping in to rescue patients from the brink of death. But then during her first code, she found herself cracking the ribs of a patient so old and frail it was unimaginable he would ever come back to life. She began to question her choice. Extreme Measures charts Zitter's journey from wanting to be one kind of hero to becoming another - a doctor who prioritizes the patient's values and preferences in an environment where the default choice is the extreme use of technology. In our current medical culture, the old and the ill are put on what she terms the end-of-life conveyor belt. They are intubated, catheterized, and even shelved away in care facilities to suffer their final days alone, confused, and often in pain. In her work Zitter has learned what patients fear more than death itself: the prospect of dying badly. She builds bridges between patients and caregivers, formulates plans to allay patients' pain and anxiety, and enlists the support of loved ones so that life can end well, even beautifully. Filled with rich patient stories that make a compelling medical narrative, Extreme Measures enlarges the national conversation as it thoughtfully and compassionately examines an experience that defines being human.

©2017 Jessica Nutik Zitter (P)2017 Penguin Audio

Length: 11 hrs and 11 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Labor's Love Lost

Labor's Love Lost

Summary

In Labor's Love Lost, noted sociologist Andrew Cherlin offers a new historical assessment of the rise and fall of working-class families in America, demonstrating how momentous social and economic transformations have contributed to the collapse of this once-stable social class and what this seismic cultural shift means for the nation's future. Drawing from more than a hundred years of census data, Cherlin documents how today's marriage gap mirrors that of the Gilded Age of the late 19th century, a time of high inequality much like our own. Cherlin demonstrates that the widespread prosperity of working-class families in the mid-20th century, when both income inequality and the marriage gap were low, is the true outlier in the history of the American family. In fact, changes in the economy, culture, and family formation in recent decades have been so great that Cherlin suggests that the working-class family pattern has largely disappeared. Labor's Love Lost provides a compelling analysis of the historical dynamics and ramifications of the growing number of young adults disconnected from steady, decent-paying jobs and from marriage. Cherlin's investigation of today's "would-be working class" shines a much-needed spotlight on the struggling middle of our society in today's new Gilded Age. The book is published by the Russell Sage Foundation. Winner of the 2012 Outstanding Book Award of the Theory Section of the Society for the Study of Social Problems (SSSP).

©2014 Russell Sage Foundation (P)2017 Redwood Audiobooks

Length: 9 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Real Love in Marriage

Real Love in Marriage

1 rating

Summary

“With marriage down and divorce up, it’s tough to get and stay married these days. But therapist Greg Baer says you can have a happy marriage by learning to love your partner unconditionally...practicing Real Love.” (Chicago Tribune) Why do more than half of all marriages end in divorce? And why is there so much unhappiness in the marriages that survive? Greg Baer offers the solutions for a long-lasting marriage in his anticipated follow-up to Real Love: The Truth About Finding Unconditional Love and Fulfilling Relationships. No matter how many wounds have been inflicted in a marriage, Greg Baer believes that they can be healed, giving both partners the sense of fulfillment and joy they’ve always wanted. With practical anecdotes and exercises throughout, Baer shows you: Why our spouses are not the root cause of how we feel and behave The truth about why we get angry with our spouses and argue with them How to eliminate - not just manage - anger and conflict How to identify what we need to change about ourselves How you and your partner can both get what you want out of the marriage How you can break the cycles of expectation and disappointment How to prevent divorce, and how to know when it’s the right option There are no quick solutions to fixing a marriage. With Greg Baer as your guide, you can begin to heal the wounds of the past and cultivate the lifelong commitment to stay with your partner while learning how to unconditionally love him or her. “With illustrations from real couples, guidelines for better communication, and exercises for the reader, Baer goes at the problem of finding and maintaining Real Love from all angles.” (Ladies’ Home Journal)

©2006 Penguin Group, USA (P)2007 Greg Baer

Narrator: Greg Baer
Author: Greg Baer
Length: 10 hrs and 40 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Upstanders: Season 2 (FREE)

Upstanders: Season 2 (FREE)

9 ratings

Summary

Performed by the acclaimed actor Michael B. Jordan (The Wire, Fantastic Four, Creed), Upstanders is a stirring tribute to the ordinary people who make a remarkable difference in big cities and small towns across the country. For more than a year, Howard Schultz, the chairman and former CEO of Starbucks, and former Washington Post senior correspondent and associate editor Rajiv Chandrasekaran searched the country for even more of America's unsung heroes, as a follow-up to Upstanders' first season. Now you'll hear the stories and voices of the people they found - local citizens who are demonstrating unbelievable courage and inspiring a better America at a time when we need these heroes more than ever. From the Dallas chef who's staffing his restaurant with former juvenile offenders, to the Missoula, Montana mother who opened her community's hearts and doors to refugees, to the Seattle firefighter who's helping to destigmatize post-traumatic stress among our nation's first responders - the 11 individuals featured in this second volume of Upstanders embody the American spirit and much of what's missing from today's national debate over how to salvage America's soul. Through their passion for humanity, courage to lead, and willingness to act, the Upstanders we celebrate here remind us that we all have the power to create positive change in our communities and beyond.

©2017 Starbucks Coffee Company (P)2017 Audible, Inc.

Length: 2 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Boston Massacre

The Boston Massacre

Summary

A dramatic untold "people’s history" of the storied event that helped trigger the American Revolution The story of the Boston Massacre - when on a late winter evening in 1770, British soldiers shot five local men to death - is familiar to generations. But from the very beginning, many accounts have obscured a fascinating truth: the Massacre arose from conflicts that were as personal as they were political.  Professor Serena Zabin draws on original sources and lively stories to follow British troops as they are dispatched from Ireland to Boston in 1768 to subdue the increasingly rebellious colonists. And she reveals a forgotten world hidden in plain sight: the many regimental wives and children who accompanied these armies. We see these families jostling with Bostonians for living space, finding common cause in the search for a lost child, trading barbs, and sharing baptisms. Becoming, in other words, neighbors. When soldiers shot unarmed citizens in the street, it was these intensely human, now broken bonds that fueled what quickly became a bitterly fought American Revolution.     Serena Zabin’s The Boston Massacre delivers an indelible new slant on iconic American Revolutionary history.

©2020 Serena Zabin (P)2020 Recorded Books

Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Author: Serena Zabin
Length: 8 hrs and 40 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Lost Art of Dying

The Lost Art of Dying

Summary

A Columbia University physician inspires us to rethink death and offers insights on how we can learn to embrace the art of dying well in this wise, clear-eyed book that is as compelling and soulful as Being Mortal, When Breath Becomes Air, and Smoke Gets in Your Eyes. As a specialist in both medical ethics and the treatment of older patients, Dr. Lydia Dugdale knows a great deal about the end of life. Far too many of us die poorly, she argues. Our culture has overly medicalized death: Dying is often institutional and sterile, prolonged by unnecessary resuscitations and other intrusive interventions. We are not going gently into that good night - our reliance on modern medicine can actually prolong suffering and strip us of our dignity. Yet our lives do not have to end this way. Centuries ago, in the wake of the Black Plague, a text was published offering advice to help the living prepare for a good death. Written during the late Middle Ages, Ars moriendi - The Art of Dying - made clear that to die well, one first had to live well. When Dugdale discovered this Medieval book, it was a revelation. Inspired by its holistic approach to the final stage we must all one day face, she draws from this forgotten work, combining its wisdom with the knowledge she has gleaned from her long medical career. The Lost Art of Dying is filled with much-needed insight and thoughtful guidance that will change our perceptions. Dr. Dugdale offers a hopeful perspective on death and dying as she shows us how to adapt the wisdom from the past to our lives today. Part of living well means preparing for the end, Dr. Dugdale reminds us. By recovering our sense of finitude, confronting our fears, accepting how our bodies age, developing meaningful rituals, and involving our communities in end-of-life care, we can discover what it means to both live and die well.  The Lost Art of Dying is a vital, affecting book that reconsiders death, death culture, and how we can transform how we live each day, including our last.   Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.   PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2020 Lydia Dugdale (P)2020 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Abby Craden
Author: L.S. Dugdale
Length: 5 hrs and 36 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Emotional Intelligence Handbook

The Emotional Intelligence Handbook

Summary

Ever Wonder Why Some People Succeed in Everything They Do and How You Can Become One of Them? Do you want to become one of those insanely successful people who just get things done and have people bend to their every will? You’re in the right place! People like Elon Musk seem to have it all - the intelligence, the charisma, the superhuman ability to get things done. Sure, they must have an entire team behind them and helping them to tick off every item on their to-do list. But, people like Elon started somewhere.... They started from scratch. They took their dreams and turned them into realities. They overcame their own inner critics and pursued their chosen paths with courage. They fostered the right relationships that took them to greater heights. Now, their names are present on every headline in all major publications. Their accomplishments put all ordinary human beings to shame. And they have legions of adoring people who would do anything for them. They seem to just have full control of everything. And you’re wondering if you can just be as disciplined, persistent, emotionally intelligent, and influential. Well, you actually can.  And you can start by grabbing a copy of The Emotional Intelligence Handbook! Even if you’ve always been timid and emotionally inept, this guide can help empaths like you take more control...not just of your life at present, but also your future. No longer will you feel out of place in every room, disconnected from people around you, or feel like you're not good enough for any relationship or goal. This guide can help you become more emotionally intelligent so you can finally become your best self. So, what are you waiting for? Scroll up, click on “buy”, and grab a copy today!

©2021 Robert L. Rogers (P)2021 Robert L. Rogers

Length: 25 hrs and 32 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Youth Culture 101

Youth Culture 101

Summary

This book is an overview of popular culture for youth workers, parents and educators. Explores the dynamics of why kids are drawn into the culture and how it shapes their development.

©2007 Walt Mueller (P)2009 Zondervan

Author: Walt Mueller
Length: 17 hrs and 14 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The New York Nobody Knows

The New York Nobody Knows

Summary

As a kid growing up in Manhattan, William Helmreich played a game with his father they called "Last Stop." They would pick a subway line and ride it to its final destination, and explore the neighborhood there. Decades later, Helmreich teaches university courses about New York, and his love for exploring the city is as strong as ever. Putting his feet to the test, he decided that the only way to truly understand New York was to walk virtually every block of all five boroughs - an astonishing 6,000 miles. His epic journey lasted four years and took him to every corner of Manhattan, Brooklyn, Queens, the Bronx, and Staten Island. Helmreich spoke with hundreds of New Yorkers from every part of the globe and from every walk of life, including Mayor Michael Bloomberg and former mayors Rudolph Giuliani, David Dinkins, and Edward Koch. Their stories and his are the subject of this captivating and highly original book. We meet the Guyanese immigrant who grows beautiful flowers outside his modest Queens residence in order to always remember the homeland he left behind, the Brooklyn-raised grandchild of Italian immigrants who illuminates a window of his brownstone with the family's old neon grocery store sign, and many, many others. Helmreich draws on firsthand insights to examine essential aspects of urban social life such as ethnicity, gentrification, and the use of space. He finds that to be a New Yorker is to struggle to understand the place and to make a life that is as highly local as it is dynamically cosmopolitan. Truly unforgettable, The New York Nobody Knows will forever change how you view the world's greatest city.

©2013 Princeton University Press (P)2013 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Mark Cabus
Length: 13 hrs and 41 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Against Empathy

Against Empathy

28 ratings

Summary

A controversial call to arms, Against Empathy argues that the natural impulse to share the feelings of others can lead to immoral choices in both public policy and in our intimate relationships with friends and family. Most people, including many policy makers, activists, scientists, and philosophers, have encouraged us to be more empathetic - to feel the pain and pleasure of others. Yale researcher and author Paul Bloom argues that this is a mistake. Far from leading us to improve the lives of others, empathy is a capricious and irrational emotion that appeals to our narrow prejudices. It muddles our judgment and often leads to cruelty. We are at our best when we are smart enough not to rely on it and draw upon a more distanced compassion. Based on groundbreaking scientific findings, Against Empathy makes the case that some of the worst decisions that individuals and nations make - who to give money to, when to go to war, how to respond to climate change, and who to put in prison - are too often motivated by honest yet misplaced emotions. With clear and witty prose, Bloom demonstrates how empathy distorts our judgment in every aspect of our lives, from philanthropy and charity to the justice system; from culture and education to foreign policy and war. Without empathy, Bloom insists, our decisions would be clearer, fairer, and ultimately more moral. Bound to be controversial, Against Empathy shows us that when it comes to major policy decisions and the choices we make in our everyday lives, limiting our empathetic emotions is often the most compassionate choice we can make.

©2016 Paul Bloom (P)2016 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Karen Cass
Author: Paul Bloom
Length: 7 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Excellent Sheep

Excellent Sheep

2 ratings

Summary

As a professor at Yale, William Deresiewicz saw something that troubled him deeply. His students, some of the nation's brightest minds, were adrift when it came to the big questions: how to think critically and creatively, and how to find a sense of purpose. Excellent Sheep takes a sharp look at the high-pressure conveyor belt that begins with parents and counselors who demand perfect grades and culminates in the skewed applications Deresiewicz saw firsthand as a member of Yale's admissions committee. As schools shift focus from the humanities to "practical" subjects like economics and computer science, students are losing the ability to think in innovative ways. Deresiewicz explains how college should be a time for self-discovery, when students can establish their own values and measures of success, so they can forge their own path. He addresses parents, students, educators, and anyone who's interested in the direction of American society, featuring quotes from real students and graduates he has corresponded with over the years, candidly exposing where the system is broken and clearly presenting solutions.

©2014 William Deresiewicz (P)2014 Tantor

Narrator: Mel Foster
Length: 8 hrs and 34 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Boom Town

Boom Town

28 ratings

Summary

A New York Times notable book of 2018. Named a best book of 2018 by NPR, Chicago Tribune, San Francisco Chronicle, and The Economist and Deadspin. Award-winning journalist Sam Anderson’s long-awaited debut is a brilliant, kaleidoscopic narrative of Oklahoma City - a great American story of civics, basketball, and destiny. Oklahoma City was born from chaos. It was founded in a bizarre but momentous "Land Run" in 1889, when thousands of people lined up along the borders of Oklahoma Territory and rushed in at noon to stake their claims. Since then, it has been a city torn between the wild energy that drives its outsize ambitions and the forces of order that seek sustainable progress.  Nowhere was this dynamic better realized than in the drama of the Oklahoma City Thunder basketball team’s 2012-13 season, when the Thunder’s brilliant general manager, Sam Presti, ignited a firestorm by trading future superstar James Harden just days before the first game. Presti’s all-in gamble on “the Process”- the patient, methodical management style that dictated the trade as the team’s best hope for long-term greatness - kicked off a pivotal year in the city’s history, one that would include pitched battles over urban planning, a series of cataclysmic tornadoes, and the frenzied hope that an NBA championship might finally deliver the glory of which the city had always dreamed. Boom Town announces the arrival of an exciting literary voice. Sam Anderson, former book critic for New York magazine and now a staff writer at the New York Times magazine, unfolds an idiosyncratic mix of American history, sports reporting, urban studies, gonzo memoir, and much more to tell the strange but compelling story of an American city whose unique mix of geography and history make it a fascinating microcosm of the democratic experiment. Filled with characters ranging from NBA superstars Kevin Durant and Russell Westbrook; to Flaming Lips oddball front man Wayne Coyne; to legendary Great Plains meteorologist Gary England; to Stanley Draper, Oklahoma City's would-be Robert Moses; to civil rights activist Clara Luper; to the citizens and public servants who survived the notorious 1995 bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah federal building, Boom Town offers a remarkable look at the urban tapestry woven from control and chaos, sports and civics. Long-Listed for the 2019 Andrew Carnegie Medal for Excellence in Nonfiction A New York Times Editor's Choice 

©2018 Sam Anderson (P)2018 Random House Audio

Narrator: Sam Anderson
Author: Sam Anderson
Length: 14 hrs and 55 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for On Death and Dying

On Death and Dying

5 ratings

Summary

The world-famous best seller that brought new insight, hope and understanding to millions now available on CD! Dr. Elisabeth Kübler-Ross created her classic seminal work, On Death and Dying, to offer us a new perspective on the terminally ill. It is not a psychoanalytic study, nor is it a "how-to" manual for managing death. Rather, it refocuses on the patient as a human being and a teacher, in the hope that we will learn from him or her about the final stages of life.  On Death and Dying examines the attitudes of the dying and the factors that contribute to society's anxiety over death. It closely looks at the five stages of death - denial and isolation, anger, bargaining, depression, and acceptance - and how the dying and living deal with them.  In addition, this program offers multi-voice readings of some of the most revealing interviews Dr. Kübler-Ross conducted with her patients. By hearing some of the most intimate and sensitive feelings expressed by those men and women, it is hoped that we may learn more about death and lessen our own anxieties about the natural course of our lives.  At its heart, On Death and Dying is a truly remarkable program about communication - offering insight on how to talk with and listen to the terminally ill, and truly hear their fears, hopes, angers, and anxieties. 

©1969 Elisabeth Kubler-Ross (P)1991, 2000, 2005 Audio Renaissance, a division of Holtzbrinck Publishers, LLC

Narrator: cast, Carol Bilger
Length: 5 hrs and 6 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Alien Worlds

Alien Worlds

Summary

This intriguing collection of essays presents reflections upon the birth, proliferation, enduring appeal, and future of UFO mythology. Highly respected authors and researchers, representing the varied and sometimes competing perspectives of ufology and the sociology of religion, provide a fascinating and instructive voyage into the exotic social worlds of UFOs, abductees, and contactees. Reports of aliens and the changing nature of abduction experience, especially in the sexual dimension are explored in relation to literature, culture, and ideology. The influence of abduction therapy and support groups is considered, as are new religious movements (NRMs) within the UFO community. The book offers rich insights into psychology, human behavior, and religion, melding issues of race, politics, and gender. Finally, it evaluates the existing dynamic of UFOS in the age of the Information Super Highway and ever-increasing globalization. Alien Worlds will enlighten anyone wanting to understand what and how the academic world thinks about UFOs, UFO groups, and UFO phenomena. The book is published by Syracuse University Press.

©2007 Syracuse University Press (P)2017 Redwood Audiobooks

Narrator: William Reese
Length: 15 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The History of Mary Prince, a West Indian Slave

The History of Mary Prince, a West Indian Slave

Summary

Mary Prince's 1831 book is one of the earliest narratives that revealed the ugly facts about slavery in the West Indies. The book begins with a brief description of her childhood, before recounting her adult experiences as a slave. Her strong spirit enabled her to survive and to take up the abolitionist cause.

Public Domain (P)2018 Museum Audiobooks

Author: Mary Prince
Length: 1 hr and 4 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Power Elite

The Power Elite

Summary

First published in 1956, The Power Elite stands as a contemporary classic of social science and social criticism. C. Wright Mills examines and critiques the organization of power in the United States, calling attention to three firmly interlocked prongs of power: the military, corporate, and political elite. The Power Elite can be enjoyed as a good account of what was taking place in America at the time it was written, but its underlying question of whether America is as democratic in practice as it is in theory continues to matter very much today. What The Power Elite informed readers of in 1956 was how much the organization of power in America had changed during their lifetimes, and Alan Wolfe's astute afterword to this new edition brings us up to date, illustrating how much more has changed since then. Wolfe sorts out what is helpful in Mills' book and which of his predictions have not come to bear, laying out the radical changes in American capitalism, from intense global competition and the collapse of communism to rapid technological transformations and ever changing consumer tastes. The Power Elite has stimulated generations of readers to think about the kind of society they have and the kind of society they might want, and deserves to be enjoyed by every new generation.

©1956, 2000 Oxford University Press, Inc.; Afterword copyright 2000 by Alan Wolfe (P)2019 Tantor

Narrator: Sean Runnette
Length: 15 hrs and 54 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Fully Functioning Human (Almost)

Fully Functioning Human (Almost)

15 ratings

Summary

'I'm just a nitwit girl who's sort of stumbling through life learning that we all have our own roads to walk - but that it's still valuable, and rather lovely, to hear about other people's journeys....' A warm, illuminating memoir full of wit and wisdom that doubles up as a life guide for millennials - by Irish YouTuber Melanie Murphy. Growing up in an online age, becoming an Internet sensation with half a million followers on her YouTube channel, Irish girl Melanie Murphy's journey has been far from ordinary. Here, in her first audiobook, she shares the ups and downs of her life. From dealing with online bullying to living with anxiety and eating disorders to coping with acne and coming to terms with her sexuality, Melanie shows us how through difficult times we can learn the most about ourselves. And that by learning to value and love ourselves, we can overcome whatever life throws at us.

©2017 Melanie Murphy (P)2017 Hachette Books Ireland

Narrator: Melanie Murphy
Length: 7 hrs and 55 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Closing Time

Closing Time

1 rating

Summary

The real story behind the murder of a Manhattan schoolteacher that became a symbol of the dangers of casual sex: "A first-rate achievement" (Truman Capote). In 1973, Roseann Quinn, an Irish-Catholic teacher at a school for deaf children, was killed in New York City after bringing a man home to her apartment from an Upper West Side pub. The crime made headlines and the ensuing case quickly evolved into a cultural phenomenon, spawning both a #1 New York Times - bestselling novel and a film adaptation starring Diane Keaton and Richard Gere, and sparking debates about the sexual revolution and the perils of the "pickup scene" at what were popularly known as singles bars. In this groundbreaking true crime tale, Lacey Fosburgh, the New York Times reporter first assigned to the story, utilizes an inventive dramatization technique, in which she gives the victim a different name, to veer between the chilling, suspenseful personal interactions leading up to the brutal stabbing and the gritty details of its aftermath, including the NYPD investigation and the arrest of John Wayne Wilson. An Edgar Award finalist for Best Fact Crime, this classic of the genre is "more riveting, and more tragic, than the Judith Rossner novel - and 1977 movie Looking for Mr. Goodbar" (Men's Journal).

©1975, 1977 Lacey Fosburgh (P)2019 Brilliance Publishing, Inc., all rights reserved.

Narrator: Cynthia Farrell
Length: 6 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for My Teenage Dream Ended

My Teenage Dream Ended

2 ratings

Summary

“I got off the phone and I tried to calm down, but my mind was racing. Derek was the father of the baby I was carrying inside me. He was my first love, my only true love. We hadn’t spoken in more than two months, but crazily I had still hoped we had a future together - me, him, and our baby, as one happy family. It’s every teenage girl’s dream, isn’t it? You meet a boy, you fall in love, and then one day you have a family and grow old together, happily ever after.”   Fans of MTV’s critically acclaimed hit series, Teen Mom, have followed Farrah Abraham’s tumultuous life as a single teen mother. Her fiery, relentless spirit, and her unwavering commitment to getting the best out of life for herself and her daughter, Sophia, in spite of all the drama constantly surrounding her have made her a beloved star and media sensation. Now, in this unflinching, at times heartbreaking, memoir, Farrah reveals the difficult truth about the life that hasn’t been seen on television.

©2012 Farrah Abraham (P)2018 Farrah Abraham

Narrator: Farrah Abraham
Length: 5 hrs and 1 min
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Inner Life of Animals

The Inner Life of Animals

61 ratings

Summary

Through vivid stories of devoted pigs, two-timing magpies, and scheming roosters, The Inner Life of Animals weaves the latest scientific research into how animals interact with the world with Peter Wohlleben's personal experiences in forests and fields. Horses feel shame, deer grieve, and goats discipline their kids. Ravens call their friends by name, rats regret bad choices, and butterflies choose the very best places for their children to grow up. In this, his latest book, Peter Wohlleben follows the hugely successful The Hidden Life of Trees with insightful stories into the emotions, feelings, and intelligence of animals around us. Animals are different from us in ways that amaze us - and they are also much closer to us than we ever would have thought.

©2017 Peter Wohlleben, Ludwig Verlag, Jane Billinghurst, Jeffrey Moussaieff Masson (P)2017 Novel Audio Inc.

Narrator: Mike Grady
Length: 7 hrs and 23 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Get What's Yours for Medicare

Get What's Yours for Medicare

Summary

A coauthor of the New York Times bestselling guide to Social Security Get What's Yours authors an essential companion to explain Medicare, the nation's other major benefit for older Americans. Learn how to maximize your health coverage and save money.  Social Security provides the bulk of most retirees' income and Medicare guarantees them affordable health insurance. But few people know what Medicare covers and what it doesn't, what it costs, and when to sign up. Nor do they understand which parts of Medicare are provided by the government and how these work with private insurance plans - Medicare Advantage, drug insurance, and Medicare supplement insurance.  Do you understand Medicare's parts A, B, C, D? Which Part D drug plan is right and how do you decide? Which is better, Medigap or Medicare Advantage? What do you do if Medicare denies payment for a procedure that your doctor says you need? How do you navigate the appeals process for denied claims? If you're still working or have a retiree health plan, how do those benefits work with Medicare? Do you know about the annual enrollment period for Medicare, or about lifetime penalties for late enrollment, or any number of other key Medicare rules?  Health costs are the biggest unknown expense for older Americans, who are turning sixty-five at the rate of 10,000 a day. Understanding and navigating Medicare is the best way to save health care dollars and use them wisely. In Get What's Yours for Medicare, retirement expert Philip Moeller explains how to understand all these important choices and make the right decisions for your health and wealth now - and for the future.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2016 Philip Moeller. (P)2016 Brilliance Audio, all rights reserved.

Narrator: James Foster
Length: 7 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Le quai de Ouistreham

Le quai de Ouistreham

Summary

"La crise. On ne parlait que de ça, mais sans savoir réellement qu'en dire, ni comment en prendre la mesure. Tout donnait l'impression d'un monde en train de s'écrouler. Et pourtant, autour de nous, les choses semblaient toujours à leur place. J'ai décidé de partir dans une ville française où je n'ai aucune attache, pour chercher anonymement du travail. J'ai loué une chambre meublée. Ce livre raconte ma quête, qui a duré presque six mois, de février à juillet 2009." Florence Aubenas

© Editions de l'Olivier, 2010© et (p) Audiolib 2010

Length: 6 hrs and 25 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Triple Package

The Triple Package

5 ratings

Summary

It may be taboo to say, but some groups in America do better than others. Mormons have recently risen to astonishing business success. Cubans in Miami climbed from poverty to prosperity in a generation. Nigerians earn doctorates at stunningly high rates. Indian and Chinese Americans have much higher incomes than other Americans; Jews may have the highest of all. Why do some groups rise? Drawing on groundbreaking original research and startling statistics, The Triple Package uncovers the secret to their success. A superiority complex, insecurity, impulse control - these are the elements of the Triple Package, the rare and potent cultural constellation that drives disproportionate group success. The Triple Package is open to anyone. America itself was once a triple-package culture. It's been losing that edge for a long time now. Even as headlines proclaim the death of upward mobility in America, the truth is that the old-fashioned American Dream is very much alive - but some groups have a cultural edge, which enables them to take advantage of opportunity far more than others. Americans are taught that everyone is equal, that no group is superior to another. But remarkably, all of America’s most successful groups believe (even if they don’t say so aloud) that they’re exceptional, chosen, superior in some way. Americans are taught that self-esteem - feeling good about yourself - is the key to a successful life. But in all of America’s most successful groups, people tend to feel insecure, inadequate, that they have to prove themselves. America today spreads a message of immediate gratification, living for the moment. But all of America’s most successful groups cultivate heightened discipline and impulse control. But the triple package has a dark underside too. Each of its elements carries distinctive pathologies; when taken to an extreme, they can have truly toxic effects. Should people strive for the triple package? Should America? Ultimately, the authors conclude that the triple package is a ladder that should be climbed and then kicked away, drawing on its power but breaking free from its constraints.

©2014 Amy Chua and Jed Rubenfeld (P)2014 Penguin Audiobooks

Length: 7 hrs and 8 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Never Expected

Never Expected

Summary

Real life principles for real life living with endorsements from business and sports leaders to pastors and teachers. Offers a collection of principles gleaned from leaders and individuals in everyday life. Narrated by the author who has done voiceover work for radio stations, political campaigns, and advertisement agencies, you will find this an enjoyable book. Each principle is housed in a personal moment the author has had with recognized businessmen, pastors, university presidents, sales personnel, and educators. Never Expected by Charles Frangella takes hard truths, puts them in simple terms, and makes them easy to apply. You will find principles that address: insecurity, success, procrastination, decision making, staying focused, and much more.  This is a book that opens up principles that can be broadly applied in a number of diverse areas. Just as turning on a light in a dark room, you will see an amazing exposure of truths that have been hidden in the darkness of meaningless activity, everyday propaganda, worries, doubts, fears, and a host of other things that keep us on a roller-coaster ride, thinking that if we just work more and work harder, we will come out okay. But really, what we need is one solid truth to apply in the present circumstance that will shed light on the subject and show us a path to victory.  Making the main thing, the main thing, he takes extraordinary and makes it simple. He takes the never-expected moments, phrases, and experiences in life and extracts principles for living that when applied will bring transformations to your perspective of thinking, self-image and life itself.  If you are looking for a principle that can help you through difficult times, a moment of uncertainty, discouragement, confusion, or just what life throws at you every day, this is a book you need to listen to. It will equip, lift, and encourage you. Never Expected - Listen to it and let it turn on that switch in the dark room.

©2019 Charles R. Frangella (P)2021 Charles Frangella

Length: 2 hrs and 55 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for New Slow City

New Slow City

Summary

Burned-out after years of doing development work around the world, William Powers spent a season in a 12-foot-by-12-foot cabin off the grid in North Carolina, as recounted in his award-winning memoir Twelve by Twelve. Could he live a similarly minimalist life in the heart of New York City? To find out, Powers and his wife jettisoned 80 percent of their stuff, left their 2,000-square-foot Queens townhouse, and moved into a 350-square-foot "micro-apartment" in Greenwich Village. Downshifting to a two-day workweek, Powers explores the viability of Slow Food and Slow Money, technology fasts and urban sanctuaries. Discovering a colorful cast of New Yorkers attempting to resist the culture of Total Work, Powers offers an inspiring exploration for anyone trying to make urban life more people- and planet-friendly.

©2014 by William Powers. (P)2019 Brilliance Publishing, Inc., all rights reserved.

Narrator: Adam Verner
Length: 7 hrs and 40 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Undertaking

The Undertaking

2 ratings

Summary

"...I had come to know that the undertaking that my father did had less to do with what was done to the dead and more to do with what the living did about the fact of life that people died," Thomas Lynch muses in his preface to The Undertaking. The same could be said for Lynch's book: ostensibly about death and its attendant rituals, The Undertaking is in the end about life. In each case, he writes, it is the one that gives meaning to the other. A funeral director in Milford, Michigan, Lynch is that strangest of hyphenates, a poet-undertaker, but according to Lynch, all poets share his occupation, "looking for meaning and voices in life and love and death." Looking for meaning takes him to all sorts of unexpected places, both real and imagined. He embalms the body of his own father, celebrates the rebuilt bridge to his town's old cemetery, takes issue with the Jessica Mitfords of this world, and envisages a "golfatorium," a combination golf course and cemetery that could restore joy to the last rites. In "Crapper," Lynch even contemplates the subtleties of the modern flush toilet and its relationship to the messy business of dying: "Just about the time we were bringing the making of water and the movement of bowels into the house, we were pushing the birthing and marriage and sickness and dying out." Death and fatherhood, death and friendship, death and faith and love and poetry--these are the concerns that power Lynch's undertaking. Throughout, Lynch pleads the case for our dead--who are, after all, still living through us--with an eloquence marked by equal parts whimsy, wit, and compassion. In the last essay, "Tract," he envisions almost wistfully the funeral he'd choose for himself, and then relinquishes that, too. Funerals, after all, are for the living. The dead, he reminds us, don't care.

©1997 Thomas Lynch (P)2013 Audible, Inc.

Author: Thomas Lynch
Length: 6 hrs and 52 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Life Reimagined

Life Reimagined

Summary

Are You Ready for Your Life Reimagined Moment? Are you at a point in your life where you’re asking, "What’s next?" You’ve finished one chapter and you have yet to write the next one. Many of us face these transitions at midlife, but they can happen at any point. It’s a time full of enormous potential, and it defines a whole new phase of life. It’s called Life Reimagined. Here is your map to guide you in this new life phase. You can use the powerful practices and insights - enhanced with online tools and exercises at AARP’s Life Reimagined.org website - to help you uncover your own special gifts, connect with people who can support you, and explore new directions.You’ll be inspired by meeting ordinary people who have reimagined their lives in extraordinary ways. You’ll also read the stories of pioneers of the Life Reimagined movement such as Jane Pauley, James Brown, and Emilio Estefan. They show us that this journey of discovery can help us find fulfillment in surprising new places.One of the profound truths that underlies this audiobook is the liberating notion that each of us is "an experiment of one," free to find our own path in this new phase of our lives. No old rules, no outdated societal norms, no boundaries of convention or expectation. Let Life Reimagined help you discover your new life possibilities!

©2013 Richard J. Leider and Alan M. Webber (P)2013 Gildan Media LLC

Length: 3 hrs and 47 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Sustainability

Sustainability

Summary

The word is nearly ubiquitous: at the grocery store we shop for "sustainable foods" that were produced from "sustainable agriculture"; groups ranging from small advocacy organizations to city and state governments to the United Nations tout "sustainable development" as a strategy for local and global stability; and woe betide the city-dweller who doesn't aim for a "sustainable lifestyle". Seeming to have come out of nowhere to dominate the discussion - from permaculture to renewable energy to the local food movement - the ideas that underlie and define sustainability can be traced back several centuries. In this illuminating and fascinating primer, Jeremy L. Caradonna does just that, approaching sustainability from a historical perspective and revealing the conditions that gave it shape. Locating the underpinnings of the movement as far back as the 1660s, Caradonna considers the origins of sustainability across many fields throughout Europe and North America. Taking us from the emergence of thoughts guiding sustainable yield forestry in the late 17th and 18th centuries, through the challenges of the Industrial Revolution, the birth of the environmental movement, and the emergence of a concrete effort to promote a balanced approach to development in the latter half of the 20th century, he shows that while sustainability draws upon ideas of social justice, ecological economics, and environmental conservation, it is more than the sum of its parts and blends these ideas together into a dynamic philosophy. Caradonna's unique and concise history broadens our understanding of what "sustainability" means, revealing how it progressed from a relatively marginal concept to an ideal that shapes everything from individual lifestyles, government and corporate strategies, and even national and international policy. For anyone seeking understand the history of those striving to make the world a better place to live, here's a place to start.

©2014 Jeremy L. Caradonna (P)2014 Audible Inc.

Length: 8 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Silo Effect

The Silo Effect

Summary

In The Silo Effect, award-winning journalist Gillian Tett examines the structural development of institutions such as UBS, Sony and the Bank of England. While the world is increasingly interlinked in some senses, it remains profoundly fragmented in others. As organisations become larger and more global than ever before, they are apt to be divided and subdivided into numerous different departments to facilitate productivity. However, there is a trap to the inevitability of these silos. The tunnel vision and tribalism that silos can lead to makes groups less innovative and can lead to disastrous mistakes. Institutions worldwide are made up of silos operating in isolation from one another. The Silo Effect is an eye-opening account that takes a radical anthropological approach in suggesting how we might draw them back together. Gillian Tett is assistant editor for the Financial Times, where she has worked for 15 years. In 2008 she won the British Press Award for the Financial Journalist of the Year. She often appears on programmes such as Today and Newsnight and lectures widely.

©2015 Gillian Tett (P)2015 Audible, Ltd

Author: Gillian Tett
Length: 9 hrs and 59 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Entre padre e hijos [Between Father and Sons (Texto Completo)]

Entre padre e hijos [Between Father and Sons (Texto Completo)]

Summary

Durante los últimos 35 años, Entre padre e hijos ha permitido que millones de padres alrededor del mundo fortalezcan las relaciones con sus hijos. Escrito por el célebre psicólogo Dr. Haim Ginott, este libro revolucionario brinda consejos y enseñanzas para educar a los hijos de forma cariñosa y disciplinada a la vez. Con más de 5 millones de copias vendidas mundialmente, esta guía clásica e idispensable - ahora en una edición actualizada - está repleta de lecciones que le enseñarán cómo: â¿¢Disciplinar sin amenazas, sarcasmo, ni castigosâ¿¢Criticar sin degradar y elogiar sin juzgarâ¿¢Reconocer las emociones, opiniones e ideas de su hijo en vez de argumentar contra ellas.Please note: This title is in Spanish.

©2005 Ediciones Medici (P)2007 Recorded Books LLC

Author: Haim Ginott
Length: 7 hrs and 17 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Many Love

Many Love

1 rating

Summary

“A fast-paced debut.... A candid, modern take on polyamory for fans of memoirs and graphic novels, and anyone interested in stories of dating, love, and romance.” (Library Journal) After trying for years to emulate her boomer parents’ 40-year and still-going-strong marriage, Sophie realized that maybe the love she was looking for was down a road less traveled. In this bold, graphic memoir, she explores her sexuality, her values, and the versions of love our society accepts and practices. Along the way, she shares what it’s like to play on Tinder side-by-side with your boyfriend, encounter - and surmount - many types of jealousy, learn the power of female friendship, and other amazing things that happened when she stopped looking for “the one”.   In a lot of ways, Many Love is Sophie’s love letter to everyone she has ever cared for. Witty and insightful, this debut provides a memorable glimpse into an unconventional life.

©2018 Sophia Johnson (P)2019 Audible, Inc.

Length: 5 hrs and 59 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Most Likely to Succeed

Most Likely to Succeed

2 ratings

Summary

From two leading experts in education and entrepreneurship, an urgent call for the radical reimagining of American education so that we better equip students for the realities of the 21st-century economy. Today more than ever, we prize academic achievement, pressuring our children to get into the "right" colleges, have the highest GPAs, and pursue advanced degrees. But while students may graduate with credentials, by and large they lack the competencies needed to be thoughtful, engaged citizens and to get good jobs in our rapidly evolving economy. Our school system was engineered a century ago to produce a workforce for a world that no longer exists. Alarmingly, our methods of schooling crush the creativity and initiative young people need to thrive in the 21st century. In Most Likely to Succeed, best-selling author and education expert Tony Wagner and venture capitalist Ted Dintersmith call for a complete overhaul of the function and focus of American schools, sharing insights and stories from the front lines, including profiles of successful students, teachers, parents, and business leaders. Most Likely to Succeed presents a new vision of American education, one that puts wonder, creativity, and initiative at the very heart of the learning process and prepares students for today's economy. This audiobook offers parents and educators a crucial guide to getting the best for their children and a road map for policymakers and opinion leaders. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2015 Tony Wagner, Ted Dintersmith (P)2015 Simon & Schuster

Narrator: Holter Graham
Length: 9 hrs and 57 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Raising White Kids

Raising White Kids

2 ratings

Summary

Raising White Kids is a book for families, churches, educators, and communities who want to equip their children to be active and able participants in a society that is becoming one of the most racially diverse in the world while remaining full of racial tensions. For white people who are committed to equity and justice, living in a nation that remains racially unjust and deeply segregated creates unique conundrums. These conundrums begin early in life and impact the racial development of white children in powerful ways. What can we do within our homes, communities, and schools? Should we teach our children to be "color-blind"? Or should we teach them to notice race? What roles do we want to equip them to play in addressing racism when they encounter it? What strategies will help our children learn to function well in a diverse nation? Talking about race means naming the reality of white privilege and hierarchy. How do we talk about race honestly, then, without making our children feel bad about being white? Most importantly, how do we do any of this in age-appropriate ways? While a great deal of public discussion exists in regard to the impact of race and racism on children of color, meaningful dialogue about and resources for understanding the impact of race on white children are woefully absent. Raising White Kids steps into that void.

©2017 Jennifer Harvey (P)2018 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Eliza Foss
Length: 8 hrs and 58 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Helping Children Succeed

Helping Children Succeed

1 rating

Summary

In How Children Succeed, Paul Tough introduced us to research showing that personal qualities like perseverance, self-control, and conscientiousness play a critical role in children's success. Now, in Helping Children Succeed, Tough takes on a new set of pressing questions: What does growing up in poverty do to children's mental and physical development? How does adversity at home affect their success in the classroom, from preschool to high school? And what practical steps can the adults who are responsible for them - from parents and teachers to policy makers and philanthropists - take to improve their chances for a positive future? Tough once again encourages us to think in a brand new way about the challenges of childhood. Rather than trying to "teach" skills like grit and self-control, he argues, we should focus instead on creating the kinds of environments, both at home and at school, in which those qualities are most likely to flourish. Mining the latest research in psychology and neuroscience, Tough provides us with insights and strategies for a new approach to childhood adversity - one designed to help many more children succeed.

©2016 Paul Tough (P)2016 Tantor

Narrator: Paul Tough
Author: Paul Tough
Length: 3 hrs and 42 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Troubled

Troubled

1 rating

Summary

An award-winning journalist’s breathtaking mosaic of the tough-love industry and the young adults it inevitably fails. In the middle of the night, they are vanished.  Each year thousands of young adults deemed out of control - suffering from depression, addiction, anxiety, and rage - are carted off against their will to remote wilderness programs and treatment facilities across the country. Desperate parents of these “troubled teens” fear it’s their only option. The private, largely unregulated behavioral boot camps break their children down, a damnation the children suffer forever.  Acclaimed journalist Kenneth R. Rosen knows firsthand the brutal emotional, physical, and sexual abuse carried out at these programs. He lived it. In Troubled, Rosen unspools the stories of four graduates on their own scarred journeys through the programs into adulthood. Based on three years of reporting and more than one hundred interviews with other clients, their parents, psychologists, and health-care professionals, Troubled combines harrowing storytelling with investigative journalism to expose the disturbing truth about the massively profitable, sometimes fatal, grossly unchecked redirection industry.  Not without hope, Troubled ultimately delivers an emotional, crucial tapestry of coming of age, neglect, exploitation, trauma, and fraught redemption.

©2021 Kenneth R. Rosen. (P)2020 Brilliance Publishing, Inc., all rights reserved.

Narrator: Ray Chase
Length: 5 hrs and 24 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for City of Scoundrels

City of Scoundrels

1 rating

Summary

When 1919 began, the city of Chicago seemed on the verge of transformation. Modernizers had an audacious, expensive plan to turn the city from a brawling, unglamorous place into "the Metropolis of the World". But just as the dream seemed within reach, pandemonium broke loose and the city’s highest ambitions were suddenly under attack by the same unbridled energies that had given birth to them in the first place. It began on a balmy Monday afternoon when a blimp in flames crashed through the roof of a busy downtown bank, incinerating those inside. Within days, a racial incident at a hot, crowded South Side beach spiraled into one of the worst urban riots in American history, followed by a transit strike that paralyzed the city. Then, when it seemed as if things could get no worse, police searching for a six-year-old girl discovered her body in a dark North Side basement. City of Scoundrels captures the tumultuous birth of the modern American city, with all of its light and dark aspects in vivid relief.

©2012 Gary Krist (P)2012 Random House

Narrator: Rob Shapiro
Author: Gary Krist
Length: 9 hrs and 34 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for In Manchuria

In Manchuria

2 ratings

Summary

In the tradition of In Patagonia and Great Plains, Michael Meyer's In Manchuria is a scintillating combination of memoir, contemporary reporting, and historical research, presenting a unique profile of China's legendary northeast territory. For three years Meyer rented a home in the rice-farming community of Wasteland, hometown of his wife's family, and their personal saga mirrors the tremendous change most of rural China is undergoing in the form of a privately held rice company that has built new roads, introduced organic farming, and constructed high-rise apartments into which farmers can move in exchange for their land rights. Once a commune, Wasteland is now a company town, a phenomenon happening across China that Meyer documents for the first time; indeed, not since Pearl Buck wrote The Good Earth has anyone brought rural China to life as Meyer has here. Amplifying the story of family and Wasteland, Meyer takes us on a journey across Manchuria's past, a history that explains much about contemporary China, from the fall of the last emperor to Japanese occupation and Communist victory. Through vivid local characters, Meyer illuminates the remnants of the imperial Willow Palisade, Russian and Japanese colonial cities and railways, and the POW camp into which a young American sergeant parachuted to free survivors of the Bataan Death March. In Manchuria is a rich and original chronicle of contemporary China and its people.

©2015 Michael Meyer (P)2015 Audible Inc.

Narrator: George Backman
Length: 13 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Natural Causes

Natural Causes

8 ratings

Summary

Best-selling author of Nickel and Dimed, Barbara Ehrenreich explores how we are killing ourselves to live longer, not better. A razor-sharp polemic that offers an entirely new understanding of our bodies, ourselves, and our place in the universe, Natural Causes describes how we overprepare and worry way too much about what is inevitable. One by one, Ehrenreich topples the shibboleths that guide our attempts to live a long, healthy life - from the importance of preventive medical screenings to the concepts of wellness and mindfulness, from dietary fads to fitness culture. But Natural Causes goes deeper - into the fundamental unreliability of our bodies and even our "mind-bodies", to use the fashionable term. Starting with the mysterious and seldom-acknowledged tendency of our own immune cells to promote deadly cancers, Ehrenreich looks into the cellular basis of aging and shows how little control we actually have over it. We tend to believe we have agency over our bodies, our minds, and even over the manner of our deaths. But the latest science shows that the microscopic subunits of our bodies make their own "decisions", and not always in our favor. We may buy expensive antiaging products or cosmetic surgery, get preventive screenings and eat more kale, or throw ourselves into meditation and spirituality. But all these things offer only the illusion of control. How to live well, even joyously, while accepting our mortality - that is the vitally important philosophical challenge of this book. Drawing on varied sources, from personal experience and sociological trends to pop culture and current scientific literature, Natural Causes examines the ways in which we obsess over death, our bodies, and our health. Both funny and caustic, Ehrenreich then tackles the seemingly unsolvable problem of how we might better prepare ourselves for the end - while still reveling in the lives that remain to us.

©2018 Barbara Ehrenreich (P)2018 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Joyce Bean
Length: 6 hrs and 53 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Social Transformation of American Medicine

The Social Transformation of American Medicine

Summary

Considered the definitive history of the American healthcare system, The Social Transformation of American Medicine examines how the roles of doctors, hospitals, health plans, and government programs have evolved over the last two and a half centuries. How did the financially insecure medical profession of the 19th century become a most prosperous one in the 20th century? Why was national health insurance blocked? And why are corporate institutions taking over our medical care system today? Beginning in 1760 and coming up to the present day, renowned sociologist Paul Starr traces the decline of professional sovereignty in medicine, the political struggles over healthcare, and the rise of a corporate system. Updated with a new preface and an epilogue analyzing developments since the early 1980s, this new edition of The Social Transformation of American Medicine is a must-listen for anyone concerned about the future of our fraught healthcare system.

©1982 Paul Starr (P)2018 Tantor

Narrator: Sean Runnette
Author: Paul Starr
Length: 24 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Grieving Garden

The Grieving Garden

1 rating

Summary

Every year, some two million parents in the US suffer the death of a son or daughter. The unnatural sequence of the child's preceding the parent in death creates a wrenching loss and overwhelming emotional and spiritual disorientation. Most of these bereaved parents find relief from their isolation only in the company of others like themselves. The Grieving Garden offers support, understanding, and, ultimately, comfort and hope from those who have sowed the same tears over the death of a child. The Grieving Garden is a ground-breaking book that invites bereaved parents into personal conversations with a diverse group of fathers and mothers who share the same loss. The text is free of distracting and heavy-handed editorializing, "expert" opinion, or unwanted advice. Instead, readers are welcomed into a community of common understanding-one they may enter at will, at their own pace, for reassurance and hope.

©2008 Suzanne Redfern and Susan K. Gilbert (P)2012 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Length: 8 hrs and 39 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Spirit Catches You and You Fall Down

The Spirit Catches You and You Fall Down

22 ratings

Summary

Winner of the National Book Critics Circle Award for Nonfiction When three-month-old Lia Lee arrived at the county hospital emergency room in Merced, California, a chain of events was set in motion from which neither she nor her parents nor her doctors would ever recover. Lia's parents, Foua and Nao Kao, were part of a large Hmong community in Merced, refugees from the CIA-run "Quiet War" in Laos. The Hmong, traditionally a close-knit people, have been less amenable to assimilation than most immigrants, adhering steadfastly to the rituals and beliefs of their ancestors. Lia's pediatricians, Neil Ernst and his wife, Peggy Philip, cleaved just as strongly to another tradition: that of Western medicine. When Lia Lee entered the American medical system, diagnosed as an epileptic, her story became a tragic case history of cultural miscommunication. Parents and doctors both wanted the best for Lia, but their ideas about the causes of her illness and its treatment could hardly have been more different. The Hmong see illness and healing as spiritual matters linked to virtually everything in the universe while medical community marks a division between body and soul and concerns itself almost exclusively with the former. Lia's doctors ascribed her seizures to the misfiring of her cerebral neurons; her parents called her illness qaug dab peg - the spirit catches you and you fall down - and ascribed it to the wandering of her soul. The doctors prescribed anticonvulsants; her parents preferred animal sacrifices.

©1997 Anne Fadiman, Afterword copyright 2012 by Anne Fadiman (P)2015 Audible Inc.

Narrator: Pamela Xiong
Author: Anne Fadiman
Length: 13 hrs and 37 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Cyber Sexy

Cyber Sexy

Summary

In 1964, American judge Potter Stewart famously said, ‘I can’t define pornography, but I know it when I see it.’ Over 50 years later, the reverberations of these words are still being felt across the world. Be it proposed porn bans, religious morality or women’s rights, the assumption is that porn has a single, knowable definition. But one man’s art is another woman’s erotica is another person’s sex tape.  In this intrepid, empathetic and nuanced account of the sexual shopping cart that is the internet today, Richa Kaul Padte takes listeners on an intimate tour of online sex cultures. From camgirls to fanfiction writers, homemade videos to consent violations, Cyber Sexy investigates what it means to seek out pleasure online.  And as for whether or not something counts as porn? You’ll know it when you see it. 

©2018 Richa Padte Kaul (P)2021 Random House Audio

Narrator: Leeza Mangaldas
Length: 7 hrs and 42 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Art of Cruelty

The Art of Cruelty

4 ratings

Summary

Today both reality and entertainment crowd our fields of vision with brutal imagery. The pervasiveness of images of torture, horror, and war has all but demolished the 20th-century hope that such imagery might shock us into a less alienated state, or aid in the creation of a just social order. What to do now? When to look, when to turn away? Genre-busting author Maggie Nelson brilliantly navigates this contemporary predicament, with an eye to the question of whether or not focusing on representations of cruelty makes us cruel. In a journey through high and low culture (Kafka to reality TV), the visual to the verbal (Paul McCarthy to Brian Evenson), and the apolitical to the political (Francis Bacon to Kara Walker), Nelson offers a model of how one might balance strong ethical convictions with an equally strong appreciation for work that tests the limits of taste, taboo, and permissibility.

©2011 Maggie Nelson (P)2017 Tantor

Narrator: Tavia Gilbert
Category: